First versions of the man pages auto-generated from the YODL

source.
Jeremy.
(This used to be commit 00241b15fa8ccd21e1b43726ea131a189c14074e)

13 files changed, 8463 insertions, 7066 deletions

diff --git a/docs/manpages/make_smbcodepage.1 b/docs/manpages/make_smbcodepage.1
index 049fa73a2a..93edd9322a 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/make_smbcodepage.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/make_smbcodepage.1
@@ -1,131 +1,142 @@
-.TH MAKE_SMBCODEPAGE 1 "09 Oct 1998" "make_smbcodepage 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-make_smbcodepage \- create a binary codepage definition file from an ascii codepage definition source file, or reverse the process.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B make_smbcodepage
-.I c|d
-.I codepage
-.I inputfile
-.I outputfile
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B make_smbcodepage
-compiles or de-compiles codepage files for use with the internationalization
-features of Samba 1.9.18.
-
-An ascii Samba codepage definition file is a description that tells Samba
-how to map from upper to lower case for characters greater than ascii 127
-in the specified DOS code page.  Note that for certain DOS codepages 
-(437 for example) mapping from lower to upper case may be asynchronous. 
-For example, in code page 437 lower case a acute maps to a plain upper 
-case A when going from lower to upper case, but maps from plain upper 
-case A to plain lower case a when lower casing a character.
-
-A binary Samba codepage definition file is a binary representation
-of the same information, including a value that specifies what codepage
-this file is describing.
-
-As Samba does not yet use UNICODE (current for Samba version 1.9.18)
-you must specify the client code page that your DOS and Windows clients
+.TH "make_smbcodepage" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+make_codepage \- Construct a codepage file for Samba
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBmake_smbcodepage\fP [c|d] codepage inputfile outputfile
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBmake_smbcodepage\fP compiles or de-compiles codepage files for use
+with the internationalization features of Samba 2\&.0
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "c|d" 
+This tells make_smbcodepage if it is compiling (c) a text
+format code page file to binary, or (d) de-compiling a binary codepage
+file to text\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "codepage" 
+This is the codepage we are processing (a number, eg\&. 850)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "inputfile" 
+This is the input file to process\&. In the \'c\' case this
+will be a text codepage definition file such as the ones found in the
+Samba \fIsource/codepages\fP directory\&. In the \'d\' case this will be the
+binary format codepage definition file normally found in the
+\fIlib/codepages\fP directory in the Samba install directory path\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "outputfile" 
+This is the output file to produce\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "Samba Codepage Files" 
+.PP 
+A text Samba codepage definition file is a description that tells
+Samba how to map from upper to lower case for characters greater than
+ascii 127 in the specified DOS code page\&.  Note that for certain DOS
+codepages (437 for example) mapping from lower to upper case may be
+asynchronous\&. For example, in code page 437 lower case a acute maps to
+a plain upper case A when going from lower to upper case, but maps
+from plain upper case A to plain lower case a when lower casing a
+character\&.
+.PP 
+A binary Samba codepage definition file is a binary representation of
+the same information, including a value that specifies what codepage
+this file is describing\&.
+.PP 
+As Samba does not yet use UNICODE (current for Samba version 2\&.0) you
+must specify the client code page that your DOS and Windows clients
 are using if you wish to have case insensitivity done correctly for
-your particular language. The default codepage Samba uses is 850
-(Western European). Ascii codepage definition sample files are provided
-in the Samba distribution for codepages 437 (USA), 850 (Western European)
-852 (MS-DOS Latin 2) and 932 (Kanji SJIS). Users are encouraged to
-write ascii codepage definition files for their own code pages and
-donate them to samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au. All codepage files in the
-Samba source directory are compiled and installed when a 'make install'
-command is issued there.
-
-An ascii codepage definition file consists of multiple lines containing
-four fields. These fields are :
-.B lower
-which is the (hex) lower case character mapped on this line.
-.B upper
-which is the (hex) upper case character that the lower case character
-will map to.
-.B map upper to lower
-which is a boolean value (put either True or False here) which tells
-Samba if it is to map the given upper case character to the given
-lower case character when lower casing a filename.
-.B map lower to upper
-which is a boolean value (put either True or False here) which tells
-Samba if it is to map the given lower case character to the given
-upper case character when upper casing a filename.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.I c|d
-
-.RS 3
-This tells make_smbcodepage if it is compiling (c) an ascii code page file
-to binary, or de-compiling a binary codepage file to ascii.
-.RE
-
-.I codepage
-
-.RS 3
-This is the codepage we are processing (a number, eg. 850)
-.RE
-
-.I inputfile
-
-.RS 3
-This is the input file to process.
-.RE
-
-.I outputfile
-
-.RS 3
-This is the output file to produce.
-.RE
-
-.SH FILES
-.B codepage_def.<codepage>
-.RS 3
-These are the input (ascii) codepage files provided in the Samba
-source/ directory.
-.RE
-.SH FILES
-.B codepage.<codepage>
-.RS 3
-These are the output (binary) codepage files produced and placed in the Samba
-destination lib/codepage/ directory.
-.RE 
-
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-Not applicable.
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the
-.B make_smbcodepage
-program be installed under the /usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable
-by all, writeable only by root. The program itself should be executable by all.
-The program should NOT be setuid or setgid!
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.18 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the program has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smb.conf (5),
-.BR smbd (8)
-
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-.SH CREDITS
-The
-.B make_smbcodepage
-program was written by Jeremy Allison (jallison@whistle.com) as part of the 
-Internationalization effort of the Samba software.
-
-Please send bug reports to samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au.
-
-See
-.BR samba (7)
-for a full list of contributors and details on how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+your particular language\&. The default codepage Samba uses is 850
+(Western European)\&. Text codepage definition sample files are
+provided in the Samba distribution for codepages 437 (USA), 737
+(Greek), 850 (Western European) 852 (MS-DOS Latin 2), 861 (Icelandic),
+866 (Cyrillic), 932 (Kanji SJIS), 936 (Simplified Chinese), 949
+(Hangul) and 950 (Traditional Chinese)\&. Users are encouraged to write
+text codepage definition files for their own code pages and donate
+them to \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. All codepage files in the
+Samba \fIsource/codepages\fP directory are compiled and installed when a
+\fI\'make install\'\fP command is issued there\&.
+.PP 
+The client codepage used by the \fBsmbd\fP server is
+configured using the \fBclient code
+page\fP parameter in the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "FILES" 
+.PP 
+\fBcodepage_def\&.<codepage>\fP
+.PP 
+These are the input (text) codepage files provided in the Samba
+\fIsource/codepages\fP directory\&.
+.PP 
+A text codepage definition file consists of multiple lines
+containing four fields\&. These fields are : 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlower\fP: which is the (hex) lower case character mapped on this
+line\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBupper\fP: which is the (hex) upper case character that the lower
+case character will map to\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmap upper to lower\fP which is a boolean value (put either True
+or False here) which tells Samba if it is to map the given upper case
+character to the given lower case character when lower casing a
+filename\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmap lower to upper\fP which is a boolean value (put either True
+or False here) which tells Samba if it is to map the given lower case
+character to the given upper case character when upper casing a
+filename\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+\fBcodepage\&.<codepage>\fP These are the output (binary) codepage files
+produced and placed in the Samba destination \fIlib/codepage\fP
+directory\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "INSTALLATION" 
+.PP 
+The location of the server and its support files is a matter for
+individual system administrators\&. The following are thus suggestions
+only\&.
+.PP 
+It is recommended that the \fBmake_smbcodepage\fP program be installed
+under the \fI/usr/local/samba\fP hierarchy, in a directory readable by
+all, writeable only by root\&. The program itself should be executable
+by all\&.  The program should NOT be setuid or setgid!
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmb\&.conf(5)\fP, \fBsmbd (8)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/nmbd.8 b/docs/manpages/nmbd.8
index 0922982f00..57ded0c54b 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/nmbd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/nmbd.8
@@ -1,256 +1,220 @@
-.TH NMBD 8 "09 Oct 1998" "nmbd 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-nmbd \- provide netbios nameserver support to clients
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B nmbd
-[
-.B \-D
-] [
-.B \-H
-.I netbios hosts file
-] [
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-] [
-.B \-l
-.I log basename
-] [
-.B \-n
-.I netbios name
-] [
-.B \-p
-.I port number
-] [
-.B \-s
-.I configuration file
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B nmbd
-is a server that understands and can reply to netbios
-name service requests, like those produced by LanManager
-clients. It also controls browsing.
-
-LanManager clients, when they start up, may wish to locate a LanManager server.
-That is, they wish to know what IP number a specified host is using.
-
-This program simply listens for such requests, and if its own name is specified
-it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on.
-Its "own name" is by default the name of the host it is running on,
-but this can be overriden with the
-.B \-n
-option (see "OPTIONS" below).
-
-.B nmbd 
-can also be used as a WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) server. 
-What this basically means is that it will respond to all name requests that 
-it receives that are not broadcasts, as long as it can resolve the name.
-Resolvable names include all names in the netbios hosts file (if any, see 
-.B \-H
-below), its own name, and any other names that it may have learned about
-from other browsers on the network.
-A change to previous versions is that nmbd will now no longer
-do this automatically by default.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B \-B
-
-.RS 3
-This option is obsolete. Please use the "interfaces" option in smb.conf instead.
-.RE
-
-.B \-I
-
-.RS 3
-This option is obsolete. Please use the "interfaces" option in smb.conf instead.
-.RE
-
-.B \-D
-
-.RS 3
-If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon. That is,
-it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the 
-appropriate port.
-
-By default, the server will NOT operate as a daemon.
-.RE
-
-.B \-C comment string
-
-.RS 3
-This option is obsolete. Please use the "server string" option in smb.conf 
-instead.
-.RE
-
-.B \-G
-
-.RS 3
-This option is obsolete. Please use the "workgroup" option in smb.conf instead.
-.RE
-
-.B \-H
-.I netbios hosts file
-
-.RS 3
-It may be useful in some situations to be able to specify a list of
-netbios names for which the server should send a reply if queried.  
-This option allows you to specify a file containing such a list. 
-The syntax of the hosts file is similar to the standard /etc/hosts file
-format, but has some extensions.
-
-The file contains three columns. Lines beginning with a # are ignored
-as comments. The first column is an IP address, or a hostname. If it
-is a hostname then it is interpreted as the IP address returned by
-gethostbyname() when read. An IP address of 0.0.0.0 will be
-interpreted as the server's own IP address.
-
-The second column is a netbios name. This is the name that the server
-will respond to. It must be less than 20 characters long.
-
-The third column is optional, and is intended for flags. Currently the
-only flag supported is M, which means that this name is the default 
-netbios name for this machine. This has the same effect as specifying the
-.B \-n
-option to
-.BR nmbd .
-
-NOTE: The G and S flags are now obsolete and are replaced by the
-"interfaces" and "remote announce" options in smb.conf.
-
-The default hosts file name is set at compile time, typically as
-.I /etc/lmhosts,
-but this may be changed in the Samba Makefile.
-
-After startup the server waits for queries, and will answer queries for
-any name known to it. This includes all names in the netbios hosts file, 
-its own name, and any other names it may have learned about from other 
-browsers on the network.
-
-The primary intention of the
-.B \-H
-option is to allow a mapping from netbios names to internet domain names.
-
-.B Example:
-
-        # This is a sample netbios hosts file
-
-        # DO NOT USE THIS FILE AS-IS
-        # YOU MAY INCONVENIENCE THE OWNERS OF THESE IPs
-        # if you want to include a name with a space in it then 
-        # use double quotes.
-
-        # next add a netbios alias for a faraway host
-        arvidsjaur.anu.edu.au ARVIDSJAUR
-
-        # finally put in an IP for a hard to find host
-        130.45.3.213 FREDDY
-
-.RE
-.B \-N
-
-.RS 3
-This option is obsolete. Please use the "interfaces" option in smb.conf instead.
-.RE
-
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-
-.RS 3
-This option sets the debug level. See
-.BR smb.conf (5).
-.RE
-
-.B \-l
-.I log file
-
-.RS 3
-The
-.I log file
-parameter specifies a path and base filename into which operational data 
-from the running 
-.B nmbd
-server will be logged.
-The actual log file name is generated by appending the extension ".nmb" to 
-the specified base name.
-For example, if the name specified was "log" then the file log.nmb would
-contain the debugging data.
-
-The default log file is specified at compile time, typically as
-.I /var/log/log.nmb.
-.RE
-
-.B \-n
-.I netbios name
-
-.RS 3
-This option allows you to override the Netbios name that Samba uses for itself. 
-.RE
-
-.B \-a
-
-.RS 3
-If this parameter is specified, the log files will be appended to with each 
-new connection.  This is the default.
-.RE
-
-.B \-o
-
-.RS 3
-Overwrite existing log files instead of appending to them.  (This was the
-default until version 2.0.0.)
-.RE
-
-.B \-p
-.I port number
-.RS 3
-
-port number is a positive integer value.
-
-Don't use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you
-won't need help!
-.RE
-
-.B \-s
-.I configuration file
-
-.RS 3
-The default configuration file name is set at compile time, typically as
-.I /etc/smb.conf,
-but this may be changed in the Samba Makefile.
-
-The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server.
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for more information.
-.RE
-.SH SIGNALS
-
-In version 1.9.18 and above, nmbd will accept SIGHUP, which will cause it to dump out
-it's namelists into the file namelist.debug in the SAMBA/var/locks directory. This
-will also cause nmbd to dump out it's server database in the log.nmb file.
-Also new in version 1.9.18 and above is the ability to raise the debug log
-level of nmbd by sending it a SIGUSR1 (kill -USR1 <nmbd-pid>) and to lower
-the nmbd log level by sending it a SIGUSR2 (kill -USR2 <nmbd-pid>). This
-is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running at
-a normally low log level.
-
-.SH VERSION
-
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.16 of the Samba
-suite, plus some of the recent patches to it. These notes will
-necessarily lag behind development of the software, so it is possible
-that your version of the server has extensions or parameter semantics
-that differ from or are not covered by this man page. Please notify
-these to the address below for rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR inetd (8),
-.BR smbd (8), 
-.BR smb.conf (5),
-.BR smbclient (1),
-.BR testparm (1), 
-.BR testprns (1)
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
+.TH "nmbd" "8" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+nmbd \- NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS over IP
+naming services to clients
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBnmbd\fP [-D] [-o] [-a] [-H lmhosts file] [-d debuglevel] [-l log file basename] [-n primary NetBIOS name] [-p port number] [-s configuration file] [-i NetBIOS scope] [-h]
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBnmbd\fP is a server that understands and can reply to NetBIOS over IP
+name service requests, like those produced by SMBD/CIFS clients such
+as Windows 95/98, Windows NT and LanManager clients\&. It also
+participates in the browsing protocols which make up the Windows
+"Network Neighborhood" view\&.
+.PP 
+SMB/CIFS clients, when they start up, may wish to locate an SMB/CIFS
+server\&. That is, they wish to know what IP number a specified host is
+using\&.
+.PP 
+Amongst other services, this program will listen for such requests,
+and if its own NetBIOS name is specified it will respond with the IP
+number of the host it is running on\&.  Its "own NetBIOS name" is by
+default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, but this
+can be overriden with the \fB-n\fP option (see \fIOPTIONS\fP below)\&. Thus
+nmbd will reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s)\&. Additional
+names for nmbd to respond on can be set via parameters in the
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP configuration file\&.
+.PP 
+nmbd can also be used as a WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)
+server\&. What this basically means is that it will act as a WINS
+database server, creating a database from name registration requests
+that it receives and replying to queries from clients for these names\&.
+.PP 
+In addition, nmbd can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries
+from clients that do not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a
+WIN server\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-D\fP" 
+If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate
+as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background,
+fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. By default, the server will
+NOT operate as a daemon\&. nmbd can also be operated from the inetd
+meta-daemon, although this is not recommended\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-a\fP" 
+If this parameter is specified, each new connection will
+append log messages to the log file\&.  This is the default\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-o\fP" 
+If this parameter is specified, the log files will be
+overwritten when opened\&.  By default, the log files will be appended
+to\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-H filename\fP" 
+NetBIOS lmhosts file\&.
+.IP 
+The lmhosts file is a list of NetBIOS names to IP addresses that is
+loaded by the nmbd server and used via the name resolution mechanism
+\fIname resolve order\fP described in \fBsmbd\&.conf (5)\fP to resolve any
+NetBIOS name queries needed by the server\&. Note that the contents of
+this file are \fINOT\fP used by nmbd to answer any name queries, adding
+a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution from this host
+\fIONLY\fP\&.
+.IP 
+The default path to this file is compiled into Samba as part of the
+build process\&. Common defaults are \fI/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts\fP,
+\fI/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts\fP or \fI/etc/lmhosts\fP\&. See the \fBlmhosts
+(5)\fP man page for details on the contents of this file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d debuglevel\fP" 
+debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10\&.
+.IP 
+The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero\&.
+.IP 
+The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files
+about the activities of the server\&. At level 0, only critical errors
+and serious warnings will be logged\&. Level 1 is a reasonable level for
+day to day running - it generates a small amount of information about
+operations carried out\&.
+.IP 
+Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and
+should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are
+designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
+data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&.
+.IP 
+Note that specifying this parameter here will override the \fBlog
+level\fP parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-l logfile\fP" 
+The \fB-l\fP parameter specifies a path and base
+filename into which operational data from the running nmbd server will
+be logged\&.  The actual log file name is generated by appending the
+extension "\&.nmb" to the specified base name\&.  For example, if the name
+specified was "log" then the file log\&.nmb would contain the debugging
+data\&.
+.IP 
+The default log file path is is compiled into Samba as part of the
+build process\&. Common defaults are \fI/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.nmb\fP,
+\fI/usr/samba/var/log\&.nmb\fP or \fI/var/log/log\&.nmb\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-n primary NetBIOS name\fP" 
+This option allows you to override
+the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself\&. This is identical to
+setting the \fBNetBIOS name\fP parameter
+in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file
+but will override the setting in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-p UDP port number\fP" 
+UDP port number is a positive integer value\&.
+.IP 
+This option changes the default UDP port number (normally 137) that
+nmbd responds to name queries on\&. Don\'t use this option unless you are
+an expert, in which case you won\'t need help!
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s configuration file\fP" 
+The default configuration file name is
+set at build time, typically as \fI/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP, but
+this may be changed when Samba is autoconfigured\&.
+.IP 
+The file specified contains the configuration details required by the
+server\&. See \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP for more information\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-i scope\fP" 
+This specifies a NetBIOS scope that the server will use
+to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the
+use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes
+are \fIvery\fP rarely used, only set this parameter if you are the
+system administrator in charge of all the NetBIOS systems you
+communicate with\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-h\fP" 
+Prints the help information (usage) for nmbd\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "FILES" 
+.PP 
+\fB/etc/inetd\&.conf\fP
+.PP 
+If the server is to be run by the inetd meta-daemon, this file must
+contain suitable startup information for the meta-daemon\&.
+.PP 
+\fB/etc/rc\fP
+.PP 
+(or whatever initialisation script your system uses)\&.
+.PP 
+If running the server as a daemon at startup, this file will need to
+contain an appropriate startup sequence for the server\&.
+.PP 
+\fB/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP
+.PP 
+This is the default location of the \fIsmb\&.conf\fP server configuration
+file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
+\fI/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP and \fI/etc/smb\&.conf\fP\&.
+.PP 
+When run as a \fBWINS\fP server (see the \fBwins support\fP
+parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP man page), \fBnmbd\fP will
+store the WINS database in the file \f(CWwins\&.dat\fP in the \f(CWvar/locks\fP directory
+configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
+.PP 
+If \fBnmbd\fP is acting as a \fBbrowse master\fP (see the \fBlocal master\fP
+parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP man page), \fBnmbd\fP will
+store the browsing database in the file \f(CWbrowse\&.dat\fP in the \f(CWvar/locks\fP directory
+configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SIGNALS" 
+.PP 
+To shut down an nmbd process it is recommended that SIGKILL (-9)
+\fINOT\fP be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name
+database in an inconsistant state\&. The correct way to terminate
+nmbd is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for it to die on
+its own\&.
+.PP 
+nmbd will accept SIGHUP, which will cause it to dump out it\'s
+namelists into the file namelist\&.debug in the
+\fI/usr/local/samba/var/locks\fP directory (or the \fIvar/locks\fP
+directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install
+itself)\&. This will also cause nmbd to dump out it\'s server database in
+the log\&.nmb file\&. In addition, the the debug log level of nmbd may be raised
+by sending it a SIGUSR1 (\f(CWkill -USR1 <nmbd-pid>\fP) and lowered by sending it a
+SIGUSR2 (\f(CWkill -USR2 <nmbd-pid>\fP)\&. This is to allow transient
+problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running at a normally low log
+level\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBinetd (8)\fP, \fBsmbd (8)\fP, \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP, \fBsmbclient (1)\fP,
+\fBtestparm (1)\fP, \fBtestprns
+(1)\fP, and the Internet RFC\'s \fBrfc1001\&.txt\fP,
+\fBrfc1002\&.txt\fP\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is
+available as a link from the Web page :
+http://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/cifs/\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au)\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full list of contributors
+and details on how to submit bug reports, comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1 b/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1
index 50cbbe2c2d..c2b43bb8ea 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1
@@ -1,126 +1,145 @@
-.TH NMBLOOKUP 1 "09 Oct 1998" "nmblookup 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-nmblookup \- NBT client used to lookup netbios names
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B nmblookup
-[
-.B \-M
-] [
-.B \-R
-] [
-.B \-S
-] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-A
-] [
-.B \-B
-.I broadcast address
-] [
-.B \-U
-.I unicast address
-] [
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-]
-.B name
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B nmblookup
-is used to find out NetBIOS names in a network.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-
-.RS 3
-This option sets the debug level. See
-.BR smb.conf (5).
-.RE
-
-.B \-B
-.I broadcast address
-.RS 3
-
-Send the query to the broadcast address
-.I broadcast address.
-The default behavior of nmblookup is to send the query to the broadcast
-address of the primary network interface.
-.RE
-
-.B \-U
-.I unicast address
-.RS 3
-
-Do a unicast query to the specified address or host
-.I unicast address.
-This is needed to query a WINS server.
-.RE
-
-.B \-M
-
-.RS 3
-Searches for a master browser.
-.RE
-
-.B \-R
-
-.RS 3
-Do a recursive lookup (needed to direct the query to the WINS portion
-of the server rather than the broadcast portion.)
-
-.RE
-
-.B \-S
-
-.RS 3
-Lookup node status as well.
-.RE
-
-.B \-r
-
-.RS 3
-Use root port 137 (Win95 only replies to this.)
-.RE
-
-.B \-A
-
-.RS 3
-Do a node status on <name> as an IP Address.
-.RE
-
-.SH EXAMPLES
-
-.B nmblookup
-can be used to query a WINS server (in the same way
-.B nslookup
-is used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server,
-.B nmblookup
-must be called like this:
-
-.B nmblookup
--U server -R 'query'
-
-For example, running '
-.B nmblookup
--U samba.anu.edu.au -R IRIX#1B' would query the WINS server
-samba.anu.edu.au for the domain master browser (1B name) for the 
-IRIX workgroup.
-
-.SH VERSION
-
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.16 of the Samba
-suite, plus some of the recent patches to it. These notes will
-necessarily lag behind development of the software, so it is possible
-that your version of the server has extensions or parameter semantics
-that differ from or are not covered by this man page. Please notify
-these to the address below for rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR samba (8), 
-.BR nmbd (8), 
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
+.TH "nmblookup" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+nmblookup \- NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS names
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBnmblookup\fP [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B broadcast address] [-U unicast address] [-d debuglevel] [-s smb config file] [-i NetBIOS scope] name
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBnmblookup\fP is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP
+addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP queries\&. The options
+allow the name queries to be directed at a particlar IP broadcast area
+or to a particular machine\&. All queries are done over UDP\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-M\fP" 
+Searches for a master browser\&. This is done by doing a
+broadcast lookup on the special name \f(CW__MSBROWSE__\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-R\fP" 
+Set the recursion desired bit in the packet to do a
+recursive lookup\&. This is used when sending a name query to a machine
+running a WINS server and the user wishes to query the names in the
+WINS server\&.  If this bit is unset the normal (broadcast responding)
+NetBIOS processing code on a machine is used instead\&. See rfc1001,
+rfc1002 for details\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-S\fP" 
+Once the name query has returned an IP address then do a
+node status query as well\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-r\fP" 
+Try and bind to UDP port 137 to send and receive UDP
+datagrams\&. The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95 where it
+ignores the source port of the requesting packet and only replies to
+UDP port 137\&. Unfortunately, on most UNIX systems root privillage is
+needed to bind to this port, and in addition, if the
+\fBnmbd\fP daemon is running on this machine it also
+binds to this port\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-A\fP" 
+Interpret <name> as an IP Address and do a node status
+query on this address\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-h\fP" 
+Print a help (usage) message\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-B broadcast address\fP" 
+Send the query to the given broadcast
+address\&. Without this option the default behavior of nmblookup is to
+send the query to the broadcast address of the primary network
+interface as either auto-detected or defined in the 
+\fBinterfaces\fP parameter of the 
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-U unicast address\fP" 
+Do a unicast query to the specified
+address or host \f(CW"unicast address"\fP\&. This option (along with the
+\fB-R\fP option) is needed to query a WINS server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d debuglevel\fP" 
+debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10\&.
+.IP 
+The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero\&.
+.IP 
+The higher this value, the more detail will be logged about the
+activities of \fBnmblookup\fP\&. At level 0, only critical errors and
+serious warnings will be logged\&.
+.IP 
+Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and
+should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are
+designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of
+data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&.
+.IP 
+Note that specifying this parameter here will override the \fBlog
+level\fP parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s smb\&.conf\fP" 
+This parameter specifies the pathname to the
+Samba configuration file, smb\&.conf\&. This file controls all aspects of
+the Samba setup on the machine and smbclient also needs to read this
+file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-i scope\fP" 
+This specifies a NetBIOS scope that smbclient will use
+to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the
+use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes
+are \fIvery\fP rarely used, only set this parameter if you are the
+system administrator in charge of all the NetBIOS systems you
+communicate with\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBname\fP" 
+This is the NetBIOS name being queried\&. Depending upon
+the previous options this may be a NetBIOS name or IP address\&. If a
+NetBIOS name then the different name types may be specified by
+appending \f(CW#<type>\fP to the name\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "EXAMPLES" 
+.PP 
+\fBnmblookup\fP can be used to query a WINS server (in the same way \&.B
+nslookup is used to query DNS servers)\&. To query a WINS server,
+nmblookup must be called like this:
+.PP 
+\f(CWnmblookup -U server -R \'name\'\fP
+.PP 
+For example, running :
+.PP 
+\f(CWnmblookup -U samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au -R IRIX#1B\'\fP
+.PP 
+would query the WINS server samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au for the domain master
+browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBsamba (7)\fP, \fBnmbd (8)\fP,
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au)\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
+.PP 
diff --git a/docs/manpages/samba.7 b/docs/manpages/samba.7
index c87dd4b856..6cb6883e27 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/samba.7
+++ b/docs/manpages/samba.7
@@ -1,202 +1,158 @@
-.TH SAMBA 7 "09 Oct 1998" "samba 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-Samba \- a LanManager like fileserver for UNIX
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B Samba
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B Samba
-software suite is a collection of programs that implements the SMB
-protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes also referred to
-as the LanManager or Netbios protocol.
-.SH COMPONENTS
-
-The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each component is
-described in a separate manual page. It is strongly recommended that
+.TH "Samba" "7" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+Samba \- A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+\fBSamba\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+The Samba software suite is a collection of programs that implements
+the Server Message Block(commenly abbreviated as SMB) protocol for
+UNIX systems\&. This protocol is sometimes also referred to as the
+Common Internet File System (CIFS), LanManager or NetBIOS protocol\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "COMPONENTS" 
+.PP 
+The Samba suite is made up of several components\&. Each component is
+described in a separate manual page\&. It is strongly recommended that
 you read the documentation that comes with Samba and the manual pages
-of those components that you use. If the manual pages aren't clear
-enough then please send me a patch!
-
-The
-.BR smbd (8)
-daemon provides the file and print services to SMB clients,
-such as Windows for Workgroups, Windows NT or LanManager. The
-configuration file for this daemon is described in
-.BR smb.conf (5).
-
-The
-.BR nmbd (8)
-daemon provides Netbios nameserving and browsing
-support. It can also be run interactively to query other name service
-daemons.
-
-The
-.BR smbclient (1)
-program implements a simple ftp-like client. This is
-useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible servers (such as
-WfWg), and can also be used to allow a UNIX box to print to a printer
-attached to any SMB server (such as a PC running WfWg).
-
-The
-.BR testparm (1)
-utility allows you to test your
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-configuration file.
-
+of those components that you use\&. If the manual pages aren\'t clear
+enough then please send a patch to \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsmbd\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+The \fBsmbd\fP
+(8) daemon provides the file and print services to SMB
+clients, such as Windows 95/98, Windows NT, Windows for Workgroups or
+LanManager\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnmbd\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+The \fBnmbd\fP
+(8) daemon provides NetBIOS nameserving and browsing
+support\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsmbclient\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+The \fBsmbclient\fP
+(1) program implements a simple ftp-like
+client\&. This is useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible
+servers (such as Windows NT), and can also be used to allow a UNIX box
+to print to a printer attached to any SMB server (such as a PC running
+Windows NT)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBtestparm\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+The \fBtestparm
+(1)\fP utility allows you to test your \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP configuration file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBtestprns\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+the \fBtestprns
+(1)\fP utility allows you to test the printers defined
+in your printcap file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsmbstatus\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+The \fBsmbstatus\fP
+(1) utility allows you to tell who is currently
+using the \fBsmbd (8)\fP server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnmblookup\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+the
+\fBnmblookup (1)\fP utility allows NetBIOS name
+queries to be made from the UNIX machine\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmake_smbcodepage\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
 The
-.BR smbstatus (1)
-utility allows you to tell who is currently using the
-.BR smbd (8)
-server.
-.SH AVAILABILITY
-
-The Samba software suite is licensed under the Gnu Public License. A
-copy of that license should have come with the package. You are
-encouraged to distribute copies of the Samba suite, but please keep it
-intact.
-
+\fBmake_smbcodepage (1)\fP utility allows
+you to create SMB code page definition files for your \fBsmbd
+(8)\fP server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsmbpasswd\fP" 
+.br 
+.br 
+The \fBsmbpasswd
+(8)\fP utility allows you to change SMB encrypted
+passwords on Samba and Windows NT(tm) servers\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "AVAILABILITY" 
+.PP 
+The Samba software suite is licensed under the GNU Public License
+(GPL)\&. A copy of that license should have come with the package in the
+file COPYING\&. You are encouraged to distribute copies of the Samba
+suite, but please keep obey the terms of this license\&.
+.PP 
 The latest version of the Samba suite can be obtained via anonymous
-ftp from samba.anu.edu.au in the directory pub/samba/. It is
-also available on several mirror sites worldwide.
-
+ftp from samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au in the directory pub/samba/\&. It is
+also available on several mirror sites worldwide\&.
+.PP 
 You may also find useful information about Samba on the newsgroup
-comp.protocols.smb and the Samba mailing list. Details on how to join
-the mailing list are given in the README file that comes with Samba.
-
+comp\&.protocols\&.smb and the Samba mailing list\&. Details on how to join
+the mailing list are given in the README file that comes with Samba\&.
+.PP 
 If you have access to a WWW viewer (such as Netscape or Mosaic) then
 you will also find lots of useful information, including back issues
-of the Samba mailing list, at http://samba.anu.edu.au/samba/
-.SH AUTHOR
-
-The main author of the Samba suite is Andrew Tridgell. He may be
-contacted via e-mail at samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au.
-
-There have also been an enormous number of contributors to Samba from
-all over the world. A partial list of these contributors is included
-in the CREDITS section below. The list is, however, badly out of
-date. More up to date info may be obtained from the change-log that
-comes with the Samba source code.
-.SH CONTRIBUTIONS
-
+of the Samba mailing list, at
+http://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/samba/\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&. 
+.PP 
+.SH "CONTRIBUTIONS" 
+.PP 
 If you wish to contribute to the Samba project, then I suggest you
-join the Samba mailing list.
-
+join the Samba mailing list at \fIsamba@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. See the
+Web page at
+http://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/listproc
+for details on how to do this\&.
+.PP 
 If you have patches to submit or bugs to report then you may mail them
-directly to samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au. Note, however, that due to the
-enormous popularity of this package I may take some time to repond to
-mail. I prefer patches in "diff \-u" format.
-.SH CREDITS
-
-Contributors to the project are (in alphabetical order by email address):
-
-(NOTE: This list is very out of date)
-
- Adams, Graham
- 	(gadams@ddrive.demon.co.uk)
- Allison, Jeremy
- 	(jeremy@netcom.com)
- Andrus, Ross
- 	(ross@augie.insci.com)
- Auer, Karl
- 	(Karl.Auer@anu.edu.au)
- Bogstad, Bill
- 	(bogstad@cs.jhu.edu)
- Boreham, Bryan
- 	(Bryan@alex.com)
- Boreham, David
- 	(davidb@ndl.co.uk)
- Butler, Michael
- 	(imb@asstdc.scgt.oz.au)
- ???
-	(charlie@edina.demon.co.uk)
- Chua, Michael
- 	(lpc@solomon.technet.sg)
- Cochran, Marc
-	(mcochran@wellfleet.com)
- Dey, Martin N
- 	(mnd@netmgrs.co.uk)
- Errath, Maximilian
- 	(errath@balu.kfunigraz.ac.at)
- Fisher, Lee
- 	(leefi@microsoft.com)
- Foderaro, Sean
- 	(jkf@frisky.Franz.COM)
- Greer, Brad
- 	(brad@cac.washington.edu)
- Griffith, Michael A
- 	(grif@cs.ucr.edu)
- Grosen, Mark
- 	(MDGrosen@spectron.COM)
- ????
- 	(gunjkoa@dep.sa.gov.au)
- Haapanen, Tom
- 	(tomh@metrics.com)
- Hench, Mike
-	(hench@cae.uwm.edu)
- Horstman, Mark A
- 	(mh2620@sarek.sbc.com)
- Hudson, Tim
- 	(tim.hudson@gslmail.mincom.oz.au)
- Hulthen, Erik Magnus
- 	(magnus@axiom.se)
- ???
-	(imb@asstdc.scgt.oz.au)
- Iversen, Per Steinar
- 	(iversen@dsfys1.fi.uib.no)
- Kaara, Pasi
- 	(ppk@atk.tpo.fi)
- Karman, Merik
- 	(merik@blackadder.dsh.oz.au)
- Kiff, Martin
- 	(mgk@newton.npl.co.uk)
- Kiick, Chris
- 	(cjkiick@flinx.b11.ingr.com)
- Kukulies, Christoph
- 	(kuku@acds.physik.rwth-aachen.de)
- ???
-	(lance@fox.com)
- Leighton, Luke
-	(lkcl@pires.co.uk)
- Lendecke, Volker
- 	(lendecke@namu01.gwdg.de)
- ???
- 	(lonnie@itg.ti.com)
- Mahoney, Paul Thomas
- 	(ptm@xact1.xact.com)
- Mauelshagen, Heinz
- 	(mauelsha@ez.da.telekom.de)
- Merrick, Barry G
- 	(bgm@atml.co.uk)
- Mol, Marcel
- 	(marcel@fanout.et.tudeflt.nl)
- ???
-	(njw@cpsg.com.au)
- ???
-	(noses@oink.rhein.de)
- Owens, John
- 	(john@micros.com)
- Pierson, Jacques
- 	(pierson@ketje.enet.dec.com)
- Powell, Mark
- 	(mark@scot1.ucsalf.ac.uk)
- Reiz, Steven
- 	(sreiz@aie.nl)
- Schlaeger, Joerg
- 	(joergs@toppoint.de)
- S{rkel{, Vesa
- 	(vesku@rankki.kcl.fi)
- Terpstra, John
-	(jht@aquasoft.com.au)
- Tridgell, Andrew
- 	(samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au)
- Troyer, Dean
- 	(troyer@saifr00.ateng.az.honeywell.com)
- Wakelin, Ross
- 	(rossw@march.co.uk)
- Wessels, Stefan
- 	(SWESSELS@dos-lan.cs.up.ac.za)
- Young, Ian A
- 	(iay@threel.co.uk)
- van der Zwan, Paul
- 	(paulzn@olivetti.nl)
-
+directly to \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Note, however, that due to
+the enormous popularity of this package the Samba Team may take some
+time to repond to mail\&. We prefer patches in \fIdiff -u\fP format\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "CREDITS" 
+.PP 
+Contributors to the project are now too numerous to mention here but
+all deserve the thanks of all Samba users\&. To see a full list, look at
+ftp://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/pub/samba/alpha/change-log
+for the pre-CVS changes and at
+ftp://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/pub/samba/alpha/cvs\&.log
+for the contributors to Samba post-CVS\&. CVS is the Open Source source
+code control system used by the Samba Team to develop Samba\&. The
+project would have been unmanageable without it\&.
+.PP 
+In addition, several commercial organisations now help fund the Samba
+Team with money and equipment\&. For details see the Samba Web pages at
+http://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/samba/samba-thanks\&.html\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5 b/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5
index 569f262006..09ddd148d1 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5
+++ b/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5
@@ -1,4300 +1,6241 @@
-.TH SMB.CONF 5 "13 Jun 1998" "smb.conf 1.9.18p8"
-.SH NAME
-smb.conf \- configuration file for smbd
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smb.conf
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B smb.conf
-file is a configuration file for the Samba suite.
-
-.B smb.conf
-contains runtime configuration information for the
-.B smbd
-program. The
-.B smbd
-program provides LanManager-like services to clients
-using the SMB protocol.
-.SH FILE FORMAT
-The file consists of sections and parameters. A section begins with the 
-name of the section in square brackets and continues until the next
-section begins. Sections contain parameters of the form 'name = value'.
-
-The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated line represents
-either a comment, a section name or a parameter.
-
-Section and parameter names are not case sensitive.
-
-Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. Whitespace before 
-or after the first equals sign is discarded. Leading, trailing and internal
-whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant. Leading and
-trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded. Internal whitespace
-within a parameter value is retained verbatim.
-
-Any line beginning with a semicolon is ignored, as are lines containing 
-only whitespace.
-
-Any line ending in a \e is "continued" on the next line in the
-customary UNIX fashion.
-
-The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a string
-(no quotes needed) or a boolean, which may be given as yes/no, 0/1 or
-true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved
-in string values. Some items such as create modes are numeric.
-.SH SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS
-Each section in the configuration file describes a service. The section name
-is the service name and the parameters within the section define the service's
-attributes.
-
-There are three special sections, [global], [homes] and [printers], which are
-described under 'special sections'. The following notes apply to ordinary 
-service descriptions.
-
-A service consists of a directory to which access is being given plus a 
-description of the access rights which are granted to the user of the 
-service. Some housekeeping options are also specifiable.
-
-Services are either filespace services (used by the client as an extension of
-their native file systems) or printable services (used by the client to access
-print services on the host running the server).
-
-Services may be guest services, in which case no password is required to
-access them. A specified guest account is used to define access privileges
-in this case.
-
-Services other than guest services will require a password to access
-them. The client provides the username. As many clients only provide
+.TH "smb\&.conf" "5" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+smb\&.conf \- The configuration file for the Samba suite
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP The \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file is a configuration file for the
+Samba suite\&. \fBsmb\&.conf\fP contains runtime configuration information
+for the Samba programs\&. The \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file is designed to be
+configured and administered by the \fBswat (8)\fP
+program\&. The complete description of the file format and possible
+parameters held within are here for reference purposes\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "FILE FORMAT" 
+.PP 
+The file consists of sections and parameters\&. A section begins with
+the name of the section in square brackets and continues until the
+next section begins\&. Sections contain parameters of the form 
+.PP 
+\f(CW\'name = value\'\fP
+.PP 
+The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated line
+represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter\&.
+.PP 
+Section and parameter names are not case sensitive\&.
+.PP 
+Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant\&. Whitespace
+before or after the first equals sign is discarded\&. Leading, trailing
+and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is
+irrelevant\&. Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is
+discarded\&. Internal whitespace within a parameter value is retained
+verbatim\&.
+.PP 
+Any line beginning with a semicolon (\';\') or a hash (\'#\') character is
+ignored, as are lines containing only whitespace\&.
+.PP 
+Any line ending in a \f(CW\'\e\'\fP is "continued" on the next line in the
+customary UNIX fashion\&.
+.PP 
+The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a
+string (no quotes needed) or a boolean, which may be given as yes/no,
+0/1 or true/false\&. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is
+preserved in string values\&. Some items such as create modes are
+numeric\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SECTION DESCRIPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+Each section in the configuration file (except for the
+\fB[global]\fP section) describes a shared resource (known
+as a \fI"share"\fP)\&. The section name is the name of the shared resource
+and the parameters within the section define the shares attributes\&.
+.PP 
+There are three special sections, \fB[global]\fP,
+\fB[homes]\fP and \fB[printers]\fP, which are
+described under \fB\'special sections\'\fP\&. The
+following notes apply to ordinary section descriptions\&.
+.PP 
+A share consists of a directory to which access is being given plus
+a description of the access rights which are granted to the user of
+the service\&. Some housekeeping options are also specifiable\&.
+.PP 
+Sections are either filespace services (used by the client as an
+extension of their native file systems) or printable services (used by
+the client to access print services on the host running the server)\&.
+.PP 
+Sections may be designated \fBguest\fP services, in which
+case no password is required to access them\&. A specified UNIX
+\fBguest account\fP is used to define access
+privileges in this case\&.
+.PP 
+Sections other than guest services will require a password to access
+them\&. The client provides the username\&. As older clients only provide
 passwords and not usernames, you may specify a list of usernames to
-check against the password using the "user=" option in the service
-definition. 
-
-Note that the access rights granted by the server are masked by the access
-rights granted to the specified or guest user by the host system. The 
-server does not grant more access than the host system grants.
+check against the password using the \fB"user="\fP option in
+the share definition\&. For modern clients such as Windows 95/98 and
+Windows NT, this should not be neccessary\&.
+.PP 
+Note that the access rights granted by the server are masked by the
+access rights granted to the specified or guest UNIX user by the host
+system\&. The server does not grant more access than the host system
+grants\&.
+.PP 
+The following sample section defines a file space share\&. The user has
+write access to the path \f(CW/home/bar\fP\&. The share is accessed via
+the share name "foo":
+.PP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-The following sample section defines a file space service. The user has write
-access to the path /home/bar. The service is accessed via the service name 
-"foo":
 
  	[foo]
  		path = /home/bar
  		writable = true
 
-The following sample section defines a printable service. The service is 
-readonly, but printable. That is, the only write access permitted is via 
-calls to open, write to and close a spool file. The 'guest ok' parameter 
-means access will be permitted as the default guest user (specified elsewhere):
+
+.DE 
+ 
+
+.PP 
+The following sample section defines a printable share\&. The share
+is readonly, but printable\&. That is, the only write access permitted
+is via calls to open, write to and close a spool file\&. The
+\fB\'guest ok\'\fP parameter means access will be permitted
+as the default guest user (specified elsewhere):
+.PP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
  	[aprinter]
  		path = /usr/spool/public
  		read only = true
  		printable = true
- 		public = true
-.SH SPECIAL SECTIONS
-
-.SS The [global] section
-.RS 3
-Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults
-for services which do not specifically define certain items. See the notes
-under 'Parameters' for more information.
-.RE
+ 		guest ok = true
 
-.SS The [homes] section
-.RS 3
-If a section called 'homes' is included in the configuration file, services
-connecting clients to their home directories can be created on the fly by the
-server.
-
-When the connection request is made, the existing services are scanned. If a
-match is found, it is used. If no match is found, the requested service name is
-treated as a user name and looked up in the local passwords file. If the
-name exists and the correct password has been given, a service is created
-by cloning the [homes] section.
-
-Some modifications are then made to the newly created section:
-
-.RS 3
-The service name is changed from 'homes' to the located username
-
-If no path was given, the path is set to the user's home directory.
-.RE
+.DE 
+ 
 
-If you decide to use a path= line in your [homes] section then you may
-find it useful to use the %S macro. For example path=/data/pchome/%S
+.PP 
+.SH "SPECIAL SECTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBThe [global] section\fP" 
+.IP 
+Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are
+defaults for sections which do not specifically define certain
+items\&. See the notes under \fB\'PARAMETERS\'\fP for more
+information\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBThe [homes] section\fP" 
+.IP 
+If a section called \f(CW\'homes\'\fP is included in the configuration file,
+services connecting clients to their home directories can be created
+on the fly by the server\&.
+.IP 
+When the connection request is made, the existing sections are
+scanned\&. If a match is found, it is used\&. If no match is found, the
+requested section name is treated as a user name and looked up in the
+local password file\&. If the name exists and the correct password has
+been given, a share is created by cloning the [homes] section\&.
+.IP 
+Some modifications are then made to the newly created share:
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+The share name is changed from \f(CW\'homes\'\fP to the located
+username
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+If no path was given, the path is set to the user\'s home
+directory\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+If you decide to use a \fBpath=\fP line in your [homes]
+section then you may find it useful to use the \fB%S\fP
+macro\&. For example :
+.IP 
+\f(CWpath=/data/pchome/%S\fP
+.IP 
 would be useful if you have different home directories for your PCs
-than for UNIX access.
-
-This is a fast and simple way to give a large number of clients access to
-their home directories with a minimum of fuss.
-
-A similar process occurs if the requested service name is "homes", except that
-the service name is not changed to that of the requesting user. This method
-of using the [homes] section works well if different users share a client PC.
-
-The [homes] section can specify all the parameters a normal service section
-can specify, though some make more sense than others. The following is a 
-typical and suitable [homes] section:
+than for UNIX access\&.
+.IP 
+This is a fast and simple way to give a large number of clients access
+to their home directories with a minimum of fuss\&.
+.IP 
+A similar process occurs if the requested section name is \f(CW"homes"\fP,
+except that the share name is not changed to that of the requesting
+user\&. This method of using the [homes] section works well if different
+users share a client PC\&.
+.IP 
+The [homes] section can specify all the parameters a normal service
+section can specify, though some make more sense than others\&. The
+following is a typical and suitable [homes] section:
+.IP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
  	[homes]
  		writable = yes
 
-An important point:
-
-.RS 3
-If guest access is specified in the [homes] section, all home directories will
-be accessible to all clients
-.B without a password.
-In the very unlikely event
-that this is actually desirable, it would be wise to also specify read only
-access.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-Note that the browseable flag for auto home directories will be
-inherited from the global browseable flag, not the [homes] browseable
-flag. This is useful as it means setting browseable=no in the [homes]
-section will hide the [homes] service but make any auto home
-directories visible.
-
-.SS The [printers] section
-.RS 3
-This section works like [homes], but for printers.
-
-If a [printers] section occurs in the configuration file, users are able 
-to connect to any printer specified in the local host's printcap file.
-
-When a connection request is made, the existing services are scanned. If a
-match is found, it is used. If no match is found, but a [homes] section
-exists, it is used as described above. Otherwise, the requested service name is
-treated as a printer name and the appropriate printcap file is scanned to
-see if the requested service name is a valid printer name. If a match is
-found, a new service is created by cloning the [printers] section.
-
-A few modifications are then made to the newly created section:
-
-.RS 3
-The service name is set to the located printer name
-
-If no printer name was given, the printer name is set to the located printer
-name
-
-If the service does not permit guest access and no username was given, the 
-username is set to the located printer name.
-.RE
-
-Note that the [printers] service MUST be printable - if you specify otherwise,
-the server will refuse to load the configuration file.
+.DE 
+ 
 
-Typically the path specified would be that of a world-writable spool directory
-with the sticky bit set on it. A typical [printers] entry would look like this:
+.IP 
+An important point is that if guest access is specified in the [homes]
+section, all home directories will be visible to all clients
+\fBwithout a password\fP\&. In the very unlikely event that this is
+actually desirable, it would be wise to also specify \fBread only
+access\fP\&.
+.IP 
+Note that the \fBbrowseable\fP flag for auto home
+directories will be inherited from the global browseable flag, not the
+[homes] browseable flag\&. This is useful as it means setting
+browseable=no in the [homes] section will hide the [homes] share but
+make any auto home directories visible\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBThe [printers] section\fP" 
+.IP 
+This section works like \fB[homes]\fP, but for printers\&.
+.IP 
+If a [printers] section occurs in the configuration file, users are
+able to connect to any printer specified in the local host\'s printcap
+file\&.
+.IP 
+When a connection request is made, the existing sections are
+scanned\&. If a match is found, it is used\&. If no match is found, but a
+\fB[homes]\fP section exists, it is used as described
+above\&. Otherwise, the requested section name is treated as a printer
+name and the appropriate printcap file is scanned to see if the
+requested section name is a valid printer share name\&. If a match is
+found, a new printer share is created by cloning the [printers]
+section\&.
+.IP 
+A few modifications are then made to the newly created share:
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+The share name is set to the located printer name
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+If no printer name was given, the printer name is set to the
+located printer name
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+If the share does not permit guest access and no username was
+given, the username is set to the located printer name\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+Note that the [printers] service MUST be printable - if you specify
+otherwise, the server will refuse to load the configuration file\&.
+.IP 
+Typically the path specified would be that of a world-writable spool
+directory with the sticky bit set on it\&. A typical [printers] entry
+would look like this:
+.IP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
  	[printers]
  		path = /usr/spool/public
  		writable = no
- 		public = yes
+ 		guest ok = yes
  		printable = yes 
 
-All aliases given for a printer in the printcap file are legitimate printer
-names as far as the server is concerned. If your printing subsystem doesn't
-work like that, you will have to set up a pseudo-printcap. This is a file
-consisting of one or more lines like this:
-
-        alias|alias|alias|alias...
+.DE 
+ 
 
-Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for your printing 
-subsystem. In the [global] section, specify the new file as your printcap.
-The server will then only recognise names found in your pseudo-printcap,
-which of course can contain whatever aliases you like. The same technique
-could be used simply to limit access to a subset of your local printers.
+.IP 
+All aliases given for a printer in the printcap file are legitimate
+printer names as far as the server is concerned\&. If your printing
+subsystem doesn\'t work like that, you will have to set up a
+pseudo-printcap\&. This is a file consisting of one or more lines like
+this:
+.IP 
 
-An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a 
-printcap record. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are 
-more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols ("|").
+.DS 
+ 
+        alias|alias|alias|alias\&.\&.\&.    
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for your printing
+subsystem\&. In the \fB[global]\fP section, specify the new
+file as your printcap\&.  The server will then only recognise names
+found in your pseudo-printcap, which of course can contain whatever
+aliases you like\&. The same technique could be used simply to limit
+access to a subset of your local printers\&.
+.IP 
+An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry
+of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components
+(if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols
+("|")\&.
+.IP 
 NOTE: On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what printers are
-defined on the system you may be able to use "printcap name = lpstat" 
-to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the "printcap name"
-option for more detils.
-
-.RE
-.SH PARAMETERS
-Parameters define the specific attributes of services.
-
-Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (eg., security).
-Some parameters are usable in all sections (eg., create mode). All others are
-permissible only in normal sections. For the purposes of the following
-descriptions the [homes] and [printers] sections will be considered normal.
-The letter 'G' in parentheses indicates that a parameter is specific to the
-[global] section. The letter 'S' indicates that a parameter can be
-specified in a service specific section. Note that all S parameters
-can also be specified in the [global] section - in which case they
-will define the default behaviour for all services.
-
-Parameters are arranged here in alphabetical order - this may not create
-best bedfellows, but at least you can find them! Where there are synonyms,
-the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred synonym.
-
-.SS VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS
-
+defined on the system you may be able to use \fB"printcap name =
+lpstat"\fP to automatically obtain a list of
+printers\&. See the \fB"printcap name"\fP option for
+more detils\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "PARAMETERS" 
+.PP 
+Parameters define the specific attributes of sections\&.
+.PP 
+Some parameters are specific to the \fB[global]\fP section
+(eg\&., \fBsecurity\fP)\&.  Some parameters are usable in
+all sections (eg\&., \fBcreate mode\fP)\&. All others are
+permissible only in normal sections\&. For the purposes of the following
+descriptions the \fB[homes]\fP and
+\fB[printers]\fP sections will be considered normal\&.
+The letter \f(CW\'G\'\fP in parentheses indicates that a parameter is
+specific to the \fB[global]\fP section\&. The letter \f(CW\'S\'\fP
+indicates that a parameter can be specified in a service specific
+section\&. Note that all \f(CW\'S\'\fP parameters can also be specified in the
+\fB[global]\fP section - in which case they will define
+the default behaviour for all services\&.
+.PP 
+Parameters are arranged here in alphabetical order - this may not
+create best bedfellows, but at least you can find them! Where there
+are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the
+preferred synonym\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS" 
+.PP 
 Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take
-substitutions. For example the option "path = /tmp/%u" would be
-interpreted as "path = /tmp/john" if the user connected with the
-username john.
-
+substitutions\&. For example the option \fB\f(CW"path =
+/tmp/%u"\fP\fP would be interpreted as \f(CW"path = /tmp/john"\fP if
+the user connected with the username john\&.
+.PP 
 These substitutions are mostly noted in the descriptions below, but
-there are some general substitutions which apply whenever they might be
-relevant. These are:
-
-%S = the name of the current service, if any
-
-%P = the root directory of the current service, if any
-
-%u = user name of the current service, if any
-
-%g = primary group name of %u
-
-%U = session user name (the user name that the client wanted, not
-necessarily the same as the one they got)
-
-%G = primary group name of %U
-
-%H = the home directory of the user given by %u
-
-%v = the Samba version
-
-%h = the hostname that Samba is running on
-
-%m = the netbios name of the client machine (very useful)
-
-%L = the netbios name of the server. This allows you to change your
-config based on what the client calls you. Your server can have a "dual
-personality".
-
-%M = the internet name of the client machine
-
-%N = the name of your NIS home directory server.  This is obtained from
-your NIS auto.map entry.  If you have not compiled Samba with -DAUTOMOUNT
-then this value will be the same as %L.
-
-%p = the path of the service's home directory, obtained from your NIS
-auto.map entry. The NIS auto.map entry is split up as "%N:%p".
-
-%R = the selected protocol level after protocol negotiation. As of 
-Samba 1.9.18 it can be one of CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, LANMAN2 or NT1.
-
-%d = The process id of the current server process
-
-%a = the architecture of the remote machine. Only some are recognised,
-and those may not be 100% reliable. It currently recognises Samba,
-WfWg, WinNT and Win95. Anything else will be known as "UNKNOWN". If it
-gets it wrong then sending me a level 3 log should allow me to fix it.
-
-%I = The IP address of the client machine
-
-%T = the current date and time
-
+there are some general substitutions which apply whenever they might
+be relevant\&. These are:
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%S\fP = the name of the current service, if any\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%P\fP = the root directory of the current service, if any\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%u\fP = user name of the current service, if any\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%g\fP = primary group name of \fB%u\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%U\fP = session user name (the user name that
+the client wanted, not necessarily the same as the one they got)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%G\fP = primary group name of \fB%U\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%H\fP = the home directory of the user given by \fB%u\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%v\fP = the Samba version\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%h\fP = the internet hostname that Samba is running on\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%m\fP = the NetBIOS name of the client machine (very useful)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%L\fP = the NetBIOS name of the server\&. This allows you to change your
+config based on what the client calls you\&. Your server can have a "dual
+personality"\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%M\fP = the internet name of the client machine\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%N\fP = the name of your NIS home directory server\&.  This is
+obtained from your NIS auto\&.map entry\&.  If you have not compiled Samba
+with the \fB--with-automount\fP option then this value will be the same
+as \fB%L\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%p\fP = the path of the service\'s home directory, obtained from your NIS
+auto\&.map entry\&. The NIS auto\&.map entry is split up as "%N:%p"\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%R\fP = the selected protocol level after protocol
+negotiation\&. It can be one of CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, LANMAN2 or NT1\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%d\fP = The process id of the current server process\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%a\fP = the architecture of the remote
+machine\&. Only some are recognised, and those may not be 100%
+reliable\&. It currently recognises Samba, WfWg, WinNT and
+Win95\&. Anything else will be known as "UNKNOWN"\&. If it gets it wrong
+then sending a level 3 log to \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP
+should allow it to be fixed\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%I\fP = The IP address of the client machine\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB%T\fP = the current date and time\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
 There are some quite creative things that can be done with these
-substitutions and other smb.conf options.
-
-.SS NAME MANGLING
-
-Samba supports "name mangling" so that DOS and Windows clients can use
-files that don't conform to the 8.3 format. It can also be set to adjust
-the case of 8.3 format filenames.
-
+substitutions and other smb\&.conf options\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME MANGLING" 
+.PP 
+Samba supports \fI"name mangling"\fP so that DOS and Windows clients can
+use files that don\'t conform to the 8\&.3 format\&. It can also be set to
+adjust the case of 8\&.3 format filenames\&.
+.PP 
 There are several options that control the way mangling is performed,
-and they are grouped here rather than listed separately. For the
-defaults look at the output of the testparm program.
-
+and they are grouped here rather than listed separately\&. For the
+defaults look at the output of the testparm program\&.
+.PP 
 All of these options can be set separately for each service (or
-globally, of course).
-
+globally, of course)\&.
+.PP 
 The options are:
-
-"mangle case = yes/no" controls if names that have characters that
-aren't of the "default" case are mangled. For example, if this is yes
-then a name like "Mail" would be mangled. Default no.
-
-"case sensitive = yes/no" controls whether filenames are case
-sensitive. If they aren't then Samba must do a filename search and
-match on passed names. Default no.
-
-"default case = upper/lower" controls what the default case is for new
-filenames. Default lower.
-
-"preserve case = yes/no" controls if new files are created with the
-case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the "default"
-case. Default no.
-
-"short preserve case = yes/no" controls if new files which conform to 8.3
-syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created
-upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default" case. This option can
-be use with "preserve case = yes" to permit long filenames to retain their
-case, while short names are lowered. Default no.
-
-.SS COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS
-
-Here is a list of all global parameters. See the section of each
-parameter for details.  Note that some are synonyms.
-
-announce as
-
-announce version
-
-auto services
-
-bind interfaces only
-
-browse list
-
-character set
-
-client code page
-
-config file
-
-deadtime
-
-debuglevel
-
-default
-
-default service
-
-dfree command
-
-dns proxy
-
-domain controller
-
-domain logons
-
-domain master
-
-encrypt passwords
-
-getwd cache
-
-hide files
-
-hide dot files
-
-homedir map
-
-hosts equiv
-
-include
-
-interfaces
-
-keepalive
-
-lm announce
-
-lm interval
-
-lock dir
-
-load printers
-
-local master
-
-lock directory
-
-log file
-
-log level
-
-logon drive
-
-logon home
-
-logon path
-
-logon script
-
-lpq cache time
-
-mangled stack
-
-max log size
-
-max mux
-
-max packet
-
-max ttl
-
-max xmit
-
-max wins ttl
-
-message command
-
-min wins ttl
-
-name resolve order
-
-netbios aliases
-
-netbios name
-
-networkstation user login
-
-nis homedir
-
-null passwords
-
-ole locking compatibility
-
-os level
-
-packet size
-
-passwd chat
-
-passwd chat debug
-
-passwd program
-
-password level
-
-password server
-
-preferred master
-
-preload
-
-printcap name
-
-printer driver file
-
-protocol
-
-read bmpx
-
-read prediction
-
-read raw
-
-read size
-
-remote announce
-
-remote browse sync
-
-root
-
-root dir
-
-root directory
-
-security
-
-server string
-
-shared file entries
-
-shared mem size
-
-smb passwd file
-
-smbrun
-
-socket address
-
-socket options
-
-status
-
-strip dot
-
-syslog
-
-syslog only
-
-time offset
-
-time server
-
-unix password sync
-
-unix realname
-
-update encrypted
-
-username level
-
-username map
-
-use rhosts
-
-valid chars
-
-wins proxy
-
-wins server
-
-wins support
-
-workgroup
-
-write raw
-
-.SS COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS
-
-Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section of each
-parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.
-
-admin users
-
-allow hosts
-
-alternate permissions
-
-available
-
-browseable
-
-case sensitive
-
-case sig names
-
-copy
-
-create mask
-
-create mode
-
-comment
-
-default case
-
-delete readonly
-
-delete veto files
-
-deny hosts
-
-directory
-
-directory mask
-
-directory mode
-
-dont descend
-
-dos filetimes
-
-dos filetime resolution
-
-exec
-
-fake directory create times
-
-fake oplocks
-
-follow symlinks
-
-force create mode
-
-force directory mode
-
-force group
-
-force user
-
-guest account
-
-guest ok
-
-guest only
-
-hide dot files
-
-hosts allow
-
-hosts deny
-
-invalid users
-
-locking
-
-lppause command
-
-lpq command
-
-lpresume command
-
-lprm command
-
-magic output
-
-magic script
-
-mangle case
-
-mangled names
-
-mangling char
-
-map archive
-
-map hidden
-
-map system
-
-max connections
-
-min print space
-
-only guest
-
-only user
-
-oplocks
-
-path
-
-postexec
-
-postscript
-
-preserve case
-
-print command
-
-printer driver
-
-printer driver location
-
-printing
-
-print ok
-
-printable
-
-printer
-
-printer name
-
-public
-
-queuepause command
-
-queueresume command
-
-read only
-
-read list
-
-revalidate
-
-root postexec
-
-root preexec
-
-set directory
-
-share modes
-
-short preserve case
-
-strict locking
-
-strict sync
-
-sync always
-
-user
-
-username
-
-users
-
-valid users
-
-veto files
-
-veto oplock files
-
-volume
-
-wide links
-
-writable
-
-write ok
-
-writeable
-
-write list
-
-.SS EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER
-.RS 3
-
-.SS admin users (S)
-
+.PP 
+\fB"mangle case = yes/no"\fP controls if names that have characters that
+aren\'t of the "default" case are mangled\&. For example, if this is yes
+then a name like \f(CW"Mail"\fP would be mangled\&. Default \fIno\fP\&.
+.PP 
+\fB"case sensitive = yes/no"\fP controls whether filenames are case
+sensitive\&. If they aren\'t then Samba must do a filename search and
+match on passed names\&. Default \fIno\fP\&.
+.PP 
+\fB"default case = upper/lower"\fP controls what the default case is for new
+filenames\&. Default \fIlower\fP\&.
+.PP 
+\fB"preserve case = yes/no"\fP controls if new files are created with the
+case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the \f(CW"default"\fP
+case\&. Default \fIYes\fP\&.
+.PP 
+.PP 
+\fB"short preserve case = yes/no"\fP controls if new files which conform
+to 8\&.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are
+created upper case, or if they are forced to be the \f(CW"default"\fP
+case\&. This option can be use with \fB"preserve case =
+yes"\fP to permit long filenames to retain their
+case, while short names are lowered\&. Default \fIYes\fP\&.
+.PP 
+By default, Samba 2\&.0 has the same semantics as a Windows NT
+server, in that it is case insensitive but case preserving\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION" 
+.PP 
+There are a number of ways in which a user can connect to a
+service\&. The server follows the following steps in determining if it
+will allow a connection to a specified service\&. If all the steps fail
+then the connection request is rejected\&. If one of the steps pass then
+the following steps are not checked\&.
+.PP 
+If the service is marked \fB"guest only = yes"\fP then
+steps 1 to 5 are skipped\&.
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP 1\&. 
+Step 1: If the client has passed a username/password pair and
+that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system\'s password
+programs then the connection is made as that username\&. Note that this
+includes the \f(CW\e\eserver\eservice%username\fP method of passing a
+username\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 2\&. 
+Step 2: If the client has previously registered a username with
+the system and now supplies a correct password for that username then
+the connection is allowed\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 3\&. 
+Step 3: The client\'s netbios name and any previously used user
+names are checked against the supplied password, if they match then
+the connection is allowed as the corresponding user\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 4\&. 
+Step 4: If the client has previously validated a
+username/password pair with the server and the client has passed the
+validation token then that username is used\&. This step is skipped if
+\fB"revalidate = yes"\fP for this service\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 5\&. 
+Step 5: If a \fB"user = "\fP field is given in the
+smb\&.conf file for the service and the client has supplied a password,
+and that password matches (according to the UNIX system\'s password
+checking) with one of the usernames from the \fBuser=\fP
+field then the connection is made as the username in the
+\fB"user="\fP line\&. If one of the username in the
+\fBuser=\fP list begins with a \f(CW\'@\'\fP then that name
+expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 6\&. 
+Step 6: If the service is a guest service then a connection is
+made as the username given in the \fB"guest account
+="\fP for the service, irrespective of the supplied
+password\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS" 
+.PP 
+Here is a list of all global parameters\&. See the section of each
+parameter for details\&.  Note that some are synonyms\&.
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBannounce as\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBannounce version\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBauto services\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbind interfaces only\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbrowse list\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBchange notify timeout\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcharacter set\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBclient code page\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcoding system\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBconfig file\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdeadtime\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdebug timestamp\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdebuglevel\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdefault\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdefault service\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdfree command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdns proxy\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain admin group\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain admin users\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain controller\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain groups\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain guest group\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain guest users\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain logons\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdomain master\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBencrypt passwords\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBgetwd cache\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhomedir map\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhosts equiv\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBinterfaces\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBkeepalive\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBkernel oplocks\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBldap filter\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBldap port\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBldap root\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBldap root passwd\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBldap server\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBldap suffix\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlm announce\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlm interval\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBload printers\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlocal master\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlock dir\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlock directory\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlog file\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlog level\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlogon drive\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlogon home\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlogon path\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlogon script\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlpq cache time\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmachine password timeout\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmangled stack\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax disk size\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax log size\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax mux\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax open files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax packet\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax ttl\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax wins ttl\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax xmit\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmessage command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmin wins ttl\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBname resolve order\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBnetbios aliases\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBnetbios name\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBnis homedir\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBnt pipe support\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBnt smb support\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBnull passwords\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBole locking compatibility\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBos level\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpacket size\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpanic action\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpasswd chat\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpasswd chat debug\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpasswd program\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpassword level\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpassword server\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprefered master\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpreferred master\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpreload\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprintcap\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprintcap name\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprinter driver file\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprotocol\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBread bmpx\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBread prediction\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBread raw\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBread size\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBremote announce\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBremote browse sync\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBroot\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBroot dir\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBroot directory\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsecurity\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBserver string\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBshared mem size\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsmb passwd file\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsmbrun\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsocket address\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsocket options\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl CA certDir\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl CA certFile\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl ciphers\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl client cert\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl client key\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl compatibility\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl hosts\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl hosts resign\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl require clientcert\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl require servercert\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl server cert\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl server key\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBssl version\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBstat cache\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBstat cache size\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBstrip dot\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsyslog\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsyslog only\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBtime offset\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBtime server\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBtimestamp logs\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBunix password sync\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBunix realname\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBupdate encrypted\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBuse rhosts\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBusername level\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBusername map\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBvalid chars\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwins proxy\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwins server\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwins support\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBworkgroup\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwrite raw\fP
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS" 
+.PP 
+Here is a list of all service parameters\&. See the section of each
+parameter for details\&. Note that some are synonyms\&.
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBadmin users\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBallow hosts\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBalternate permissions\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBavailable\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBblocking locks\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbrowsable\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbrowseable\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcase sensitive\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcasesignames\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcomment\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcopy\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcreate mask\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBcreate mode\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdefault case\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdelete readonly\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdelete veto files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdeny hosts\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdirectory\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdirectory mask\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdirectory mode\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdont descend\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdos filetime resolution\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBdos filetimes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBexec\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBfake directory create times\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBfake oplocks\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBfollow symlinks\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBforce create mode\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBforce directory mode\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBforce group\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBforce user\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBfstype\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBgroup\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBguest account\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBguest ok\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBguest only\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhide dot files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhide files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhosts allow\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhosts deny\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBinclude\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBinvalid users\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlocking\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlppause command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlpq command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlpresume command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlprm command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmagic output\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmagic script\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmangle case\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmangled map\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmangled names\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmangling char\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmap archive\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmap hidden\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmap system\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmap to guest\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmax connections\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBmin print space\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBonly guest\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBonly user\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBoplocks\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpath\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpostexec\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpostscript\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpreexec\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpreserve case\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprint command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprint ok\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprintable\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprinter\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprinter driver\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprinter driver location\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprinter name\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBprinting\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBpublic\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBqueuepause command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBqueueresume command\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBread list\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBread only\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBrevalidate\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBroot postexec\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBroot preexec\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBset directory\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBshare modes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBshort preserve case\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBstatus\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBstrict locking\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBstrict sync\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsync always\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBuser\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBusername\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBusers\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBvalid users\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBveto files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBveto oplock files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBvolume\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwide links\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwritable\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwrite list\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwrite ok\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwriteable\fP
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBadmin users (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a list of users who will be granted administrative privileges
-on the share. This means that they will do all file operations as the
-super-user (root).
-
+on the share\&. This means that they will do all file operations as the
+super-user (root)\&.
+.IP 
 You should use this option very carefully, as any user in this list
 will be able to do anything they like on the share, irrespective of
-file permissions.
-
-.B Default:
-	no admin users
-
-.B Example:
-	admin users = jason
-
-.SS announce as (G)
-
-This specifies what type of server nmbd will announce itself as in
-browse lists. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options
-are "NT", "Win95" or "WfW" meaining Windows NT, Windows 95 and
-Windows for Workgroups respectively. Do not change this parameter
-unless you have a specific need to stop Samba appearing as an NT
-server as this may prevent Samba servers from participating as
-browser servers correctly.
-
-.B Default:
-    announce as = NT
-
-.B Example
-    announce as = Win95
-
-.SS announce version (G)
-
-This specifies the major and minor version numbers that nmbd
-will use when announcing itself as a server. The default is 4.2.
-Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific need to
-set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.
-
-.B Default:
-   announce version = 4.2
-
-.B Example:
-   announce version = 2.0
-
-.SS auto services (G)
-This is a list of services that you want to be automatically added to
-the browse lists. This is most useful for homes and printers services
-that would otherwise not be visible.
-
-Note that if you just want all printers in your printcap file loaded
-then the "load printers" option is easier.
-
-.B Default:
-	no auto services
-
-.B Example:
-	auto services = fred lp colorlp
-
-.SS allow hosts (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'hosts allow'.
-
-This parameter is a comma delimited set of hosts which are permitted to access
-a service. 
-
-If specified in the [global] section then it will apply to all
-services, regardless of whether the individual service has a different
-setting. 
-
-You can specify the hosts by name or IP number. For example, you could
-restrict access to only the hosts on a Class C subnet with something like
-"allow hosts = 150.203.5.". The full syntax of the list is described in
-the man page
-.BR hosts_access (5).
-
+file permissions\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP 
+.br 
+\f(CW	no admin users\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP 
+.br 
+\f(CW	admin users = jason\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBallow hosts (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+A synonym for this parameter is \fB\'hosts allow\'\fP
+.IP 
+This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited set of hosts which
+are permitted to access a service\&.
+.IP 
+If specified in the \fB[global]\fP section then it will
+apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual service
+has a different setting\&.
+.IP 
+You can specify the hosts by name or IP number\&. For example, you could
+restrict access to only the hosts on a Class C subnet with something
+like \f(CW"allow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&."\fP\&. The full syntax of the list is
+described in the man page \fBhosts_access (5)\fP\&. Note that this man
+page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will
+be given here also\&.
+.IP 
+\fINOTE:\fP IF you wish to allow the \fBsmbpasswd
+(8)\fP program to be run by local users to change
+their Samba passwords using the local \fBsmbd (8)\fP
+daemon, then you \fIMUST\fP ensure that the localhost is listed in your
+\fBallow hosts\fP list, as \fBsmbpasswd (8)\fP runs
+in client-server mode and is seen by the local
+\fBsmbd\fP process as just another client\&.
+.IP 
 You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and by netgroup
-names if your system supports netgroups. The EXCEPT keyword can also
-be used to limit a wildcard list. The following examples may provide
+names if your system supports netgroups\&. The \fIEXCEPT\fP keyword can also
+be used to limit a wildcard list\&. The following examples may provide
 some help:
-
-Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.* except one
-
-	hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66
-
-Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask
-
-	hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0
-
-Example 3: allow a couple of hosts
-
-	hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur
-
-Example 4: allow only hosts in netgroup "foonet" or localhost, but 
+.IP 
+\fBExample 1\fP: allow localhost and all IPs in 150\&.203\&.*\&.* except one
+.IP 
+\f(CW	hosts allow = localhost, 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample 2\fP: allow localhost and hosts that match the given network/netmask
+.IP 
+\f(CW	hosts allow = localhost, 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample 3\fP: allow a localhost plus a couple of hosts
+.IP 
+\f(CW	hosts allow = localhost, lapland, arvidsjaur\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample 4\fP: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet" or localhost, but 
 deny access from one particular host
-
- 	hosts allow = @foonet, localhost
- 	hosts deny = pirate
-
-Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.
-
-See
-.BR testparm (1)
-for a way of testing your host access to see if it
-does what you expect.
-
-.B Default:
- 	none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)
-
-.B Example:
- 	allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au
-
-.SS alternate permissions (S)
-
-This option affects the way the "read only" DOS attribute is produced
-for UNIX files. If this is false then the read only bit is set for
-files on writeable shares which the user cannot write to.
-
-If this is true then it is set for files whos user write bit is not set.
-
-The latter behaviour is useful for when users copy files from each
-others directories, and use a file manager that preserves
-permissions. Without this option they may get annoyed as all copied
-files will have the "read only" bit set.
-
-.B Default:
-	alternate permissions = no
-
-.B Example:
-	alternate permissions = yes
-
-.SS available (S)
-This parameter lets you 'turn off' a service. If 'available = no', then
-ALL attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are logged.
-
-.B Default:
- 	available = yes
-
-.B Example:
- 	available = no
-
-.SS bind interfaces only (G)
-This global parameter (new for 1.9.18) allows the Samba admin to limit
-what interfaces on a machine will serve smb requests. If affects file service
-(smbd) and name service (nmbd) in slightly different ways.
-
-For name service it causes nmbd to bind to ports 137 and 138 on
-the interfaces listed in the 'interfaces' parameter. nmbd also binds
-to the 'all addresses' interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138
-for the purposes of reading broadcast messages. If this option is
-not set then nmbd will service name requests on all of these
-sockets. If "bind interfaces only" is set then nmbd will check
-the source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast
-sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses
-of the interfaces in the 'interfaces' parameter list. As unicast
-packets are received on the other sockets it allows nmbd to
-refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive
-through any interfaces not listed in the 'interfaces' list.
-IP Source address spoofing does defeat this simple check, however
-so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for nmbd.
-
-For file service it causes smbd to bind only to the interface
-list given in the 'interfaces' parameter. This restricts the
-networks that smbd will serve to packets coming in those interfaces.
-Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that
-are serving ppp or other intermittant or non-broadcast network
-interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces.
-
-.B Default:
-       bind interfaces only = False
-
-.B Example:
-       bind interfaces only = True
-
-.SS browseable (S)
+.IP 
+\f(CW 	hosts allow = @foonet, localhost\fP
+\f(CW 	hosts deny = pirate\fP
+.IP 
+Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords\&.
+.IP 
+See \fBtestparm (1)\fP for a way of testing your
+host access to see if it does what you expect\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	allow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&. localhost myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBalternate permissions (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a deprecated parameter\&. It no longer has any effect in Samba2\&.0\&.
+In previous versions of Samba it affected the way the DOS "read only"
+attribute was mapped for a file\&. In Samba2\&.0 a file is marked "read only"
+if the UNIX file does not have the \'w\' bit set for the owner of the file,
+regardless if the owner of the file is the currently logged on user or not\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBannounce as (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This specifies what type of server \fBnmbd\fP will
+announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse list\&. By default
+this is set to Windows NT\&. The valid options are : "NT", "Win95" or
+"WfW" meaining Windows NT, Windows 95 and Windows for Workgroups
+respectively\&. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific
+need to stop Samba appearing as an NT server as this may prevent Samba
+servers from participating as browser servers correctly\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	announce as = NT\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample\fP
+\f(CW	announce as = Win95\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBannounce version (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This specifies the major and minor version numbers that nmbd will use
+when announcing itself as a server\&. The default is 4\&.2\&.  Do not change
+this parameter unless you have a specific need to set a Samba server
+to be a downlevel server\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	announce version = 4\&.2\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	announce version = 2\&.0\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBauto services (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a list of services that you want to be automatically added to
+the browse lists\&. This is most useful for homes and printers services
+that would otherwise not be visible\&.
+.IP 
+Note that if you just want all printers in your printcap file loaded
+then the \fB"load printers"\fP option is easier\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	no auto services\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	auto services = fred lp colorlp\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBavailable (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter lets you \fI\'turn off\'\fP a service\&. If \f(CW\'available = no\'\fP,
+then \fIALL\fP attempts to connect to the service will fail\&. Such failures
+are logged\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	available = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	available = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBbind interfaces only (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This global parameter allows the Samba admin to limit what interfaces
+on a machine will serve smb requests\&. If affects file service
+\fBsmbd\fP and name service \fBnmbd\fP
+in slightly different ways\&.
+.IP 
+For name service it causes \fBnmbd\fP to bind to ports
+137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the
+\fB\'interfaces\'\fP
+parameter\&. \fBnmbd\fP also binds to the \'all
+addresses\' interface (0\&.0\&.0\&.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes
+of reading broadcast messages\&. If this option is not set then
+\fBnmbd\fP will service name requests on all of these
+sockets\&. If \fB"bind interfaces only"\fP is set then
+\fBnmbd\fP will check the source address of any
+packets coming in on the broadcast sockets and discard any that don\'t
+match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the
+\fB\'interfaces\'\fP parameter list\&. As unicast packets
+are received on the other sockets it allows \fBnmbd\fP
+to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive
+through any interfaces not listed in the
+\fB"interfaces"\fP list\&.  IP Source address spoofing
+does defeat this simple check, however so it must not be used
+seriously as a security feature for \fBnmbd\fP\&.
+.IP 
+For file service it causes \fBsmbd\fP to bind only to
+the interface list given in the \fB\'interfaces\'\fP
+parameter\&. This restricts the networks that \fBsmbd\fP
+will serve to packets coming in those interfaces\&.  Note that you
+should not use this parameter for machines that are serving PPP or
+other intermittant or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not
+cope with non-permanent interfaces\&.
+.IP 
+In addition, to change a users SMB password, the
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP by default connects to the
+\fI"localhost" - 127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fP address as an SMB client to issue the
+password change request\&. If \fB"bind interfaces only"\fP is set then
+unless the network address \fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fP is added to the
+\fB\'interfaces\'\fP parameter list then
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP will fail to connect in it\'s
+default mode\&. \fBsmbpasswd\fP can be forced to
+use the primary IP interface of the local host by using its
+\fB"-r remote machine"\fP parameter, with
+\fB"remote machine"\fP set to the IP name of the primary interface
+of the local host\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	bind interfaces only = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	bind interfaces only = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBblocking locks (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter controls the behavior of \fBsmbd\fP when
+given a request by a client to obtain a byte range lock on a region
+of an open file, and the request has a time limit associated with it\&.
+.IP 
+If this parameter is set and the lock range requested cannot be
+immediately satisfied, Samba 2\&.0 will internally queue the lock 
+request, and periodically attempt to obtain the lock until the
+timeout period expires\&.
+.IP 
+If this parameter is set to "False", then Samba 2\&.0 will behave
+as previous versions of Samba would and will fail the lock
+request immediately if the lock range cannot be obtained\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter can be set per share\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	blocking locks = True\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	blocking locks = False\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBbroweable (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls whether this share is seen in the list of available
-shares in a net view and in the browse list.
-
-.B Default:
-	browseable = Yes
-
-.B Example: 
-	browseable = No
-.SS browse list(G)
-This controls whether the smbd will serve a browse list to a client
-doing a NetServerEnum call. Normally set to true. You should never
-need to change this.
-
-.B Default:
-	browse list = Yes
-
-.SS case sensitive (G)
-See the discussion on NAME MANGLING.
-
-.SS case sig names (G)
-See "case sensitive"
-
-.SS character set (G)
-This allows a smbd to map incoming characters from a DOS 850 Code page
-to either a Western European (ISO8859-1) or Easter European (ISO8859-2)
-code page. Normally not set, meaning no filename translation is done.
-
-.B Default
-
-	character set =
-
-.B Example
-
-	character set = iso8859-1
-
-.SS client code page (G)
-Currently (Samba 1.9.17 and above) this may be set to one of two
-values, 850 or 437. It specifies the base DOS code page that the
-clients accessing Samba are using. To determine this, open a DOS
-command prompt and type the command "chcp". This will output the
-code page. The default for USA MS-DOS, Windows 95, and Windows NT
-releases is code page 437. The default for western european 
-releases of the above operating systems is code page 850.
-
-This parameter co-operates with the "valid chars" parameter in
-determining what characters are valid in filenames and how
-capitalization is done. It has been added as a convenience for
-clients whose code page is either 437 or 850 so a convoluted
-"valid chars" string does not have to be determined. If you
-set both this parameter and the "valid chars" parameter the 
-"client code page" parameter MUST be set before the "valid chars"
-in the smb.conf file. The "valid chars" string will then augment
-the character settings in the "client code page" parameter.
-
-If "client code page" is set to a value other than 850 or 437
-it will default to 850.
-
-See also : "valid chars".
-
-.B Default
-
-	client code page = 850
-
-.B Example
-
-	client code page = 437
-
-.SS comment (S)
+shares in a net view and in the browse list\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	browsable = Yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	browsable = No\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBbrowse list(G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This controls whether \fBsmbd\fP will serve a browse
+list to a client doing a NetServerEnum call\&. Normally set to true\&. You
+should never need to change this\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	browse list = Yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBbrowseable\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBbrowsable\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcase sensitive (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+See the discussion in the section \fBNAME MANGLING\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcasesignames (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"case sensitive"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBchange notify timeout (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+One of the new NT SMB requests that Samba 2\&.0 supports is the
+"ChangeNotify" requests\&. This SMB allows a client to tell a server to
+\fI"watch"\fP a particular directory for any changes and only reply to
+the SMB request when a change has occurred\&. Such constant scanning of
+a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an
+\fBsmbd\fP daemon only performs such a scan on each
+requested directory once every \fBchange notify timeout\fP seconds\&.
+.IP 
+\fBchange notify timeout\fP is specified in units of seconds\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	change notify timeout = 60\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	change notify timeout = 300\fP
+.IP 
+Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcharacter set (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This allows a smbd to map incoming filenames from a DOS Code page (see
+the \fBclient code page\fP parameter) to several
+built in UNIX character sets\&. The built in code page translations are:
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBISO8859-1\fP Western European UNIX character set\&. The parameter
+\fBclient code page\fP \fIMUST\fP be set to code
+page 850 if the \fBcharacter set\fP parameter is set to iso8859-1
+in order for the conversion to the UNIX character set to be done
+correctly\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBISO8859-2\fP Eastern European UNIX character set\&. The parameter
+\fBclient code page\fP \fIMUST\fP be set to code
+page 852 if the \fBcharacter set\fP parameter is set to ISO8859-2
+in order for the conversion to the UNIX character set to be done
+correctly\&. 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBISO8859-5\fP Russian Cyrillic UNIX character set\&. The parameter
+\fBclient code page\fP \fIMUST\fP be set to code
+page 866 if the \fBcharacter set\fP parameter is set to ISO8859-2
+in order for the conversion to the UNIX character set to be done
+correctly\&. 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBKOI8-R\fP Alternate mapping for Russian Cyrillic UNIX
+character set\&. The parameter \fBclient code
+page\fP \fIMUST\fP be set to code page 866 if the
+\fBcharacter set\fP parameter is set to KOI8-R in order for the
+conversion to the UNIX character set to be done correctly\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+\fIBUG\fP\&. These MSDOS code page to UNIX character set mappings should
+be dynamic, like the loading of MS DOS code pages, not static\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fBclient code page\fP\&.  Normally this
+parameter is not set, meaning no filename translation is done\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	character set = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	character set = ISO8859-1\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBclient code page (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the DOS code page that the clients accessing
+Samba are using\&. To determine what code page a Windows or DOS client
+is using, open a DOS command prompt and type the command "chcp"\&. This
+will output the code page\&. The default for USA MS-DOS, Windows 95, and
+Windows NT releases is code page 437\&. The default for western european
+releases of the above operating systems is code page 850\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter tells \fBsmbd\fP which of the
+\f(CWcodepage\&.XXX\fP files to dynamically load on startup\&. These files,
+described more fully in the manual page \fBmake_smbcodepage
+(1)\fP, tell \fBsmbd\fP how
+to map lower to upper case characters to provide the case insensitivity
+of filenames that Windows clients expect\&.
+.IP 
+Samba currenly ships with the following code page files :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 437 - MS-DOS Latin US\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 737 - Windows \'95 Greek\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 850 - MS-DOS Latin 1\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 852 - MS-DOS Latin 2\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 861 - MS-DOS Icelandic\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 866 - MS-DOS Cyrillic\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 932 - MS-DOS Japanese SJIS\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 936 - MS-DOS Simplified Chinese\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 949 - MS-DOS Korean Hangul\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCode Page 950 - MS-DOS Traditional Chinese\fP
+.IP 
+.IP 
+Thus this parameter may have any of the values 437, 737, 850, 852,
+861, 932, 936, 949, or 950\&.  If you don\'t find the codepage you need,
+read the comments in one of the other codepage files and the
+\fBmake_smbcodepage (1)\fP man page and
+write one\&. Please remember to donate it back to the Samba user
+community\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter co-operates with the \fB"valid
+chars"\fP parameter in determining what characters are
+valid in filenames and how capitalization is done\&. If you set both
+this parameter and the \fB"valid chars"\fP parameter
+the \fB"client code page"\fP parameter \fIMUST\fP be set before the
+\fB"valid chars"\fP parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP
+file\&. The \fB"valid chars"\fP string will then augment
+the character settings in the "client code page" parameter\&.
+.IP 
+If not set, \fB"client code page"\fP defaults to 850\&.
+.IP 
+See also : \fB"valid chars"\fP
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	client code page = 850\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	client code page = 936\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcodingsystem (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is used to determine how incoming Shift-JIS Japanese
+characters are mapped from the incoming \fB"client code
+page"\fP used by the client, into file names in the
+UNIX filesystem\&. Only useful if \fB"client code
+page"\fP is set to 932 (Japanese Shift-JIS)\&.
+.IP 
+The options are :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBSJIS\fP  Shift-JIS\&. Does no conversion of the incoming filename\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBJIS8, J8BB, J8BH, J8@B, J8@J, J8@H \fP Convert from incoming
+Shift-JIS to eight bit JIS code with different shift-in, shift out
+codes\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBJIS7, J7BB, J7BH, J7@B, J7@J, J7@H \fP Convert from incoming
+Shift-JIS to seven bit JIS code with different shift-in, shift out
+codes\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBJUNET, JUBB, JUBH, JU@B, JU@J, JU@H \fP Convert from incoming
+Shift-JIS to JUNET code with different shift-in, shift out codes\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBEUC\fP  Convert an incoming Shift-JIS character to EUC code\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBHEX\fP Convert an incoming Shift-JIS character to a 3 byte hex
+representation, ie\&. \f(CW:AB\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBCAP\fP Convert an incoming Shift-JIS character to the 3 byte hex
+representation used by the Columbia Appletalk Program (CAP),
+ie\&. \f(CW:AB\fP\&.  This is used for compatibility between Samba and CAP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcomment (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a text field that is seen next to a share when a client does a
-net view to list what shares are available.
-
+queries the server, either via the network neighborhood or via "net
+view" to list what shares are available\&.
+.IP 
 If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the machine
-name then see the server string command.
-
-.B Default:
-	No comment string
-
-.B Example:
-	comment = Fred's Files
-
-.SS config file (G)
-
+name then see the server string command\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	No comment string\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	comment = Fred\'s Files\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBconfig file (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This allows you to override the config file to use, instead of the
-default (usually smb.conf). There is a chicken and egg problem here as
-this option is set in the config file! 
-
+default (usually \fBsmb\&.conf\fP)\&. There is a chicken and egg problem
+here as this option is set in the config file!
+.IP 
 For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed when the
 parameters are loaded then it will reload them from the new config
-file.
-
-This option takes the usual substitutions, which can be very useful.
-
-If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded (allowing
-you to special case the config files of just a few clients).
-
-.B Example:
-	config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m
-
-.SS copy (S)
-This parameter allows you to 'clone' service entries. The specified
-service is simply duplicated under the current service's name. Any 
+file\&.
+.IP 
+This option takes the usual substitutions, which can be very useful\&.
+.IP 
+If the config file doesn\'t exist then it won\'t be loaded (allowing you
+to special case the config files of just a few clients)\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcopy (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter allows you to \fI\'clone\'\fP service entries\&. The specified
+service is simply duplicated under the current service\'s name\&. Any
 parameters specified in the current section will override those in the
-section being copied.
-
-This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and create similar 
-services easily. Note that the service being copied must occur earlier 
-in the configuration file than the service doing the copying.
-
-.B Default:
- 	none
-
-.B Example:
- 	copy = otherservice
-.SS create mask (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'create mode'.
-
+section being copied\&.
+.IP 
+This feature lets you set up a \'template\' service and create similar
+services easily\&. Note that the service being copied must occur earlier
+in the configuration file than the service doing the copying\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	none\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	copy = otherservice\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcreate mask (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+A synonym for this parameter is \fB\'create mode\'\fP\&.
+.IP 
 When a file is created, the neccessary permissions are calculated
-according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and
-the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter.
-This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for the UNIX
-modes of a file. Any bit *not* set here will be removed from the
-modes set on a file when it is created.
-
-The default value of this parameter removes the 'group' and 'other' 
-write and execute bits from the UNIX modes.
-
-Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from
-this parameter with the value of the "force create mode" parameter 
-which is set to 000 by default.
-
-For Samba 1.9.17 and above this parameter no longer affects directory
-modes. See the parameter 'directory mode' for details.
-
-See also the "force create mode" parameter for forcing particular
-mode bits to be set on created files.
-See also the "directory mode" parameter for masking mode bits on created
-directories.
-
-.B Default:
- 	create mask = 0744
-
-.B Example:
- 	create mask = 0775
-.SS create mode (S)
-See
-.B create mask.
-
-.SS deadtime (G)
-The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) represents the number of
-minutes of inactivity before a connection is considered dead, and it
-is disconnected. The deadtime only takes effect if the number of open files
-is zero.
-
-This is useful to stop a server's resources being exhausted by a large
-number of inactive connections.
-
-Most clients have an auto-reconnect feature when a connection is broken so
-in most cases this parameter should be transparent to users.
-
+according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and the
+resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise \'AND\'ed with this parameter\&.
+This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for the UNIX modes
+of a file\&. Any bit \fI*not*\fP set here will be removed from the modes set
+on a file when it is created\&.
+.IP 
+The default value of this parameter removes the \'group\' and \'other\'
+write and execute bits from the UNIX modes\&.
+.IP 
+Following this Samba will bit-wise \'OR\' the UNIX mode created from
+this parameter with the value of the "force create mode" parameter
+which is set to 000 by default\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter does not affect directory modes\&. See the parameter
+\fB\'directory mode\'\fP for details\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"force create mode"\fP parameter
+for forcing particular mode bits to be set on created files\&. See also
+the \fB"directory mode"\fP parameter for masking
+mode bits on created directories\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	create mask = 0744\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	create mask = 0775\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcreate mode (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a synonym for \fBcreate mask\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdeadtime (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) represents the number
+of minutes of inactivity before a connection is considered dead, and
+it is disconnected\&. The deadtime only takes effect if the number of
+open files is zero\&.
+.IP 
+This is useful to stop a server\'s resources being exhausted by a large
+number of inactive connections\&.
+.IP 
+Most clients have an auto-reconnect feature when a connection is
+broken so in most cases this parameter should be transparent to users\&.
+.IP 
 Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes is recommended
-for most systems.
-
-A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection should be performed.
-
-.B Default:
- 	deadtime = 0
-
-.B Example:
- 	deadtime = 15
-.SS debug level (G)
+for most systems\&.
+.IP 
+A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection should be
+performed\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	deadtime = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	deadtime = 15\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdebug timestamp (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Samba2\&.0 debug log messages are timestamped by default\&. If you are
+running at a high \fB"debug level"\fP these timestamps
+can be distracting\&. This boolean parameter allows them to be turned
+off\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	debug timestamp = Yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	debug timestamp = No\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdebug level (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 The value of the parameter (an integer) allows the debug level
-(logging level) to be specified in the
-.B smb.conf
-file. This is to give
-greater flexibility in the configuration of the system.
-
-The default will be the debug level specified on the command line.
-
-.B Example:
- 	debug level = 3
-.SS default (G)
-See
-.B default service.
-.SS default case (S)
-
-See the section on "NAME MANGLING" Also note the addition of "short
-preserve case"
-
-.SS default service (G)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'default'.
-
-This parameter specifies the name of a service which will be connected to
-if the service actually requested cannot be found. Note that the square
-brackets are NOT given in the parameter value (see example below).
-
-There is no default value for this parameter. If this parameter is not given,
-attempting to connect to a nonexistent service results in an error.
-
-Typically the default service would be a public, read-only service.
-
-Also note that as of 1.9.14 the apparent service name will be changed to
-equal that of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows
-you to use macros like %S to make a wildcard service.
-
-Note also that any _ characters in the name of the service used in the
-default service will get mapped to a /. This allows for interesting
-things.
-
+(logging level) to be specified in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file\&. This is to
+give greater flexibility in the configuration of the system\&.
+.IP 
+The default will be the debug level specified on the command line
+or level zero if none was specified\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	debug level = 3\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdefault (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+A synonym for \fBdefault service\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdefault case (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+See the section on \fB"NAME MANGLING"\fP\&. Also note
+the \fB"short preserve case"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdefault service (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the name of a service which will be connected
+to if the service actually requested cannot be found\&. Note that the
+square brackets are \fINOT\fP given in the parameter value (see example
+below)\&.
+.IP 
+There is no default value for this parameter\&. If this parameter is not
+given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent service results in an
+error\&.
+.IP 
+Typically the default service would be a \fBguest ok\fP,
+\fBread-only\fP service\&.
+.IP 
+Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal that
+of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows you to use
+macros like \fB%S\fP to make a wildcard service\&.
+.IP 
+Note also that any \f(CW\'_\'\fP characters in the name of the service used
+in the default service will get mapped to a \f(CW\'/\'\fP\&. This allows for
+interesting things\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Example:
- 	default service = pub
+	default service = pub
         
-        [pub]
-             path = /%S
-          
+	[pub]
+		path = /%S
 
-.SS delete readonly (S)
-This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.  This is not normal DOS
-semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.
-
-This option may be useful for running applications such as rcs, where UNIX
-file ownership prevents changing file permissions, and DOS semantics prevent
-deletion of a read only file.
-
-.B Default:
- 	delete readonly = No
-
-.B Example:
- 	delete readonly = Yes
-.SS deny hosts (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'hosts deny'.
-
-The opposite of 'allow hosts' - hosts listed here are NOT permitted
-access to services unless the specific services have their own lists to
-override this one. Where the lists conflict, the 'allow' list takes precedence.
-
-.B Default:
- 	none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)
-
-.B Example:
-  	deny hosts = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au
-
-.SS delete veto files (S)
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdelete readonly (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted\&.  This is not
+normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX\&.
+.IP 
+This option may be useful for running applications such as rcs, where
+UNIX file ownership prevents changing file permissions, and DOS
+semantics prevent deletion of a read only file\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	delete readonly = No\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	delete readonly = Yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdelete veto files (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option is used when Samba is attempting to delete a directory
-that contains one or more vetoed directories (see the 'veto files' option).
-If this option is set to False (the default) then if a vetoed directory
-contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the directory delete 
-will fail. This is usually what you want. 
-
-If this option is set to True, then Samba will attempt
-to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed
-directory. This can be useful for integration with file serving
-systems such as Netatalk, which create meta-files within directories
-you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing (eg. .AppleDouble)
-
-Setting 'delete veto files = True' allows these directories to be 
+that contains one or more vetoed directories (see the \fB\'veto
+files\'\fP option)\&.  If this option is set to False (the
+default) then if a vetoed directory contains any non-vetoed files or
+directories then the directory delete will fail\&. This is usually what
+you want\&.
+.IP 
+If this option is set to True, then Samba will attempt to recursively
+delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory\&. This can
+be useful for integration with file serving systems such as \fBNetAtalk\fP,
+which create meta-files within directories you might normally veto
+DOS/Windows users from seeing (eg\&. \f(CW\&.AppleDouble\fP)
+.IP 
+Setting \f(CW\'delete veto files = True\'\fP allows these directories to be 
 transparently deleted when the parent directory is deleted (so long
-as the user has permissions to do so).
-
-.B Default:
-    delete veto files = False
-
-.B Example:
-    delete veto files = True
-
-See
-.B veto files
-
-.SS dfree command (G)
+as the user has permissions to do so)\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fBveto files\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	delete veto files = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	delete veto files = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdeny hosts (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The opposite of \fB\'allow hosts\'\fP - hosts listed
+here are \fINOT\fP permitted access to services unless the specific
+services have their own lists to override this one\&. Where the lists
+conflict, the \fB\'allow\'\fP list takes precedence\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	deny hosts = 150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdfree command (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 The dfree command setting should only be used on systems where a
-problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has
+problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations\&. This has
 been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur with other operating
-systems. The symptom that was seen was an error of "Abort Retry
-Ignore" at the end of each directory listing.
-
+systems\&. The symptom that was seen was an error of "Abort Retry
+Ignore" at the end of each directory listing\&.
+.IP 
 This setting allows the replacement of the internal routines to
 calculate the total disk space and amount available with an external
-routine. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill
-this function. 
-
+routine\&. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill
+this function\&.
+.IP 
 The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a
-directory in the filesystem being queried. This will typically consist
-of the string "./". The script should return two integers in ascii. The
-first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should
-be the number of available blocks. An optional third return value
-can give the block size in bytes. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes.
-
-Note: Your script should NOT be setuid or setgid and should be owned by
-(and writable only by) root!
-
-.B Default:
- 	By default internal routines for determining the disk capacity
-and remaining space will be used.
-
-.B Example:
- 	dfree command = /usr/local/samba/bin/dfree
-
-	Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be
+directory in the filesystem being queried\&. This will typically consist
+of the string \f(CW"\&./"\fP\&. The script should return two integers in
+ascii\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the
+second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third
+return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize
+is 1024 bytes\&.
+.IP 
+Note: Your script should \fINOT\fP be setuid or setgid and should be
+owned by (and writable only by) root!
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	By default internal routines for determining the disk capacity
+and remaining space will be used\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	dfree command = /usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\fP
+.IP 
+Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:
+.IP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.nf
 	#!/bin/sh
-	df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
-.fi
+	df $1 | tail -1 | awk \'{print $2" "$4}\'
 
-	or perhaps (on Sys V)
+.DE 
+ 
 
-.nf
-	#!/bin/sh
-	/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}'
-.fi
+.IP 
+or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):
+.IP 
 
-	Note that you may have to replace the command names with full
-path names on some systems.
-.SS directory (S)
-See
-.B path.
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.SS directory mask (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'directory mode'.
+	#!/bin/sh
+	/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk \'{print $3" "$5}\'
 
-This parameter is the octal modes which are used when converting DOS modes 
-to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories.
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+Note that you may have to replace the command names with full
+path names on some systems\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdirectory (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBpath\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdirectory mask (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is the octal modes which are used when converting DOS
+modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories\&.
+.IP 
 When a directory is created, the neccessary permissions are calculated
-according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and
-the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter.
-This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for the UNIX
-modes of a directory. Any bit *not* set here will be removed from the
-modes set on a directory when it is created.
-
-The default value of this parameter removes the 'group' and 'other'
+according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and the
+resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise \'AND\'ed with this parameter\&.
+This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for the UNIX modes
+of a directory\&. Any bit \fI*not*\fP set here will be removed from the
+modes set on a directory when it is created\&.
+.IP 
+The default value of this parameter removes the \'group\' and \'other\'
 write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the user who owns the
-directory to modify it.
-
-Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from
-this parameter with the value of the "force directory mode" parameter. 
-This parameter is set to 000 by default (ie. no extra mode bits are added).
-
-See the "force directory mode" parameter to cause particular mode
-bits to always be set on created directories.
-
-See also the "create mode" parameter for masking mode bits on created
-files.
-
-.B Default:
- 	directory mask = 0755
-
-.B Example:
- 	directory mask = 0775
-
-.SS directory mode (S)
-See
-.B directory mask.
-
-.SS dns proxy (G)
-
-Specifies that nmbd should (as a WINS server), on finding that a NetBIOS
-name has not been registered, treat the NetBIOS name word-for-word as
-a DNS name.
-
-Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15
-characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be 15
-characters, maximum.
-
-Note also that nmbd will block completely until the DNS name is resolved.
-This will result in temporary loss of browsing and WINS services.
-Enable this option only if you are certain that DNS resolution is fast,
-or you can live with the consequences of periodic pauses in nmbd service.
-
-.B Default:
-	 dns proxy = yes
-
-.SS domain controller (G)
-
-The meaning of this parameter changed from a string to a boolean (yes/no)
-value. It is currently not used within the Samba source and should be removed
-from all current smb.conf files. It is left behind for compatibility reasons.
-
-.B Default:
-	 domain controller = no
-
-.SS domain logons (G)
-
-If set to true, the Samba server will serve Windows 95 domain logons
-for the workgroup it is in. For more details on setting up this feature
-see the file DOMAINS.txt in the Samba source documentation directory.
-
-.B Default:
-	 domain logons = no
-
-.SS domain master (G)
-
-Enable WAN-wide browse list collation.  Local master browsers on 
-broadcast-isolated subnets will give samba their local browse lists, and 
-ask for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network.
-Browser clients will then contact their local master browser, and will
-receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their
-broadcast-isolated subnet.
-
-.B Default:
- 	domain master = no
-
-.SS dont descend (S)
-There are certain directories on some systems (eg., the /proc tree under
-Linux) that are either not of interest to clients or are infinitely deep
-(recursive). This parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list
-of directories that the server should always show as empty.
-
+directory to modify it\&.
+.IP 
+Following this Samba will bit-wise \'OR\' the UNIX mode created from
+this parameter with the value of the "force directory mode"
+parameter\&. This parameter is set to 000 by default (ie\&. no extra mode
+bits are added)\&.
+.IP 
+See the \fB"force directory mode"\fP parameter
+to cause particular mode bits to always be set on created directories\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"create mode"\fP parameter for masking
+mode bits on created files\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	directory mask = 0755\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	directory mask = 0775\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdirectory mode (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBdirectory mask\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdns proxy (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Specifies that \fBnmbd\fP when acting as a WINS
+server and finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should
+treat the NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup
+with the DNS server for that name on behalf of the name-querying
+client\&.
+.IP 
+Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters, so
+the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be 15 characters,
+maximum\&.
+.IP 
+\fBnmbd\fP spawns a second copy of itself to do the
+DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking action\&.
+.IP 
+See also the parameter \fBwins support\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	dns proxy = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBdomain admin group (G)\fP
+.IP 
+This is an \fBEXPERIMENTAL\fP parameter that is part of the unfinished
+Samba NT Domain Controller Code\&. It may be removed in a later release\&.
+To work with the latest code builds that may have more support for
+Samba NT Domain Controller functionality please subscibe to the
+mailing list \fBSamba-ntdom\fP available by sending email to
+\fIlistproc@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain admin users (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is an \fBEXPERIMENTAL\fP parameter that is part of the unfinished
+Samba NT Domain Controller Code\&. It may be removed in a later release\&.
+To work with the latest code builds that may have more support for
+Samba NT Domain Controller functionality please subscibe to the
+mailing list \fBSamba-ntdom\fP available by sending email to
+\fIlistproc@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain controller (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a \fBDEPRECATED\fP parameter\&. It is currently not used within
+the Samba source and should be removed from all current smb\&.conf
+files\&. It is left behind for compatibility reasons\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain groups (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is an \fBEXPERIMENTAL\fP parameter that is part of the unfinished
+Samba NT Domain Controller Code\&. It may be removed in a later release\&.
+To work with the latest code builds that may have more support for
+Samba NT Domain Controller functionality please subscibe to the
+mailing list \fBSamba-ntdom\fP available by sending email to
+\fIlistproc@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain guest group (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is an \fBEXPERIMENTAL\fP parameter that is part of the unfinished
+Samba NT Domain Controller Code\&. It may be removed in a later release\&.
+To work with the latest code builds that may have more support for
+Samba NT Domain Controller functionality please subscibe to the
+mailing list \fBSamba-ntdom\fP available by sending email to
+\fIlistproc@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain guest users (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is an \fBEXPERIMENTAL\fP parameter that is part of the unfinished
+Samba NT Domain Controller Code\&. It may be removed in a later release\&.
+To work with the latest code builds that may have more support for
+Samba NT Domain Controller functionality please subscibe to the
+mailing list \fBSamba-ntdom\fP available by sending email to
+\fIlistproc@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain logons (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If set to true, the Samba server will serve Windows 95/98 Domain
+logons for the \fBworkgroup\fP it is in\&. For more
+details on setting up this feature see the file DOMAINS\&.txt in the
+Samba documentation directory \f(CWdocs/\fP shipped with the source code\&.
+.IP 
+Note that Win95/98 Domain logons are \fINOT\fP the same as Windows
+NT Domain logons\&. NT Domain logons require a Primary Domain Controller
+(PDC) for the Domain\&. It is inteded that in a future release Samba
+will be able to provide this functionality for Windows NT clients
+also\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	domain logons = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdomain master (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Tell \fBnmbd\fP to enable WAN-wide browse list
+collation\&.Setting this option causes \fBnmbd\fP to
+claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a
+domain master browser for its given
+\fBworkgroup\fP\&. Local master browsers in the same
+\fBworkgroup\fP on broadcast-isolated subnets will give
+this \fBnmbd\fP their local browse lists, and then
+ask \fBsmbd\fP for a complete copy of the browse list
+for the whole wide area network\&.  Browser clients will then contact
+their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse
+list, instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet\&.
+.IP 
+Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to
+claim this \fBworkgroup\fP specific special NetBIOS
+name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that
+\fBworkgroup\fP by default (ie\&. there is no way to
+prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this)\&. This means that
+if this parameter is set and \fBnmbd\fP claims the
+special name for a \fBworkgroup\fP before a Windows NT
+PDC is able to do so then cross subnet browsing will behave strangely
+and may fail\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	domain master = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdont descend (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+There are certain directories on some systems (eg\&., the \f(CW/proc\fP tree
+under Linux) that are either not of interest to clients or are
+infinitely deep (recursive)\&. This parameter allows you to specify a
+comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show
+as empty\&.
+.IP 
 Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format of the "dont
-descend" entries. For example you may need "./proc" instead of just
-"/proc". Experimentation is the best policy :-)
-
-.B Default:
- 	none (i.e., all directories are OK to descend)
-
-.B Example:
-  	dont descend = /proc,/dev
-
-.SS dos filetimes (S)
+descend" entries\&. For example you may need \f(CW"\&./proc"\fP instead of
+just \f(CW"/proc"\fP\&. Experimentation is the best policy :-)
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	none (i\&.e\&., all directories are OK to descend)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	dont descend = /proc,/dev\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdos filetime resolution (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest granulatity on
+time resolution is two seconds\&. Setting this parameter for a share
+causes Samba to round the reported time down to the nearest two second
+boundary when a query call that requires one second resolution is made
+to \fBsmbd\fP\&.
+.IP 
+This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++
+when used against Samba shares\&. If oplocks are enabled on a share,
+Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a file
+has changed since it was last read\&. One of these calls uses a
+one-second granularity, the other uses a two second granularity\&. As
+the two second call rounds any odd second down, then if the file has a
+timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not
+match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed\&. Setting
+this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is
+happy\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	dos filetime resolution = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	dos filetime resolution = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdos filetimes (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a file they can change
-the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, only the owner of the file
-or root may change the timestamp. By default, Samba runs with POSIX
+the timestamp on it\&. Under POSIX semantics, only the owner of the file
+or root may change the timestamp\&. By default, Samba runs with POSIX
 semantics and refuses to change the timestamp on a file if the user
-smbd is acting on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option
-to True allows DOS semantics and smbd will change the file timstamp as 
-DOS requires. This is a correct implementation of a previous compile-time
-options (UTIME_WORKAROUND) which was broken and is now removed.
-
-.B Default:
-        dos filetimes = False
-
-.B Example:
-        dos filetimes = True
-
-.SS dos filetime resolution (S)
-Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest granulatity on
-time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter for a share
-causes Samba to round the reported time down to the nearest two
-second boundary when a query call that requires one second resolution
-is made to smbd. 
-
-This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ 
-when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a share,
-Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a file 
-has changed since it was last read. One of these calls uses a one-second 
-granularity, the other uses a two second granularity. As the two second 
-call rounds any odd second down, then if the file has a timestamp of an 
-odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not match and Visual 
-C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting this option causes 
-the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is happy.
-
-.B Default:
-        dos filetime resolution = False
-
-.B Example:
-        dos filetime resolution = True
-
-.SS encrypt passwords (G)
-
+smbd is acting on behalf of is not the file owner\&. Setting this option
+to True allows DOS semantics and smbd will change the file timstamp as
+DOS requires\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	dos filetimes = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	dos filetimes = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBencrypt passwords (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords will be negotiated
-with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and above will by default
-expect encrypted passwords unless a registry entry is changed. To use
-encrypted passwords in Samba see the file docs/ENCRYPTION.txt.
-
-.SS exec (S)
-
-This is an alias for preexec
-
-.SS fake directory create times (S)
+with the client\&. Note that Windows NT 4\&.0 SP3 and above and also
+Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords unless a
+registry entry is changed\&. To use encrypted passwords in Samba see the
+file ENCRYPTION\&.txt in the Samba documentation directory \f(CWdocs/\fP
+shipped with the source code\&.
+.IP 
+In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly
+\fBsmbd\fP must either have access to a local
+\fBsmbpasswd (5)\fP file (see the
+\fBsmbpasswd (8)\fP program for information on
+how to set up and maintain this file), or set the
+\fBsecurity=\fP parameter to either
+\fB"server"\fP or
+\fB"domain"\fP which causes
+\fBsmbd\fP to authenticate against another server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBexec (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a synonym for \fBpreexec\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBfake directory create times (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create time for all files
-and directories. This is not the same as the ctime - status change
-time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default reports the earliest
-of the various times Unix does keep. Setting this parameter for a
-share causes Samba to always report midnight 1-1-1980 as
-the create time for directories.
-
-This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ 
-when used against Samba shares. Visual C++ generated makefiles
-have the object directory as a dependency for each object file,
-and a make rule to create the directory. Also, when NMAKE
-compares timestamps it uses the creation time when examining
-a directory. Thus the object directory will be created if it does
-not exist, but once it does exist it will always have an earlier
-timestamp than the object files it contains.
-
-However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time reported
-by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or deleted
-in the directory. NMAKE therefore finds all object files in the
-object directory bar the last one built are out of date compared
-to the directory and rebuilds them. Enabling this option ensures
-directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build will
-proceed as expected.
-
-.B Default:
-        fake directory create times = False
-
-.B Example:
-        fake directory create times = True
-
-.SS fake oplocks (S)
-
+and directories\&. This is not the same as the ctime - status change
+time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default reports the earliest of
+the various times Unix does keep\&. Setting this parameter for a share
+causes Samba to always report midnight 1-1-1980 as the create time for
+directories\&.
+.IP 
+This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++
+when used against Samba shares\&. Visual C++ generated makefiles have
+the object directory as a dependency for each object file, and a make
+rule to create the directory\&. Also, when NMAKE compares timestamps it
+uses the creation time when examining a directory\&. Thus the object
+directory will be created if it does not exist, but once it does exist
+it will always have an earlier timestamp than the object files it
+contains\&.
+.IP 
+However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time reported by
+Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or deleted in the
+directory\&. NMAKE therefore finds all object files in the object
+directory bar the last one built are out of date compared to the
+directory and rebuilds them\&. Enabling this option ensures directories
+always predate their contents and an NMAKE build will proceed as
+expected\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	fake directory create times = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	fake directory create times = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBfake oplocks (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to
-locally cache file operations. If a server grants an oplock
+locally cache file operations\&. If a server grants an oplock
 (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume that it is the
 only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file
-data. With some oplock types the client may even cache file open/close
-operations. This can give enormous performance benefits.
-
-When you set "fake oplocks = yes" Samba will always grant oplock
-requests no matter how many clients are using the file. 
-
-By enabling this option on all read-only shares or shares that you know
-will only be accessed from one client at a time you will see a big
-performance improvement on many operations. If you enable this option
-on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the files read-write
-at the same time you can get data corruption. Use this option
-carefully! 
-
-It is generally much better to use the real oplock support except for
-physically read-only media such as CDROMs.
-
-This option is disabled by default.
-
-.SS follow symlinks (S)
-
-This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop smbd from
-following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this
-parameter to "No" prevents any file or directory that is a 
-symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an error).
-This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic
-link to /etc/pasword in their home directory for instance.
-However it will slow filename lookups down slightly.
-
-This option is enabled (ie. smbd will follow symbolic links)
-by default.
-
-.SS force create mode (S)
-This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that
-will *always* be set on a file created by Samba. This is done
-by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a file that
-is being created. The default for this parameter is (in octel)
-000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the
-file mode after the mask set in the "create mask" parameter
-is applied.
-
-See also the parameter "create mask" for details on masking mode
-bits on created files.
-
-.B Default:
-       force create mode = 000
-
-.B Example:
-       force create mode = 0755
-
-would force all created files to have read and execute permissions
-set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the read/write/execute bits 
-set for the 'user'.
-
-.SS force directory mode (S)
-This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that
-will *always* be set on a directory created by Samba. This is done
-by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a directory that
-is being created. The default for this parameter is (in octel)
-0000 which will not add any extra permission bits to a created
-directory. This operation is done after the mode mask in the parameter 
-"directory mask" is applied.
-
-See also the parameter "directory mask" for details on masking mode
-bits on created directories.
-
-.B Default:
-       force directory mode = 000
-
-.B Example:
-       force directory mode = 0755
-
-would force all created directories to have read and execute permissions
-set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the read/write/execute bits 
-set for the 'user'.
-
-.SS force group (S)
-This specifies a group name that all connections to this service
-should be made as. This may be useful for sharing files.
-
-.B Default:
-       no forced group
-
-.B Example:
-       force group = agroup
-
-.SS force user (S)
-This specifies a user name that all connections to this service
-should be made as. This may be useful for sharing files. You should
-also use it carefully as using it incorrectly can cause security
-problems.
-
-This user name only gets used once a connection is established. Thus
+data\&. With some oplock types the client may even cache file open/close
+operations\&. This can give enormous performance benefits\&.
+.IP 
+When you set \f(CW"fake oplocks = yes"\fP \fBsmbd\fP will
+always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the
+file\&.
+.IP 
+It is generally much better to use the real \fBoplocks\fP
+support rather than this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+If you enable this option on all read-only shares or shares that you
+know will only be accessed from one client at a time such as
+physically read-only media like CDROMs, you will see a big performance
+improvement on many operations\&. If you enable this option on shares
+where multiple clients may be accessing the files read-write at the
+same time you can get data corruption\&. Use this option carefully!
+.IP 
+This option is disabled by default\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBfollow symlinks (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop
+\fBsmbd\fP from following symbolic links in a
+particular share\&. Setting this parameter to \fI"No"\fP prevents any file
+or directory that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user
+will get an error)\&.  This option is very useful to stop users from
+adding a symbolic link to \f(CW/etc/pasword\fP in their home directory for
+instance\&.  However it will slow filename lookups down slightly\&.
+.IP 
+This option is enabled (ie\&. \fBsmbd\fP will follow
+symbolic links) by default\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBforce create mode (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will
+\fI*always*\fP be set on a file created by Samba\&. This is done by
+bitwise \'OR\'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a file that is being
+created\&. The default for this parameter is (in octel) 000\&. The modes
+in this parameter are bitwise \'OR\'ed onto the file mode after the mask
+set in the \fB"create mask"\fP parameter is applied\&.
+.IP 
+See also the parameter \fB"create mask"\fP for details
+on masking mode bits on created files\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	force create mode = 000\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	force create mode = 0755\fP
+.IP 
+would force all created files to have read and execute permissions set
+for \'group\' and \'other\' as well as the read/write/execute bits set for
+the \'user\'\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBforce directory mode (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will
+\fI*always*\fP be set on a directory created by Samba\&. This is done by
+bitwise \'OR\'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a directory that is
+being created\&. The default for this parameter is (in octel) 0000 which
+will not add any extra permission bits to a created directory\&. This
+operation is done after the mode mask in the parameter
+\fB"directory mask"\fP is applied\&.
+.IP 
+See also the parameter \fB"directory mask"\fP for
+details on masking mode bits on created directories\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	force directory mode = 000\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	force directory mode = 0755\fP
+.IP 
+would force all created directories to have read and execute
+permissions set for \'group\' and \'other\' as well as the
+read/write/execute bits set for the \'user\'\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBforce group (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default
+primary group for all users connecting to this service\&. This is useful
+for sharing files by ensuring that all access to files on service will
+use the named group for their permissions checking\&. Thus, by assigning
+permissions for this group to the files and directories within this
+service the Samba administrator can restrict or allow sharing of these
+files\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	no forced group\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	force group = agroup\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBforce user (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default
+user for all users connecting to this service\&. This is useful for
+sharing files\&. You should also use it carefully as using it
+incorrectly can cause security problems\&.
+.IP 
+This user name only gets used once a connection is established\&. Thus
 clients still need to connect as a valid user and supply a valid
-password. Once connected, all file operations will be performed as the
-"forced user", not matter what username the client connected as.
-
-.B Default:
-       no forced user
-
-.B Example:
-       force user = auser
-
-.SS getwd cache (G)
-This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a cacheing algorithm will
-be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() calls. This can have a
-significant impact on performance, especially when widelinks is False.
-
-.B Default:
- 	getwd cache = No
-
-.B Example:
- 	getwd cache = Yes
-
-.SS group (S)
-This is an alias for "force group" and is only kept for compatibility
-with old versions of Samba. It may be removed in future versions.
-
-.SS guest account (S)
+password\&. Once connected, all file operations will be performed as the
+\f(CW"forced user"\fP, no matter what username the client connected as\&.
+.IP 
+This can be very useful\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	no forced user\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	force user = auser\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBfstype (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that
+specifies the type of filesystem a share is using that is reported by
+\fBsmbd\fP when a client queries the filesystem type
+for a share\&. The default type is \fB"NTFS"\fP for compatibility with
+Windows NT but this can be changed to other strings such as "Samba" or
+"FAT" if required\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	fstype = NTFS\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	fstype = Samba\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBgetwd cache (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a tuning option\&. When this is enabled a cacheing algorithm
+will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() calls\&. This can have
+a significant impact on performance, especially when the
+\fBwidelinks\fP parameter is set to False\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	getwd cache = No\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	getwd cache = Yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBgroup (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"force group"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBguest account (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a username which will be used for access to services which are
-specified as 'guest ok' (see below). Whatever privileges this user has
-will be available to any client connecting to the guest
-service. Typically this user will exist in the password file, but will
-not have a valid login. If a username is specified in a given service,
-the specified username overrides this one.
-
-One some systems the account "nobody" may not be able to print. Use
-another account in this case. You should test this by trying to log in
-as your guest user (perhaps by using the "su \-" command) and trying to
-print using
-.BR lpr .
-
-Note that as of version 1.9 of Samba this option may be set
-differently for each service.
-
-.B Default:
- 	specified at compile time
-
-.B Example:
- 	guest account = nobody
-.SS guest ok (S)
-See
-.B public.
-.SS guest only (S)
-If this parameter is 'yes' for a service, then only guest connections to the
-service are permitted. This parameter will have no affect if "guest ok" or
-"public" is not set for the service.
-
-See the section below on user/password validation for more information about
-this option.
-
-.B Default:
- 	guest only = no
-
-.B Example:
- 	guest only = yes
-.SS hide dot files (S)
+specified as \fB\'guest ok\'\fP (see below)\&. Whatever
+privileges this user has will be available to any client connecting to
+the guest service\&. Typically this user will exist in the password
+file, but will not have a valid login\&. The user account \fB"ftp"\fP is
+often a good choice for this parameter\&. If a username is specified in
+a given service, the specified username overrides this one\&.
+.IP 
+One some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not be able to
+print\&. Use another account in this case\&. You should test this by
+trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the \f(CW"su -"\fP
+command) and trying to print using the system print command such as
+\fBlpr (1)\fP or \fBlp (1)\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	specified at compile time, usually "nobody"\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	guest account = ftp\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBguest ok (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If this parameter is \fI\'yes\'\fP for a service, then no password is
+required to connect to the service\&. Privileges will be those of the
+\fBguest account\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See the section below on \fBsecurity\fP for more
+information about this option\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	guest ok = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	guest ok = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBguest only (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If this parameter is \fI\'yes\'\fP for a service, then only guest
+connections to the service are permitted\&. This parameter will have no
+affect if \fB"guest ok"\fP or \fB"public"\fP
+is not set for the service\&.
+.IP 
+See the section below on \fBsecurity\fP for more
+information about this option\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	guest only = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	guest only = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhide dot files (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a boolean parameter that controls whether files starting with
-a dot appear as hidden files.
-
-.B Default:
-	hide dot files = yes
-
-.B Example:
-	hide dot files = no
-
-
-.SS hide files(S)
+a dot appear as hidden files\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	hide dot files = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	hide dot files = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhide files(S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a list of files or directories that are not visible but are
-accessible.  The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied to any files or
-directories that match.
-
-Each entry in the list must be separated by a "/", which allows spaces
-to be included in the entry.  '*' and '?' can be used to specify multiple 
-files or directories as in DOS wildcards.
-
+accessible\&.  The DOS \'hidden\' attribute is applied to any files or
+directories that match\&.
+.IP 
+Each entry in the list must be separated by a \f(CW\'/\'\fP, which allows
+spaces to be included in the entry\&.  \f(CW\'*\'\fP and \f(CW\'?\'\fP can be used
+to specify multiple files or directories as in DOS wildcards\&.
+.IP 
 Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and must not include the 
-unix directory separator "/".
-
-Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable in hiding files.
-
-Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as
-it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match
-as they are scanned.
-
-See also "hide dot files", "veto files" and "case sensitive"
+unix directory separator \f(CW\'/\'\fP\&.
+.IP 
+Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable in hiding files\&.
+.IP 
+Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as it
+will be forced to check all files and directories for a match as they
+are scanned\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"hide dot files"\fP, \fB"veto
+files"\fP and \fB"case sensitive"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault\fP
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Default
 	No files or directories are hidden by this option (dot files are
-    hidden by default because of the "hide dot files" option).
-
-.B Example
-	hide files = /.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/
-
-The above example is based on files that the Macintosh client (DAVE)
-creates for internal use, and also still hides all files beginning with
-a dot.
-
-.SS homedir map (G)
-If "nis homedir" is true, this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map
-from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted.
-At present, only the Sun auto.home map format is understood. The form of
-the map is:
-
-username	server:/some/file/system
-
-and the program will extract the servername from before the first ':'.
-There should probably be a better parsing system that copes with different
-map formats and also Amd (another automounter) maps.
-
-NB: The -DNETGROUP option is required in the Makefile for option to work
-and on some architectures the line -lrpcsvc needs to be added to the
-LIBSM variable. This is required for Solaris 2, FreeBSD and HPUX.
-
-See also "nis homedir"
+	hidden by default because of the "hide dot files" option)\&.
 
-.B Default:
-	homedir map = auto.home
-
-.B Example:
-	homedir map = amd.homedir
-.SS hosts allow (S)
-See
-.B allow hosts.
-.SS hosts deny (S)
-See
-.B deny hosts.
-
-.SS hosts equiv (G)
-If this global parameter is a non-null string, it specifies the name of
-a file to read for the names of hosts and users who will be allowed access
-without specifying a password.
-
-This is not be confused with 
-.B allow hosts
-which is about hosts access to services and is more useful for guest services.
-.B hosts equiv
-may be useful for NT clients which will not supply passwords to samba.
-
-NOTE: The use of hosts.equiv can be a major security hole. This is
-because you are trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is
-very easy to get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the
-hosts.equiv option be only used if you really know what you are doing,
-or perhaps on a home network where you trust your wife and kids :-)
-
-.B Default
-	No host equivalences
-
-.B Example
-	hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv
-
-.SS include (G)
-
-This allows you to include one config file inside another.  The file is
-included literally, as though typed in place.
-
-It takes the standard substitutions, except %u, %P and %S
-
-.SS interfaces (G)
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+\fBExample\fP
+\f(CW	hide files = /\&.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource\&.frk/\fP
+.IP 
+The above example is based on files that the Macintosh SMB client
+(DAVE) available from \fBThursby\fP creates for
+internal use, and also still hides all files beginning with a dot\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhomedir map (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If \fB"nis homedir"\fP is true, and
+\fBsmbd\fP is also acting as a Win95/98 \fBlogon
+server\fP then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP)
+map from which the server for the user\'s home directory should be
+extracted\&.  At present, only the Sun auto\&.home map format is
+understood\&. The form of the map is:
+.IP 
+\f(CWusername	server:/some/file/system\fP
+.IP 
+and the program will extract the servername from before the first
+\f(CW\':\'\fP\&.  There should probably be a better parsing system that copes
+with different map formats and also Amd (another automounter) maps\&.
+.IP 
+NB: A working NIS is required on the system for this option to work\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"nis homedir"\fP, \fBdomain
+logons\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	homedir map = auto\&.home\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	homedir map = amd\&.homedir\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhosts allow (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBallow hosts\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhosts deny (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBdenyhosts\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhosts equiv (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If this global parameter is a non-null string, it specifies the name
+of a file to read for the names of hosts and users who will be allowed
+access without specifying a password\&.
+.IP 
+This is not be confused with \fBallow hosts\fP which
+is about hosts access to services and is more useful for guest
+services\&. \fBhosts equiv\fP may be useful for NT clients which will not
+supply passwords to samba\&.
+.IP 
+NOTE: The use of \fBhosts equiv\fP can be a major security hole\&. This is
+because you are trusting the PC to supply the correct username\&. It is
+very easy to get a PC to supply a false username\&. I recommend that the
+\fBhosts equiv\fP option be only used if you really know what you are
+doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust your spouse and
+kids\&. And only if you \fIreally\fP trust them :-)\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault\fP
+\f(CW	No host equivalences\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample\fP
+\f(CW	hosts equiv = /etc/hosts\&.equiv\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBinclude (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This allows you to include one config file inside another\&.  The file
+is included literally, as though typed in place\&.
+.IP 
+It takes the standard substitutions, except \fB%u\fP,
+\fB%P\fP and \fB%S\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBinterfaces (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option allows you to setup multiple network interfaces, so that
-Samba can properly handle browsing on all interfaces.
-
-The option takes a list of ip/netmask pairs. The netmask may either be
-a bitmask, or a bitlength. 
-
+Samba can properly handle browsing on all interfaces\&.
+.IP 
+The option takes a list of ip/netmask pairs\&. The netmask may either be
+a bitmask, or a bitlength\&.
+.IP 
 For example, the following line:
-
-interfaces = 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/24
-
-would configure two network interfaces with IP addresses 192.168.2.10
-and 192.168.3.10. The netmasks of both interfaces would be set to
-255.255.255.0. 
-
+.IP 
+\f(CWinterfaces = 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/24\fP
+.IP 
+would configure two network interfaces with IP addresses 192\&.168\&.2\&.10
+and 192\&.168\&.3\&.10\&. The netmasks of both interfaces would be set to
+255\&.255\&.255\&.0\&.
+.IP 
 You could produce an equivalent result by using:
-
-interfaces = 192.168.2.10/255.255.255.0 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0
-
-if you prefer that format.
-
+.IP 
+\f(CWinterfaces = 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\fP
+.IP 
+if you prefer that format\&.
+.IP 
 If this option is not set then Samba will attempt to find a primary
-interface, but won't attempt to configure more than one interface.
-
-.SS invalid users (S)
+interface, but won\'t attempt to configure more than one interface\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"bind interfaces only"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBinvalid users (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a list of users that should not be allowed to login to this
-service. This is really a "paranoid" check to absolutely ensure an
-improper setting does not breach your security.
-
-A name starting with @ is interpreted as a yp netgroup first (if this
-has been compiled into Samba), and then as a UNIX group if the name
-was not found in the yp netgroup database.
-
-A name starting with + is interpreted only by looking in the UNIX
-group database. A name starting with & is interpreted only by looking
-in the yp netgroup database (this has no effect if Samba is compiled
-without netgroup support).
-
-The current servicename is substituted for %S. This is useful in the
-[homes] section.
-
-See also "valid users"
-
-.B Default
-	No invalid users
-
-.B Example
-	invalid users = root fred admin @wheel
-
-.SS keepalive (G)
-The value of the parameter (an integer) represents the number of seconds 
-between 'keepalive' packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets
-will be sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether a
-client is still present and responding.
-
+service\&. This is really a \fI"paranoid"\fP check to absolutely ensure an
+improper setting does not breach your security\&.
+.IP 
+A name starting with a \f(CW\'@\'\fP is interpreted as an NIS netgroup first
+(if your system supports NIS), and then as a UNIX group if the name
+was not found in the NIS netgroup database\&.
+.IP 
+A name starting with \f(CW\'+\'\fP is interpreted only by looking in the
+UNIX group database\&. A name starting with \f(CW\'&\'\fP is interpreted only
+by looking in the NIS netgroup database (this requires NIS to be
+working on your system)\&. The characters \f(CW\'+\'\fP and \f(CW\'&\'\fP may be
+used at the start of the name in either order so the value
+\f(CW"+&group"\fP means check the UNIX group database, followed by the NIS
+netgroup database, and the value \f(CW"&+group"\fP means check the NIS
+netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the same as
+the \f(CW\'@\'\fP prefix)\&.
+.IP 
+The current servicename is substituted for
+\fB%S\fP\&. This is useful in the \fB[homes]\fP
+section\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"valid users"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	No invalid users\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	invalid users = root fred admin @wheel\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBkeepalive (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The value of the parameter (an integer) represents the number of
+seconds between \fB\'keepalive\'\fP packets\&. If this parameter is zero, no
+keepalive packets will be sent\&. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the
+server to tell whether a client is still present and responding\&.
+.IP 
 Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket being used
-has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see "socket
-options"). Basically you should only use this option if you strike
-difficulties.
-
-.B Default:
- 	keep alive = 0
-
-.B Example:
- 	keep alive = 60
-
-.SS lm announce (G)
-
-This parameter determines if Samba will produce Lanman announce
-broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to
-see the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can
-have three values, true, false, or auto. The default is auto.
-If set to False Samba will never produce these broadcasts. If
-set to true Samba will produce Lanman announce broadcasts at
-a frequency set by the parameter 'lm interval'. If set to auto
-Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but
-will listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire
-it will then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter 
-'lm interval'.
-
-See also "lm interval".
-
-.B Default:
-       lm announce = auto
-
-.B Example:
-       lm announce = true
-
-.SS lm interval (G)
-
-If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce broadcasts needed
-by OS/2 clients (see the "lm announce" parameter) this parameter
-defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be made.
-If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be
-made despite the setting of the "lm announce" parameter.
-
-See also "lm announce".
-
-.B Default:
-        lm interval = 60
-
-.B Example:
-        lm interval = 120
-
-.SS load printers (G)
+has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see \fB"socket
+options"\fP)\&. Basically you should only use this option
+if you strike difficulties\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	keep alive = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	keep alive = 60\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBkernel oplocks (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+For UNIXs that support kernel based \fBoplocks\fP
+(currently only IRIX but hopefully also Linux and FreeBSD soon) this
+parameter allows the use of them to be turned on or off\&.
+.IP 
+Kernel oplocks support allows Samba \fBoplocks\fP to be
+broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation accesses a file
+that \fBsmbd\fP has oplocked\&. This allows complete
+data consistancy between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is a
+\fIvery\fP cool feature :-)\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter defaults to \fI"On"\fP on systems that have the support,
+and \fI"off"\fP on systems that don\'t\&. You should never need to touch
+this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBldap filter (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is part of the \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP Samba support for a
+password database stored on an LDAP server back-end\&. These options
+are only available if your version of Samba was configured with
+the \fB--with-ldap\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies an LDAP search filter used to search for a
+user name in the LDAP database\&. It must contain the string
+\fB%u\fP which will be replaced with the user being
+searched for\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	empty string\&.\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBldap port (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is part of the \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP Samba support for a
+password database stored on an LDAP server back-end\&. These options
+are only available if your version of Samba was configured with
+the \fB--with-ldap\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the TCP port number to use to contact
+the LDAP server on\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ldap port = 389\&.\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBldap root (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is part of the \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP Samba support for a
+password database stored on an LDAP server back-end\&. These options
+are only available if your version of Samba was configured with
+the \fB--with-ldap\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the entity to bind to the LDAP server
+as (essentially the LDAP username) in order to be able to perform
+queries and modifications on the LDAP database\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fBldap root passwd\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	empty string (no user defined)\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBldap root passwd (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is part of the \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP Samba support for a
+password database stored on an LDAP server back-end\&. These options
+are only available if your version of Samba was configured with
+the \fB--with-ldap\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the password for the entity to bind to the
+LDAP server as (the password for this LDAP username) in order to be
+able to perform queries and modifications on the LDAP database\&.
+.IP 
+\fIBUGS:\fP This parameter should \fINOT\fP be a readable parameter
+in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file and will be removed once a correct
+storage place is found\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fBldap root\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	empty string\&.\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBldap server (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is part of the \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP Samba support for a
+password database stored on an LDAP server back-end\&. These options
+are only available if your version of Samba was configured with
+the \fB--with-ldap\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the DNS name of the LDAP server to use
+for SMB/CIFS authentication purposes\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ldap server = localhost\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBldap suffix (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is part of the \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP Samba support for a
+password database stored on an LDAP server back-end\&. These options
+are only available if your version of Samba was configured with
+the \fB--with-ldap\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the \f(CW"dn"\fP or LDAP \fI"distinguished name"\fP
+that tells \fBsmbd\fP to start from when searching
+for an entry in the LDAP password database\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	empty string\&.\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlm announce (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter determines if \fBnmbd\fP will produce
+Lanman announce broadcasts that are needed by \fBOS/2\fP clients in order
+for them to see the Samba server in their browse list\&. This parameter
+can have three values, \f(CW"true"\fP, \f(CW"false"\fP, or \f(CW"auto"\fP\&. The
+default is \f(CW"auto"\fP\&.  If set to \f(CW"false"\fP Samba will never produce
+these broadcasts\&. If set to \f(CW"true"\fP Samba will produce Lanman
+announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter \fB"lm
+interval"\fP\&. If set to \f(CW"auto"\fP Samba will not send Lanman
+announce broadcasts by default but will listen for them\&. If it hears
+such a broadcast on the wire it will then start sending them at a
+frequency set by the parameter \fB"lm interval"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"lm interval"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	lm announce = auto\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	lm announce = true\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlm interval (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce broadcasts needed by
+\fBOS/2\fP clients (see the \fB"lm announce"\fP
+parameter) then this parameter defines the frequency in seconds with
+which they will be made\&.  If this is set to zero then no Lanman
+announcements will be made despite the setting of the \fB"lm
+announce"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"lm announce"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	lm interval = 60\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	lm interval = 120\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBload printers (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 A boolean variable that controls whether all printers in the printcap
-will be loaded for browsing by default. 
-
-.B Default:
-	load printers = yes
-
-.B Example:
-	load printers = no
-
-.SS local master (G)
-This option allows the nmbd to become a local master browser on a
-subnet. If set to False then nmbd will not attempt to become a local
-master browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. 
-By default this value is set to true. Setting this value to true doesn't 
-mean that Samba will become the local master browser on a subnet, just 
-that the nmbd will participate in elections for local master browser.
-
-.B Default:
-	local master = yes
-
-.SS lock directory (G)
-This option specifies the directory where lock files will be placed.
-The lock files are used to implement the "max connections" option.
-
-.B Default:
-	lock directory = /tmp/samba
-
-.B Example: 
-	lock directory = /usr/local/samba/var/locks
-
-.SS locking (S)
-This controls whether or not locking will be performed by the server in 
-response to lock requests from the client.
-
-If "locking = no", all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and 
-all lock queries will indicate that the queried lock is clear.
-
-If "locking = yes", real locking will be performed by the server.
-
-This option may be particularly useful for read-only filesystems which
-do not need locking (such as cdrom drives).
-
+will be loaded for browsing by default\&. See the
+\fB"printers"\fP section for more details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	load printers = yes\fP
+.IP 
+bg(Example:)
+\f(CW	load printers = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlocal master (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option allows \fBnmbd\fP to try and become a
+local master browser on a subnet\&. If set to False then
+\fBnmbd\fP will not attempt to become a local master
+browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections\&. By
+default this value is set to true\&. Setting this value to true doesn\'t
+mean that Samba will \fIbecome\fP the local master browser on a subnet,
+just that \fBnmbd\fP will \fIparticipate\fP in
+elections for local master browser\&.
+.IP 
+Setting this value to False will cause \fBnmbd\fP
+\fInever\fP to become a local master browser\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	local master = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlock dir (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"lock directory"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlock directory (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option specifies the directory where lock files will be placed\&.
+The lock files are used to implement the \fB"max
+connections"\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	lock directory = /tmp/samba\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	lock directory = /usr/local/samba/var/locks\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlocking (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This controls whether or not locking will be performed by the server
+in response to lock requests from the client\&.
+.IP 
+If \f(CW"locking = no"\fP, all lock and unlock requests will appear to
+succeed and all lock queries will indicate that the queried lock is
+clear\&.
+.IP 
+If \f(CW"locking = yes"\fP, real locking will be performed by the server\&.
+.IP 
+This option \fImay\fP be useful for read-only filesystems which \fImay\fP
+not need locking (such as cdrom drives), although setting this
+parameter of \f(CW"no"\fP is not really recommended even in this case\&.
+.IP 
 Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a specific
-service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption.
-
-.B Default:
- 	locking = yes
-
-.B Example:
- 	locking = no
-
-.SS log file (G)
-
+service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption\&. You should
+never need to set this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	locking = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	locking = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlog file (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This options allows you to override the name of the Samba log file
-(also known as the debug file).
-
+(also known as the debug file)\&.
+.IP 
 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have
-separate log files for each user or machine.
-
-.B Example:
-	log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m
-
-.SS log level (G)
-see "debug level"
-
-.SS logon drive (G)
-
+separate log files for each user or machine\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlog level (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"debug level"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlogon drive (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory
-will be connected (see "logon home") and is only used by NT Workstations.
-
-.B Example:
-	logon drive = h:
-
-.SS logon home (G)
-
-This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95 or
-NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC.  It allows you to do "NET USE
-H: /HOME" from a command prompt, for example.
-
-.B
+will be connected (see \fB"logon home"\fP) and is only
+used by NT Workstations\&. 
+.IP 
+Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
+\fBlogon server\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	logon drive = h:\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlogon home (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or
+NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC\&.  It allows you to do 
+.IP 
+\f(CW"NET USE H: /HOME"\fP
+.IP 
+from a command prompt, for example\&.
+.IP 
 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have
-separate logon scripts for each user or machine.
-
-.B Example:
-	logon home = "\\\\remote_smb_server\\%U"
-
-.B Default:
-	logon home = "\\\\%N\\%U"
-
-.SS logon path (G)
-
-This parameter specifies the home directory where roaming profiles 
-(USER.DAT / USER.MAN files for Windows 95) are stored.
-
+separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
+\fBlogon server\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	logon home = "\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U"\fP
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	logon home = "\e\e%N\e%U"\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlogon path (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the home directory where roaming profiles
+(USER\&.DAT / USER\&.MAN files for Windows 95/98) are stored\&.
+.IP 
 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have
-separate logon scripts for each user or machine.  It also specifies
-the directory from which the "desktop", "start menu", "nethood" and
-"programs" folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed
-on your Windows 95 client.
-
-The share and the path must be readable by the user for the preferences
-and directories to be loaded onto the Windows 95 client.  The share
-must be writeable when the logs in for the first time, in order that
-the Windows 95 client can create the user.dat and other directories.
-
-Thereafter, the directories and any of contents can, if required,
-be made read-only.  It is not adviseable that the USER.DAT file be made
-read-only - rename it to USER.MAN to achieve the desired effect
-(a MANdatory profile).
-
+separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&.  It also specifies
+the directory from which the \f(CW"desktop"\fP, \f(CW"start menu"\fP,
+\f(CW"network neighborhood"\fP and \f(CW"programs"\fP folders, and their
+contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows 95/98 client\&.
+.IP 
+The share and the path must be readable by the user for the
+preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows 95/98
+client\&.  The share must be writeable when the logs in for the first
+time, in order that the Windows 95/98 client can create the user\&.dat
+and other directories\&.
+.IP 
+Thereafter, the directories and any of contents can, if required, be
+made read-only\&.  It is not adviseable that the USER\&.DAT file be made
+read-only - rename it to USER\&.MAN to achieve the desired effect (a
+\fIMAN\fPdatory profile)\&.
+.IP 
 Windows clients can sometimes maintain a connection to the [homes]
-share, even though there is no user logged in.  Therefore, it is
-vital that the logon path does not include a reference to the
-homes share (i.e \\\\%N\\HOMES\profile_path will cause problems).
-
-.B
+share, even though there is no user logged in\&.  Therefore, it is vital
+that the logon path does not include a reference to the homes share
+(i\&.e setting this parameter to \f(CW\e\e%N\eHOMES\eprofile_path\fP will cause
+problems)\&.
+.IP 
 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have
-separate logon scripts for each user or machine.
-
-.B Default:
- 	logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile
-
-.B Example:
-	logon path = \\\\PROFILESERVER\\HOME_DIR\\%U\\PROFILE
-
-.SS logon script (G)
-
-This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or NT command file (.cmd)
-to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in.
-The file must contain the DOS style cr/lf line endings.  Using a DOS-style
-editor to create the file is recommended.
-
-The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon] service.  If the
-[netlogon] service specifies a path of /usr/local/samba/netlogon, and
-logon script = STARTUP.BAT, then file that will be downloaded is:
-
-.B /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT
-
-The contents of the batch file is entirely your choice.  A suggested
-command would be to add NET TIME \\\\SERVER /SET /YES, to force every
-machine to synchronise clocks with the same time server.  Another use
-would be to add NET USE U: \\\\SERVER\\UTILS for commonly used utilities,
-or NET USE Q: \\\\SERVER\\ISO9001_QA.
-
+separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
+\fBlogon server\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	logon path = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	logon path = \e\ePROFILESERVER\eHOME_DIR\e%U\ePROFILE\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlogon script (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the batch file (\&.bat) or NT command file
+(\&.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully
+logs in\&.  The file must contain the DOS style cr/lf line endings\&.
+Using a DOS-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
+.IP 
+The script must be a relative path to the \f(CW[netlogon]\fP service\&.  If
+the \f(CW[netlogon]\fP service specifies a \fBpath\fP of
+/usr/local/samba/netlogon, and logon script = STARTUP\&.BAT, then the
+file that will be downloaded is:
+.IP 
+\f(CW/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP\&.BAT\fP
+.IP 
+The contents of the batch file is entirely your choice\&.  A suggested
+command would be to add \f(CWNET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES\fP, to force every
+machine to synchronise clocks with the same time server\&.  Another use
+would be to add \f(CWNET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS\fP for commonly used
+utilities, or \f(CWNET USE Q: \e\eSERVER\eISO9001_QA\fP for example\&.
+.IP 
 Note that it is particularly important not to allow write access to
-the [netlogon] share, or to grant users write permission on the
+the \f(CW[netlogon]\fP share, or to grant users write permission on the
 batch files in a secure environment, as this would allow the batch
-files to be arbitrarily modified.
-
-.B
+files to be arbitrarily modified and security to be breached\&.
+.IP 
 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have
-separate logon scripts for each user or machine.
-
-.B Example:
-	logon script = scripts\\%U.bat
-
-.SS lppause command (S)
-This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in
-order to stop printing or spooling a specific print job.
-
-This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name and
-job number to pause the print job. Currently I don't know of any print
-spooler system that can do this with a simple option, except for the PPR
-system from Trinity College (ppr\-dist.trincoll.edu/pub/ppr). One way
-of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs having a too
-low priority won't be sent to the printer. See also the
-.B lppause
-command.
-
-If a %p is given then the printername is put in its place. A %j is
-replaced with the job number (an integer).
-On HPUX (see printing=hpux), if the -p%p option is added to the lpq
-command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e. if the job
-priority is lower than the set fence priority it will have the PAUSED
-status, whereas if the priority is equal or higher it will have the
-SPOOLED or PRINTING status.
-
-Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the lppause
-command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
-
-.B Default:
-        Currently no default value is given to this string
-
-.B Example for HPUX:
-        lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0
-
-.SS lpq cache time (G)
-
-This controls how long lpq info will be cached for to prevent the lpq
-command being called too often. A separate cache is kept for each
-variation of the lpq command used by the system, so if you use
-different lpq commands for different users then they won't share cache
-information.
-
-The cache files are stored in /tmp/lpq.xxxx where xxxx is a hash
-of the lpq command in use.
-
+separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
+\fBlogon server\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	logon script = scripts\e%U\&.bat\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlppause command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host
+in order to stop printing or spooling a specific print job\&.
+.IP 
+This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name
+and job number to pause the print job\&. One way of implementing this is
+by using job priorities, where jobs having a too low priority won\'t be
+sent to the printer\&.
+.IP 
+If a \f(CW"%p"\fP is given then the printername is put in its place\&. A
+\f(CW"%j"\fP is replaced with the job number (an integer)\&.  On HPUX (see
+\fBprinting=hpux\fP), if the \f(CW"-p%p"\fP option is added
+to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status,
+i\&.e\&. if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will
+have the PAUSED status, whereas if the priority is equal or higher it
+will have the SPOOLED or PRINTING status\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the
+lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"printing"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the
+value of the \fB"printing"\fP parameter is \f(CWSYSV\fP, in
+which case the default is :
+.IP 
+\f(CW	lp -i %p-%j -H hold\fP
+.IP 
+or if the value of the \fB"printing"\fP parameter is \f(CWsoftq\fP,
+then the default is:
+.IP 
+\f(CW	qstat -s -j%j -h\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample for HPUX:\fP
+lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlpq cache time (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This controls how long lpq info will be cached for to prevent the
+\fBlpq\fP command being called too often\&. A separate cache is kept for
+each variation of the \fBlpq\fP command used by the system, so if you
+use different \fBlpq\fP commands for different users then they won\'t
+share cache information\&.
+.IP 
+The cache files are stored in \f(CW/tmp/lpq\&.xxxx\fP where xxxx is a hash of
+the \fBlpq\fP command in use\&.
+.IP 
 The default is 10 seconds, meaning that the cached results of a
-previous identical lpq command will be used if the cached data is less
-than 10 seconds old. A large value may be advisable if your lpq
-command is very slow.
-
-A value of 0 will disable cacheing completely.
-
-.B Default:
-	lpq cache time = 10
-
-.B Example:
-	lpq cache time = 30
-
-.SS lpq command (S)
-This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in
-order to obtain "lpq"-style printer status information. 
-
+previous identical \fBlpq\fP command will be used if the cached data is
+less than 10 seconds old\&. A large value may be advisable if your
+\fBlpq\fP command is very slow\&.
+.IP 
+A value of 0 will disable cacheing completely\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"printing"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	lpq cache time = 10\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	lpq cache time = 30\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlpq command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host
+in order to obtain \f(CW"lpq"\fP-style printer status information\&.
+.IP 
 This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name
-as its only parameter and outputs printer status information. 
-
-Currently six styles of printer status information are supported; BSD,
-SYSV, AIX, HPUX, QNX, LPRNG and PLP. This covers most UNIX systems. You
-control which type is expected using the "printing =" option.
-
-Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not correctly send the
-connection number for the printer they are requesting status information
-about. To get around this, the server reports on the first printer service
-connected to by the client. This only happens if the connection number sent
-is invalid.
-
-If a %p is given then the printername is put in its place. Otherwise
-it is placed at the end of the command.
-
-Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the lpq
-command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
-
-.B Default:
-        depends on the setting of "printing ="
-
-.B Example:
- 	lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq %p
-
-.SS lpresume command (S)
-This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in
-order to restart or continue printing or spooling a specific print job.
-
-This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name and
-job number to resume the print job. See also the lppause command.
-
-If a %p is given then the printername is put in its place. A %j is
-replaced with the job number (an integer).
-
-Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the lpresume
-command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
-
-.B Default:
-        Currently no default value is given to this string
-
-.B Example for HPUX:
-        lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2
-
-.SS lprm command (S)
-This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in
-order to delete a print job.
-
+as its only parameter and outputs printer status information\&.
+.IP 
+Currently eight styles of printer status information are supported;
+BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX and SOFTQ\&. This covers most UNIX
+systems\&. You control which type is expected using the
+\fB"printing ="\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not correctly send
+the connection number for the printer they are requesting status
+information about\&. To get around this, the server reports on the first
+printer service connected to by the client\&. This only happens if the
+connection number sent is invalid\&.
+.IP 
+If a \f(CW%p\fP is given then the printername is put in its place\&. Otherwise
+it is placed at the end of the command\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the \fBlpq
+command\fP as the PATH may not be available to the server\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"printing"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW        depends on the setting of printing =\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq %p\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlpresume command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host
+in order to restart or continue printing or spooling a specific print
+job\&.
+.IP 
 This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name
-and job number, and deletes the print job.
-
-Currently seven styles of printer control are supported; BSD, SYSV, AIX
-HPUX, QNX, LPRNG and PLP. This covers most UNIX systems. You control
-which type is expected using the "printing =" option.
-
-If a %p is given then the printername is put in its place. A %j is
-replaced with the job number (an integer).
-
-Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the lprm
-command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
-
-.B Default:
-        depends on the setting of "printing ="
-
-.B Example 1:
- 	lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j
-
-.B Example 2:
- 	lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j
-
-.SS magic output (S)
+and job number to resume the print job\&. See also the \fB"lppause
+command"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+If a \f(CW%p\fP is given then the printername is put in its place\&. A
+\f(CW%j\fP is replaced with the job number (an integer)\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the \fBlpresume
+command\fP as the PATH may not be available to the server\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"printing"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+.IP 
+Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the
+value of the \fB"printing"\fP parameter is \f(CWSYSV\fP, in
+which case the default is :
+.IP 
+\f(CW	lp -i %p-%j -H resume\fP
+.IP 
+or if the value of the \fB"printing"\fP parameter is \f(CWsoftq\fP,
+then the default is:
+.IP 
+\f(CW	qstat -s -j%j -r\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample for HPUX:\fP
+\f(CW        lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlprm command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host
+in order to delete a print job\&.
+.IP 
+This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name
+and job number, and deletes the print job\&.
+.IP 
+If a \f(CW%p\fP is given then the printername is put in its place\&. A
+\f(CW%j\fP is replaced with the job number (an integer)\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the
+\fBlprm command\fP as the PATH may not be available to the server\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"printing"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	depends on the setting of "printing ="\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample 1:\fP
+\f(CW 	lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample 2:\fP
+\f(CW 	lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmachine password timeout (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If a Samba server is a member of an Windows NT Domain (see the
+\fB"security=domain"\fP) parameter) then
+periodically a running \fBsmbd\fP process will try and
+change the \fBMACHINE ACCOUNT PASWORD\fP stored in the file called
+\f(CW<Domain>\&.<Machine>\&.mac\fP where \f(CW<Domain>\fP is the name of the
+Domain we are a member of and tt<Machine> is the primary
+\fB"NetBIOS name"\fP of the machine
+\fBsmbd\fP is running on\&. This parameter specifies how
+often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one
+week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member
+server\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fBsmbpasswd (8)\fP, and the
+\fB"security=domain"\fP) parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	machine password timeout = 604800\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmagic output (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output
-created by a magic script (see
-.I magic script
-below).
-
-Warning: If two clients use the same magic script in the same directory the
-output file content is undefined.
-.B Default:
- 	magic output = <magic script name>.out
-
-.B Example:
- 	magic output = myfile.txt
-.SS magic script (S)
+created by a magic script (see the \fB"magic
+script"\fP parameter below)\&.
+.IP 
+Warning: If two clients use the same \fB"magic
+script"\fP in the same directory the output file content
+is undefined\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	magic output = <magic script name>\&.out\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	magic output = myfile\&.txt\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmagic script (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameter specifies the name of a file which, if opened, will be
-executed by the server when the file is closed. This allows a UNIX script
-to be sent to the Samba host and executed on behalf of the connected user.
-
-Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon completion, permissions
-permitting.
-
-If the script generates output, output will be sent to the file specified by
-the
-.I magic output
-parameter (see above).
-
+executed by the server when the file is closed\&. This allows a UNIX
+script to be sent to the Samba host and executed on behalf of the
+connected user\&.
+.IP 
+Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon completion,
+permissions permitting\&.
+.IP 
+If the script generates output, output will be sent to the file
+specified by the \fB"magic output"\fP parameter (see
+above)\&.
+.IP 
 Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts containing
 carriage-return-linefeed instead of linefeed as the end-of-line
-marker. Magic scripts must be executable "as is" on the host, which
-for some hosts and some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.
-
-Magic scripts are EXPERIMENTAL and should NOT be relied upon.
-
-.B Default:
- 	None. Magic scripts disabled.
-
-.B Example:
- 	magic script = user.csh
-
-.SS mangle case (S)
-
-See the section on "NAME MANGLING"
-
-.SS mangled map (S)
+marker\&. Magic scripts must be executable \fI"as is"\fP on the host,
+which for some hosts and some shells will require filtering at the DOS
+end\&.
+.IP 
+Magic scripts are \fIEXPERIMENTAL\fP and should \fINOT\fP be relied upon\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	None\&. Magic scripts disabled\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	magic script = user\&.csh\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmangle case (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+See the section on \fB"NAME MANGLING"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmangled map (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which are
-not representable on DOS.  The mangling of names is not always what is
-needed.  In particular you may have documents with file extensions
-that differ between DOS and UNIX. For example, under UNIX it is common
-to use .html for HTML files, whereas under DOS .htm is more commonly
-used.
-
-So to map 'html' to 'htm' you put:
-
-  mangled map = (*.html *.htm)
-
-One very useful case is to remove the annoying ;1 off the ends of
-filenames on some CDROMS (only visible under some UNIXes). To do this
-use a map of (*;1 *)
-
-.B default:
-	no mangled map
-
-.B Example:
-	mangled map = (*;1 *)
-
-.SS mangled names (S)
+not representable on Windows/DOS\&.  The mangling of names is not always
+what is needed\&.  In particular you may have documents with file
+extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX\&. For example, under UNIX
+it is common to use \f(CW"\&.html"\fP for HTML files, whereas under
+Windows/DOS \f(CW"\&.htm"\fP is more commonly used\&.
+.IP 
+So to map \f(CW"html"\fP to \f(CW"htm"\fP you would use:
+.IP 
+\f(CW  mangled map = (*\&.html *\&.htm)\fP
+.IP 
+One very useful case is to remove the annoying \f(CW";1"\fP off the ends
+of filenames on some CDROMS (only visible under some UNIXes)\&. To do
+this use a map of (*;1 *)\&.
+.IP 
+\fBdefault:\fP
+\f(CW	no mangled map\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	mangled map = (*;1 *)\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmangled names (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX should be mapped to
-DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, or whether non-DOS names
-should simply be ignored.
-
-See the section on "NAME MANGLING" for details on how to control the
-mangling process.
-
+DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, or whether non-DOS
+names should simply be ignored\&.
+.IP 
+See the section on \fB"NAME MANGLING"\fP for details
+on how to control the mangling process\&.
+.IP 
 If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:
-.RS
-- the first (up to) five alphanumeric characters before the rightmost dot of
-the filename are preserved, forced to upper case, and appear as the first (up
-to) five characters of the mangled name.
-
-- a tilde ("~") is appended to the first part of the mangled name, followed
-by a two-character unique sequence, based on the original root name 
-(i.e., the original filename minus its final extension). The final
-extension is included in the hash calculation only if it contains any upper
-case characters or is longer than three characters.
-
-Note that the character to use may be specified using the "mangling
-char" option, if you don't like ~.
-
-- the first three alphanumeric characters of the final extension are preserved,
-forced to upper case and appear as the extension of the mangled name. The 
-final extension is defined as that part of the original filename after the
-rightmost dot. If there are no dots in the filename, the mangled name will
-have no extension (except in the case of hidden files - see below).
-
-- files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be presented as DOS hidden
-files. The mangled name will be created as for other filenames, but with the
-leading dot removed and "___" as its extension regardless of actual original
-extension (that's three underscores).
-.RE
-
-The two-digit hash value consists of upper case alphanumeric characters.
-
-This algorithm can cause name collisions only if files in a directory share
-the same first five alphanumeric characters. The probability of such a clash 
-is 1/1300.
-
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters before the
+rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced to upper case, and
+appear as the first (up to) five characters of the mangled name\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+A tilde \f(CW"~"\fP is appended to the first part of the mangled
+name, followed by a two-character unique sequence, based on the
+original root name (i\&.e\&., the original filename minus its final
+extension)\&. The final extension is included in the hash calculation
+only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three
+characters\&.
+.IP 
+Note that the character to use may be specified using the
+\fB"mangling char"\fP option, if you don\'t like
+\f(CW\'~\'\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+The first three alphanumeric characters of the final extension
+are preserved, forced to upper case and appear as the extension of the
+mangled name\&. The final extension is defined as that part of the
+original filename after the rightmost dot\&. If there are no dots in the
+filename, the mangled name will have no extension (except in the case
+of \fB"hidden files"\fP - see below)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be presented as DOS
+hidden files\&. The mangled name will be created as for other filenames,
+but with the leading dot removed and \f(CW"___"\fP as its extension regardless
+of actual original extension (that\'s three underscores)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+The two-digit hash value consists of upper case alphanumeric
+characters\&.
+.IP 
+This algorithm can cause name collisions only if files in a directory
+share the same first five alphanumeric characters\&. The probability of
+such a clash is 1/1300\&.
+.IP 
 The name mangling (if enabled) allows a file to be copied between UNIX
-directories from DOS while retaining the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can
-be renamed to a new extension from DOS and will retain the same basename. 
-Mangled names do not change between sessions.
-
-.B Default:
- 	mangled names = yes
-
-.B Example:
- 	mangled names = no
-.SS mangling char (S)
-This controls what character is used as the "magic" character in name
-mangling. The default is a ~ but this may interfere with some
-software. Use this option to set it to whatever you prefer.
-
-.B Default:
- 	mangling char = ~
-
-.B Example:
- 	mangling char = ^
-
-.SS mangled stack (G)
-This parameter controls the number of mangled names that should be cached in
-the Samba server.
-
-This stack is a list of recently mangled base names (extensions are only
-maintained if they are longer than 3 characters or contains upper case
-characters).
-
+directories from Windows/DOS while retaining the long UNIX
+filename\&. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension from
+Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename\&. Mangled names do not
+change between sessions\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	mangled names = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	mangled names = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmangling char (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This controls what character is used as the \fI"magic"\fP character in
+\fBname mangling\fP\&. The default is a \f(CW\'~\'\fP but
+this may interfere with some software\&. Use this option to set it to
+whatever you prefer\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	mangling char = ~\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	mangling char = ^\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmangled stack (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter controls the number of mangled names that should be
+cached in the Samba server \fBsmbd\fP\&.
+.IP 
+This stack is a list of recently mangled base names (extensions are
+only maintained if they are longer than 3 characters or contains upper
+case characters)\&.
+.IP 
 The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled names can be
-successfully converted to correct long UNIX names. However, large stack
-sizes will slow most directory access. Smaller stacks save memory in the
-server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
-
+successfully converted to correct long UNIX names\&. However, large
+stack sizes will slow most directory access\&. Smaller stacks save
+memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes)\&.
+.IP 
 It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long file names, so
 be prepared for some surprises!
-
-.B Default:
- 	mangled stack = 50
-
-.B Example:
- 	mangled stack = 100
-
-.SS map archive (S)
-This controls whether the DOS archive attribute should be mapped to the
-UNIX owner execute bit.  The DOS archive bit is set when a file has been modified
-since its last backup.  One motivation for this option it to keep Samba/your
-PC from making any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX.
-This can be quite annoying for shared source code, documents,  etc...
-
-Note that this requires the 'create mask' to be set such that owner
-execute bit is not masked out (ie. it must include 100). See the 
-parameter "create mask" for details.
-
-.B Default:
-      map archive = yes
-
-.B Example:
-      map archive = no
-
-.SS map hidden (S)
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	mangled stack = 50\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	mangled stack = 100\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmap archive (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This controls whether the DOS archive attribute should be mapped to
+the UNIX owner execute bit\&.  The DOS archive bit is set when a file
+has been modified since its last backup\&.  One motivation for this
+option it to keep Samba/your PC from making any file it touches from
+becoming executable under UNIX\&.  This can be quite annoying for shared
+source code, documents, etc\&.\&.\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this requires the \fB"create mask"\fP
+parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out
+(ie\&. it must include 100)\&. See the parameter \fB"create
+mask"\fP for details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW      map archive = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW      map archive = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmap hidden (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the
-UNIX world execute bit.
-
-Note that this requires the 'create mask' to be set such that the world
-execute bit is not masked out (ie. it must include 001). 
-See the parameter "create mask" for details.
-
-.B Default:
- 	map hidden = no
-
-.B Example:
- 	map hidden = yes
-.SS map system (S)
+UNIX world execute bit\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this requires the \fB"create mask"\fP to be
+set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (ie\&. it must
+include 001)\&. See the parameter \fB"create mask"\fP
+for details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	map hidden = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	map hidden = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmap system (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the
-UNIX group execute bit.
-
-Note that this requires the 'create mask' to be set such that the group
-execute bit is not masked out (ie. it must include 010). See the parameter 
-"create mask" for details.
-
-.B Default:
- 	map system = no
-
-.B Example:
- 	map system = yes
-.SS max connections (S)
-This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a
-service to be limited. If "max connections" is greater than 0 then
+UNIX group execute bit\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this requires the \fB"create mask"\fP to be
+set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (ie\&. it must
+include 010)\&. See the parameter \fB"create mask"\fP
+for details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	map system = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	map system = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmap to guest (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is only useful in \fBsecurity\fP modes
+other than \fB"security=share"\fP - ie\&. user,
+server, and domain\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter can take three different values, which tell
+\fBsmbd\fP what to do with user login requests that
+don\'t match a valid UNIX user in some way\&.
+.IP 
+The three settings are :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB"Never"\fP - Means user login requests with an invalid password
+are rejected\&. This is the default\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB"Bad User"\fP - Means user logins with an invalid password are
+rejected, unless the username does not exist, in which case it is
+treated as a guest login and mapped into the \fB"guest
+account"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fB"Bad Password"\fP - Means user logins with an invalid
+password are treated as a guest login and mapped into the
+\fB"guest account"\fP\&. Note that this can
+cause problems as it means that any user mistyping their
+password will be silently logged on a \fB"guest"\fP - and 
+will not know the reason they cannot access files they think
+they should - there will have been no message given to them
+that they got their password wrong\&. Helpdesk services will
+\fI*hate*\fP you if you set the \fB"map to guest"\fP parameter
+this way :-)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+Note that this parameter is needed to set up \fB"Guest"\fP share
+services when using \fBsecurity\fP modes other than
+share\&. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being
+requested is \fI*not*\fP sent to the server until after the server has
+successfully authenticated the client so the server cannot make
+authentication decisions at the correct time (connection to the
+share) for \fB"Guest"\fP shares\&.
+.IP 
+For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this parameter
+maps to the old compile-time setting of the GUEST_SESSSETUP value
+in local\&.h\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	map to guest = Never\fP
+\fBExample\fP:
+\f(CW	map to guest = Bad User\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax connections (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service
+to be limited\&. If \fB"max connections"\fP is greater than 0 then
 connections will be refused if this number of connections to the
-service are already open. A value of zero mean an unlimited number of
-connections may be made.
-
-Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files
-will be stored in the directory specified by the "lock directory" option.
-
-.B Default:
-	max connections = 0
-
-.B Example:
-	max connections = 10
-
-.SS max disk size (G)
+service are already open\&. A value of zero mean an unlimited number of
+connections may be made\&.
+.IP 
+Record lock files are used to implement this feature\&. The lock files
+will be stored in the directory specified by the \fB"lock
+directory"\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max connections = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	max connections = 10\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax disk size (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option allows you to put an upper limit on the apparent size of
-disks. If you set this option to 100 then all shares will appear to be
-not larger than 100 MB in size.
-
+disks\&. If you set this option to 100 then all shares will appear to be
+not larger than 100 MB in size\&.
+.IP 
 Note that this option does not limit the amount of data you can put on
-the disk. In the above case you could still store much more than 100
+the disk\&. In the above case you could still store much more than 100
 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks for the amount of free disk
 space or the total disk size then the result will be bounded by the
-amount specified in "max disk size".
-
+amount specified in \fB"max disk size"\fP\&.
+.IP 
 This option is primarily useful to work around bugs in some pieces of
-software that can't handle very large disks, particularly disks over
-1GB in size.
-
-A "max disk size" of 0 means no limit.
-
-.B Default:
-	max disk size = 0
-
-.B Example:
-	max disk size = 1000
-
-.SS max log size (G)
-
+software that can\'t handle very large disks, particularly disks over
+1GB in size\&.
+.IP 
+A \fB"max disk size"\fP of 0 means no limit\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max disk size = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	max disk size = 1000\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax log size (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log
-file should grow to. Samba periodically checks the size and if it is
-exceeded it will rename the file, adding a .old extension.
-
-A size of 0 means no limit.
-
-.B Default:
-	max log size = 5000
-
-.B Example:
- 	max log size = 1000
-
-.SS max mux (G)
-
-This option controls the maximum number of outstanding simultaneous SMB 
-operations that samba tells the client it will allow. You should never need 
-to set this parameter.
-
-.B Default:
-	max mux = 50
-
-.SS max packet (G)
-
-A synonym for this parameter is 'packet size'.
-
-.SS max ttl (G)
-
-This option tells nmbd what the default 'time to live' of NetBIOS
-names should be (in seconds) when nmbd is requesting a name using
-either a broadcast or from a WINS server. You should never need to 
-change this parameter.
-
-.B Default:
-	max ttl = 14400
-
-.SS max wins ttl (G)
-
-This option tells nmbd when acting as a WINS server (wins support = true)
-what the maximum 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that nmbd will grant will
-be (in seconds). You should never need to change this parameter.     
-The default is 3 days (259200 seconds).
-
-.B Default:
-        max wins ttl = 259200
-
-.SS max xmit (G)
-
+file should grow to\&. Samba periodically checks the size and if it is
+exceeded it will rename the file, adding a \f(CW"\&.old"\fP extension\&.
+.IP 
+A size of 0 means no limit\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max log size = 5000\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	max log size = 1000\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax mux (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option controls the maximum number of outstanding simultaneous
+SMB operations that samba tells the client it will allow\&. You should
+never need to set this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max mux = 50\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmaxopenfiles (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter limits the maximum number of open files that one
+\fBsmbd\fP file serving process may have open for
+a client at any one time\&. The default for this parameter is set
+very high (10,000) as Samba uses only one bit per un-opened file\&.
+.IP 
+The limit of the number of open files is usually set by the
+UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than this parameter
+so you should never need to touch this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max open files = 10000\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax packet (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for (packetsize)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax ttl (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option tells \fBnmbd\fP what the default \'time
+to live\' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when
+\fBnmbd\fP is requesting a name using either a
+broadcast packet or from a WINS server\&. You should never need to
+change this parameter\&. The default is 3 days\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max ttl = 259200\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax wins ttl (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option tells \fBnmbd\fP when acting as a WINS
+server \fB(wins support =true)\fP what the maximum
+\'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that \fBnmbd\fP will
+grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this
+parameter\&.  The default is 6 days (518400 seconds)\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"min wins ttl"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW        max wins ttl = 518400\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmax xmit (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option controls the maximum packet size that will be negotiated
-by Samba. The default is 65535, which is the maximum. In some cases
-you may find you get better performance with a smaller value. A value
-below 2048 is likely to cause problems.
-
-.B Default:
-	max xmit = 65535
-
-.B Example:
- 	max xmit = 8192
-
-.SS message command (G)
-
+by Samba\&. The default is 65535, which is the maximum\&. In some cases
+you may find you get better performance with a smaller value\&. A value
+below 2048 is likely to cause problems\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	max xmit = 65535\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	max xmit = 8192\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmessage command (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This specifies what command to run when the server receives a WinPopup
-style message.
-
+style message\&.
+.IP 
 This would normally be a command that would deliver the message
-somehow. How this is to be done is up to your imagination.
-
-What I use is:
-
-   message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &
-
-This delivers the message using xedit, then removes it
-afterwards. NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN
-IMMEDIATELY. That's why I have the & on the end. If it doesn't return
-immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they
-should recover after 30secs, hopefully).
-
-All messages are delivered as the global guest user. The command takes
-the standard substitutions, although %u won't work (%U may be better
-in this case).
-
-Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional ones apply. In
+somehow\&. How this is to be done is up to your imagination\&.
+.IP 
+An example is:
+.IP 
+\f(CW   message command = csh -c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &\fP
+.IP 
+This delivers the message using \fBxedit\fP, then removes it
+afterwards\&. \fINOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN
+IMMEDIATELY\fP\&. That\'s why I have the \f(CW\'&\'\fP on the end\&. If it doesn\'t
+return immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages
+(they should recover after 30secs, hopefully)\&.
+.IP 
+All messages are delivered as the global guest user\&. The command takes
+the standard substitutions, although \fB%u\fP won\'t work
+(\fB%U\fP may be better in this case)\&.
+.IP 
+Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional ones apply\&. In
 particular:
-
-%s = the filename containing the message
-
-%t = the destination that the message was sent to (probably the server
-name)
-
-%f = who the message is from
-
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\f(CW"%s"\fP = the filename containing the message\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\f(CW"%t"\fP = the destination that the message was sent to (probably the server
+name)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\f(CW"%f"\fP = who the message is from\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
 You could make this command send mail, or whatever else takes your
-fancy. Please let me know of any really interesting ideas you have.
-
-Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root:
-
-message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on %m' root < %s; rm %s
-
-If you don't have a message command then the message won't be
+fancy\&. Please let us know of any really interesting ideas you have\&.
+.IP 
+Here\'s a way of sending the messages as mail to root:
+.IP 
+\f(CWmessage command = /bin/mail -s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s\fP
+.IP 
+If you don\'t have a message command then the message won\'t be
 delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was an
-error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code and carries
-on regardless, saying that the message was delivered.
-
-If you want to silently delete it then try "message command = rm %s".
-
+error\&. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code and carries
+on regardless, saying that the message was delivered\&.
+.IP 
+If you want to silently delete it then try:
+.IP 
+\f(CW"message command = rm %s"\fP\&.
+.IP 
 For the really adventurous, try something like this:
-
-message command = csh -c 'csh < %s |& /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \e
-                  -M %m; rm %s' &
-
+.IP 
+\f(CWmessage command = csh -c \'csh < %s |& /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m; rm %s\' &\fP
+.IP 
 this would execute the command as a script on the server, then give
-them the result in a WinPopup message. Note that this could cause a
+them the result in a WinPopup message\&. Note that this could cause a
 loop if you send a message from the server using smbclient! You better
 wrap the above in a script that checks for this :-)
-
-.B Default:
-	no message command
-
-.B Example:
-        message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &
-
-.SS min print space (S)
-
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	no message command\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW        message command = csh -c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmin print space (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This sets the minimum amount of free disk space that must be available
-before a user will be able to spool a print job. It is specified in
-kilobytes. The default is 0, which means no limit.
-
-.B Default:
-	min print space = 0
-
-.B Example:
-	min print space = 2000
-
-.SS min wins ttl (G)
-
-This option tells nmbd when acting as a WINS server (wins support = true)
-what the minimum 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that nmbd will grant will
-be (in seconds). You should never need to change this parameter.
-The default is 6 hours (21600 seconds).
-
-.B Default:
-        min wins ttl = 21600
-
-.SS name resolve order (G)
-
-This option is used by the programs smbd, nmbd and smbclient to determine
-what naming services and in what order to resolve host names to IP addresses.
-This option is most useful in smbclient. The option takes a space separated
-string of different name resolution options. These are "lmhosts", "host",
-"wins" and "bcast". They cause names to be resolved as follows :
-
-lmhosts : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file.
-host    : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the
-          system /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name
-          resolution is operating system depended (for instance on Solaris
-          this may be controlled by the /etc/nsswitch.conf file).
-wins    : Query a name with the IP address listed in the "wins server ="
-          parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method will
-          be ignored.
-bcast   : Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces listed in
-          the "interfaces =" parameter. This is the least reliable of the
-          name resolution methods as it depends on the target host being
-          on a locally connected subnet.
-
-The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and these name resolution
-methods will be attempted in this order.
-
-This option was first introduced in Samba 1.9.18p4.
-
-.B Default:
-        name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast
-
-.Example:
-        name resolve order = lmhosts bcast host
-
+before a user will be able to spool a print job\&. It is specified in
+kilobytes\&. The default is 0, which means a user can always spool a print
+job\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fBprinting\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	min print space = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	min print space = 2000\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmin wins ttl (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option tells \fBnmbd\fP when acting as a WINS
+server \fB(wins support = true)\fP what the minimum
+\'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that \fBnmbd\fP will
+grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this
+parameter\&.  The default is 6 hours (21600 seconds)\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	min wins ttl = 21600\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBname resolve order (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option is used by the programs in the Samba suite to determine
+what naming services and in what order to resolve host names to IP
+addresses\&. The option takes a space separated string of different name
+resolution options\&.
+.IP 
+The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast"\&. They cause
+names to be resolved as follows :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlmhosts\fP : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhost\fP : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution,
+using the system /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name
+resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or
+Solaris this may be controlled by the \fI/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\fP file)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwins\fP : Query a name with the IP address listed in the
+\fBwins server\fP parameter\&. If no WINS server has
+been specified this method will be ignored\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbcast\fP : Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces
+listed in the \fBinterfaces\fP parameter\&. This is the
+least reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the
+target host being on a locally connected subnet\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	name resolve order = lmhosts bcast host\fP
+.IP 
 This will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined first, followed
-by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal system hostname lookup.
-
-.SS netbios aliases (G)
-
-This is a list of names that nmbd will advertise as additional
-names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine
-to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is
-acting as a browse server or logon server none of these names
-will be advertised as either browse server or logon servers, only
-the primary name of the machine will be advertised with these
-capabilities.
-
-See also 'netbios name'.
-
-.B Example:
-   netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2
-
-.SS netbios name (G)
-
-This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By
-default it is the same as the first component of the host's DNS name.
-If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the
-first component of the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these
-services are advertised under.
-
-See also 'netbios aliases'.
-
-.B Example:
-   netbios name = MYNAME
-
-.SS nis homedir (G)
-Get the home share server from a NIS (or YP) map. For unix systems that
-use an automounter, the user's home directory will often be mounted on
-a workstation on demand from a remote server. When the Samba logon server
-is not the actual home directory server, two network hops are required
-to access the home directory and this can be very slow especially with 
-writing via Samba to an NFS mounted directory. This option allows samba
-to return the home share as being on a different server to the logon
-server and as long as a samba daemon is running on the home directory 
-server, it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory
-server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it will
-consult the NIS (or YP) map specified in "homedir map" and return the
-server listed there.
-
-.B Default:
-	nis homedir = false
-
-.B Example:
-	nis homedir = true
-
-.SS networkstation user login (G)
-This global parameter (new for 1.9.18p3) affects server level security.
-With this set (recommended) samba will do a full NetWkstaUserLogon to
-confirm that the client really should have login rights. This can cause
-problems with machines in trust relationships in which case you can
-disable it here, but be warned, we have heard that some NT machines
-will then allow anyone in with any password! Make sure you test it.
-
-In Samba 1.9.18p5 this parameter is of limited use, as smbd now
-explicitly tests for this NT bug and will refuse to use a password
-server that has the problem. The parameter now defaults to off,
-and it should not be neccessary to set this parameter to on. It will
-be removed in a future Samba release.
-
-.B Default:
-	networkstation user login = no
-
-.B Example:
-	networkstation user login = yes
-
-.SS null passwords (G)
-Allow or disallow access to accounts that have null passwords. 
-
-.B Default:
-	null passwords = no
-
-.B Example:
-	null passwords = yes
-
-.SS ole locking compatibility (G)
-
-This parameter allows an administrator to turn off the byte range
-lock manipulation that is done within Samba to give compatibility
-for OLE applications. Windows OLE applications use byte range locking
-as a form of inter-process communication, by locking ranges of bytes
-around the 2^32 region of a file range. This can cause certain UNIX
-lock managers to crash or otherwise cause problems. Setting this
-parameter to "no" means you trust your UNIX lock manager to handle
-such cases correctly.
-
-.B Default:
-     ole locking compatibility = yes
-
-.B Example:
-     ole locking compatibility = no
-
-
-.SS only guest (S)
-A synonym for this command is 'guest only'.
-
-.SS only user (S)
+by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal system hostname lookup\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnetbios aliases (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a list of NetBIOS names that \fBnmbd\fP will
+advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known\&. This
+allows one machine to appear in browse lists under multiple names\&. If
+a machine is acting as a \fBbrowse server\fP or
+\fBlogon server\fP none of these names will be
+advertised as either browse server or logon servers, only the primary
+name of the machine will be advertised with these capabilities\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"netbios name"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	empty string (no additional names)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnetbios name (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known\&. By
+default it is the same as the first component of the host\'s DNS name\&.
+If a machine is a \fBbrowse server\fP or
+\fBlogon server\fP this name (or the first component
+of the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are
+advertised under\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"netbios aliases"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	Machine DNS name\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	netbios name = MYNAME\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnis homedir (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Get the home share server from a NIS map\&. For UNIX systems that use an
+automounter, the user\'s home directory will often be mounted on a
+workstation on demand from a remote server\&. 
+.IP 
+When the Samba logon server is not the actual home directory server,
+but is mounting the home directories via NFS then two network hops
+would be required to access the users home directory if the logon
+server told the client to use itself as the SMB server for home
+directories (one over SMB and one over NFS)\&. This can be very
+slow\&.
+.IP 
+This option allows Samba to return the home share as being on a
+different server to the logon server and as long as a Samba daemon is
+running on the home directory server, it will be mounted on the Samba
+client directly from the directory server\&. When Samba is returning the
+home share to the client, it will consult the NIS map specified in
+\fB"homedir map"\fP and return the server listed
+there\&.
+.IP 
+Note that for this option to work there must be a working NIS
+system and the Samba server with this option must also be a
+\fBlogon server\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	nis homedir = false\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	nis homedir = true\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnt pipe support (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean parameter controlls whether \fBsmbd\fP
+will allow Windows NT clients to connect to the NT SMB specific
+\f(CWIPC$\fP pipes\&. This is a developer debugging option and can be left
+alone\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	nt pipe support = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnt smb support (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean parameter controlls whether \fBsmbd\fP
+will negotiate NT specific SMB support with Windows NT
+clients\&. Although this is a developer debugging option and should be
+left alone, benchmarking has discovered that Windows NT clients give
+faster performance with this option set to \f(CW"no"\fP\&. This is still
+being investigated\&. If this option is set to \f(CW"no"\fP then Samba
+offers exactly the same SMB calls that versions prior to Samba2\&.0
+offered\&. This information may be of use if any users are having
+problems with NT SMB support\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	nt support = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBnull passwords (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords\&. 
+.IP 
+See also \fBsmbpasswd (5)\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	null passwords = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	null passwords = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBole locking compatibility (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter allows an administrator to turn off the byte range lock
+manipulation that is done within Samba to give compatibility for OLE
+applications\&. Windows OLE applications use byte range locking as a
+form of inter-process communication, by locking ranges of bytes around
+the 2^32 region of a file range\&. This can cause certain UNIX lock
+managers to crash or otherwise cause problems\&. Setting this parameter
+to \f(CW"no"\fP means you trust your UNIX lock manager to handle such cases
+correctly\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ole locking compatibility = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	ole locking compatibility = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBonly guest (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+A synonym for \fB"guest only"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBonly user (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a boolean option that controls whether connections with
-usernames not in the user= list will be allowed. By default this
-option is disabled so a client can supply a username to be used by
-the server.
-
-Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce usernames from the
-service name. This can be annoying for the [homes] section. To get
-around this you could use "user = %S" which means your "user" list
+usernames not in the \fBuser=\fP list will be allowed\&. By
+default this option is disabled so a client can supply a username to
+be used by the server\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this also means Samba won\'t try to deduce usernames from the
+service name\&. This can be annoying for the \fB[homes]\fP
+section\&. To get around this you could use "\fBuser\fP =
+\fB%S\fP" which means your \fB"user"\fP list
 will be just the service name, which for home directories is the name
-of the user.
-
-.B Default: 
-	only user = False
-
-.B Example: 
-	only user = True
-
-.SS oplocks (S)
+of the user\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fBuser\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	only user = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	only user = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBoplocks (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This boolean option tells smbd whether to issue oplocks (opportunistic
-locks) to file open requests on this share. The oplock code was introduced in
-Samba 1.9.18 and can dramatically (approx 30% or more) improve the speed
-of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients to agressively
-cache files locally and you may want to disable this option for unreliable
-network environments (it is turned on by default in Windows NT Servers).
-For more information see the file Speed.txt in the Samba docs/ directory.
-
-Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files on a per share basis.
-See the 'veto oplock files' parameter.
-
-.B Default:
-    oplocks = True
-
-.B Example:
-    oplocks = False
-
-
-.SS os level (G)
+locks) to file open requests on this share\&. The oplock code can
+dramatically (approx 30% or more) improve the speed of access to files
+on Samba servers\&. It allows the clients to agressively cache files
+locally and you may want to disable this option for unreliable network
+environments (it is turned on by default in Windows NT Servers)\&.  For
+more information see the file Speed\&.txt in the Samba docs/ directory\&.
+.IP 
+Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files on a per share basis\&.
+See the \'veto oplock files\' parameter\&. On some systems oplocks are recognised
+by the underlying operating system\&. This allows data synchronisation between
+all access to oplocked files, whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local
+UNIX process\&. See the \fBkernel oplocks\fP parameter
+for details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	oplocks = True\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	oplocks = False\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBos level (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for
-browse elections. See BROWSING.txt for details.
-
-.SS packet size (G)
-The maximum transmit packet size during a raw read. This option is no
-longer implemented as of version 1.7.00, and is kept only so old
-configuration files do not become invalid.
-
-.SS passwd chat (G)
-This string controls the "chat" conversation that takes places
-between smbd and the local password changing program to change the
-users password. The string describes a sequence of response-receive
-pairs that smbd uses to determine what to send to the passwd program
-and what to expect back. If the expected output is not received then
-the password is not changed.
-
+browse elections\&. The value of this parameter determines whether
+\fBnmbd\fP has a chance of becoming a local master
+browser for the \fBWORKGROUP\fP in the local broadcast
+area\&. The default is zero, which means \fBnmbd\fP will
+lose elections to Windows machines\&. See BROWSING\&.txt in the Samba
+docs/ directory for details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	os level = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	os level = 65    ; This will win against any NT Server\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpacket size (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a deprecated parameter that how no effect on the current
+Samba code\&. It is left in the parameter list to prevent breaking
+old \fBsmb\&.conf\fP files\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpanic action (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a Samba developer option that allows a system command to be
+called when either \fBsmbd\fP or
+\fBnmbd\fP crashes\&. This is usually used to draw
+attention to the fact that a problem occured\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	panic action = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpasswd chat (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This string controls the \fI"chat"\fP conversation that takes places
+between \fBsmbd\fP and the local password changing
+program to change the users password\&. The string describes a sequence
+of response-receive pairs that \fBsmbd\fP uses to
+determine what to send to the \fBpasswd\fP program
+and what to expect back\&. If the expected output is not received then
+the password is not changed\&.
+.IP 
 This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending on what
-local methods are used for password control (such as NIS+ etc).
-
-The string can contain the macros %o and %n which are substituted for
-the old and new passwords respectively. It can also contain the
-standard macros \en \er \et and \es to give line-feed, carriage-return,
-tab and space.
-
-The string can also contain a * which matches any sequence of
-characters.
-
+local methods are used for password control (such as NIS etc)\&.
+.IP 
+The string can contain the macros \f(CW"%o"\fP and \f(CW"%n"\fP which are
+substituted for the old and new passwords respectively\&. It can also
+contain the standard macros \f(CW"\en"\fP, \f(CW"\er"\fP, \f(CW"\et"\fP and \f(CW"\es"\fP
+to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab and space\&.
+.IP 
+The string can also contain a \f(CW\'*\'\fP which matches any sequence of
+characters\&.
+.IP 
 Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces in them into
-a single string.
-
-If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a fullstop "."
-then no string is sent. Similarly, is the expect string is a fullstop
-then no string is expected.
-
-Note that if the 'unix password sync' parameter is set to true,
-then this sequence is called *AS ROOT* when the SMB password in the
-smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password
-cleartext. In this case the old password cleartext is set to ""
-(the empty string).
-
-See also 'unix password sync' and 'passwd chat debug'
+a single string\&.
+.IP 
+If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a fullstop
+\f(CW"\&."\fP  then no string is sent\&. Similarly, is the expect string is a
+fullstop then no string is expected\&.
+.IP 
+Note that if the \fB"unix password sync"\fP
+parameter is set to true, then this sequence is called \fI*AS ROOT*\fP
+when the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without
+access to the old password cleartext\&. In this case the old password
+cleartext is set to \f(CW""\fP (the empty string)\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"unix password sync"\fP,
+\fB"passwd program"\fP and \fB"passwd chat
+debug"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
+ passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\en "*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"
 
-.B Example:
-        passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\en "*Enter NEW password*" %n\en \e
-                       "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
 
-.B Default:
+.DS 
+ 
        passwd chat = *old*password* %o\en *new*password* %n\en *new*password* %n\en *changed*
+.DE 
+ 
 
-.SS passwd chat debug (G)
-
-This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script parameter is run
-in 'debug' mode. In this mode the strings passed to and received
-from the passwd chat are printed in the smbd log with a debug level
-of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords
-to be seen in the smbd log. It is available to help Samba admins
-debug their passwd chat scripts and should be turned off after
-this has been done. This parameter is off by default.
-
-.B Example:
-     passwd chat debug = True
-
-.B Default:
-     passwd chat debug = False
-
-.SS passwd program (G)
-The name of a program that can be used to set user passwords.
-
-This is only available if you have enabled remote password changing at
-compile time (see the comments in the Makefile for details). Any occurrences 
-of %u will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked
-for existance before calling the password changing program.
-
-Also note that many passwd programs insist in "reasonable" passwords,
-such as a minimum length, or the inclusion of mixed case chars and
-digits. This can pose a problem as some clients (such as Windows for
-Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending it. 
-
-Note that if the 'unix password sync' parameter is set to true,
-then this sequence is called *AS ROOT* when the SMB password in the
-smbpasswd file is being changed. If the 'unix passwd sync' parameter
-is set this parameter MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS for ALL programs called,
-and must be examined for security implications. Note that by default
-'unix password sync' is set to False.
-
-See also 'unix password sync'
-
-.B Default:
-	passwd program = /bin/passwd
-
-.B Example:
-	passwd program = /sbin/passwd %u
-
-.SS password level (G)
-Some client/server combinations have difficulty with mixed-case passwords.
-One offending client is Windows for Workgroups, which for some reason forces
-passwords to upper case when using the LANMAN1 protocol, but leaves them alone
-when using COREPLUS!
-
-This parameter defines the maximum number of characters that may be upper case
-in passwords.
-
-For example, say the password given was "FRED". If
-.B password level
-is set to 1 (one), the following combinations would be tried if "FRED" failed:
-"Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd", "freD". If
-.B password level was set to 2 (two), the following combinations would also be
-tried: "FRed", "FrEd", "FreD", "fREd", "fReD", "frED". And so on.
-
-The higher value this parameter is set to the more likely it is that a mixed
-case password will be matched against a single case password. However, you
-should be aware that use of this parameter reduces security and increases the
-time taken to process a new connection.
-
-A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be made - the password as is
-and the password in all-lower case.
-
-If you find the connections are taking too long with this option then
-you probably have a slow crypt() routine. Samba now comes with a fast
-"ufc crypt" that you can select in the Makefile. You should also make
-sure the PASSWORD_LENGTH option is correct for your system in local.h
-and includes.h. On most systems only the first 8 chars of a password
-are significant so PASSWORD_LENGTH should be 8, but on some longer
-passwords are significant. The includes.h file tries to select the
-right length for your system.
-
-.B Default:
- 	password level = 0
-
-.B Example:
- 	password level = 4
-
-.SS password server (G)
-
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpasswd chat debug (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script parameter is run in
+\f(CW"debug"\fP mode\&. In this mode the strings passed to and received from
+the passwd chat are printed in the \fBsmbd\fP log with
+a \fB"debug level"\fP of 100\&. This is a dangerous
+option as it will allow plaintext passwords to be seen in the
+\fBsmbd\fP log\&. It is available to help Samba admins
+debug their \fB"passwd chat"\fP scripts when calling
+the \fB"passwd program"\fP and should be turned off
+after this has been done\&. This parameter is off by default\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"passwd chat"\fP, \fB"passwd
+program"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW     passwd chat debug = True\fP
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW     passwd chat debug = False\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpasswd program (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The name of a program that can be used to set UNIX user passwords\&.
+Any occurrences of \fB%u\fP will be replaced with the
+user name\&. The user name is checked for existance before calling the
+password changing program\&.
+.IP 
+Also note that many passwd programs insist in \fI"reasonable"\fP
+passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion of mixed case
+chars and digits\&. This can pose a problem as some clients (such as
+Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending it\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that if the \fB"unix password sync"\fP
+parameter is set to \f(CW"True"\fP then this program is called \fI*AS
+ROOT*\fP before the SMB password in the
+\fBsmbpassswd\fP file is changed\&. If this UNIX
+password change fails, then \fBsmbd\fP will fail to
+change the SMB password also (this is by design)\&.
+.IP 
+If the \fB"unix password sync"\fP parameter is
+set this parameter \fIMUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS\fP for \fIALL\fP programs
+called, and must be examined for security implications\&. Note that by
+default \fB"unix password sync"\fP is set to
+\f(CW"False"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"unix password sync"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	passwd program = /bin/passwd\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	passwd program = /sbin/passwd %u\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpassword level (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Some client/server combinations have difficulty with mixed-case
+passwords\&.  One offending client is Windows for Workgroups, which for
+some reason forces passwords to upper case when using the LANMAN1
+protocol, but leaves them alone when using COREPLUS!
+.IP 
+This parameter defines the maximum number of characters that may be
+upper case in passwords\&.
+.IP 
+For example, say the password given was \f(CW"FRED"\fP\&. If \fBpassword
+level\fP is set to 1, the following combinations would be tried if
+\f(CW"FRED"\fP failed:
+.IP 
+\f(CW"Fred"\fP, \f(CW"fred"\fP, \f(CW"fRed"\fP, \f(CW"frEd"\fP, \f(CW"freD"\fP
+.IP 
+If \fBpassword level\fP was set to 2, the following combinations would
+also be tried: 
+.IP 
+\f(CW"FRed"\fP, \f(CW"FrEd"\fP, \f(CW"FreD"\fP, \f(CW"fREd"\fP, \f(CW"fReD"\fP,
+\f(CW"frED"\fP, \f(CW\&.\&.\fP
+.IP 
+And so on\&.
+.IP 
+The higher value this parameter is set to the more likely it is that a
+mixed case password will be matched against a single case
+password\&. However, you should be aware that use of this parameter
+reduces security and increases the time taken to process a new
+connection\&.
+.IP 
+A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be made - the password
+as is and the password in all-lower case\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	password level = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	password level = 4\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpassword server (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 By specifying the name of another SMB server (such as a WinNT box)
-with this option, and using "security = server" you can get Samba to
-do all its username/password validation via a remote server.
-
-This options sets the name of the password server to use. It must be a
-netbios name, so if the machine's netbios name is different from its
-internet name then you may have to add its netbios name to
-/etc/hosts.
-
-Note that with Samba 1.9.18p4 and above the name of the password
-server is looked up using the parameter "name resolve order=" and
-so may resolved by any method and order described in that parameter.
-
-The password server much be a machine capable of using the "LM1.2X002"
-or the "LM NT 0.12" protocol, and it must be in user level security
-mode. 
-
+with this option, and using \fB"security = domain"\fP or
+\fB"security = server"\fP you can get Samba to do all
+its username/password validation via a remote server\&.
+.IP 
+This options sets the name of the password server to use\&. It must be a
+NetBIOS name, so if the machine\'s NetBIOS name is different from its
+internet name then you may have to add its NetBIOS name to the lmhosts 
+file which is stored in the same directory as the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+The name of the password server is looked up using the parameter
+\fB"name resolve order="\fP and so may resolved
+by any method and order described in that parameter\&.
+.IP 
+The password server much be a machine capable of using the "LM1\&.2X002"
+or the "LM NT 0\&.12" protocol, and it must be in user level security
+mode\&. 
+.IP 
 NOTE: Using a password server means your UNIX box (running Samba) is
-only as secure as your password server. DO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD
-SERVER THAT YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST.
-
-Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving. This will
+only as secure as your password server\&. \fIDO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD
+SERVER THAT YOU DON\'T COMPLETELY TRUST\fP\&.
+.IP 
+Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving\&. This will
 cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server!
-
+.IP 
 The name of the password server takes the standard substitutions, but
-probably the only useful one is %m, which means the Samba server will
-use the incoming client as the password server. If you use this then
-you better trust your clients, and you better restrict them with hosts
-allow!
-
-If you list several hosts in the "password server" option then smbd
-will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This is useful
-in case your primary server goes down.
-
-If you are using a WindowsNT server as your password server then you
-will have to ensure that your users are able to login from the Samba 
-server, as the network logon will appear to come from there rather
-than from the users workstation.
-
-.SS path (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'directory'.
-
-This parameter specifies a directory to which the user of the service is to
-be given access. In the case of printable services, this is where print data 
-will spool prior to being submitted to the host for printing.
-
-For a printable service offering guest access, the service should be readonly
-and the path should be world-writable and have the sticky bit set. This is not
-mandatory of course, but you probably won't get the results you expect if you
-do otherwise.
-
-Any occurrences of %u in the path will be replaced with the username
-that the client is connecting as. Any occurrences of %m will be
-replaced by the name of the machine they are connecting from. These
+probably the only useful one is \fB%m\fP, which means
+the Samba server will use the incoming client as the password
+server\&. If you use this then you better trust your clients, and you
+better restrict them with hosts allow!
+.IP 
+If the \fB"security"\fP parameter is set to
+\fB"domain"\fP, then the list of machines in this option must be a list
+of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the
+\fBDomain\fP, as the Samba server is cryptographically
+in that domain, and will use crpytographically authenticated RPC calls
+to authenticate the user logging on\&. The advantage of using
+\fB"security=domain"\fP is that if you list
+several hosts in the \fB"password server"\fP option then
+\fBsmbd\fP will try each in turn till it finds one
+that responds\&. This is useful in case your primary server goes down\&.
+.IP 
+If the \fB"security"\fP parameter is set to
+\fB"server"\fP, then there are different
+restrictions that \fB"security=domain"\fP
+doesn\'t suffer from:
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+You may list several password servers in the \fB"password server"
+parameter, however if an \fBsmbd\fP makes a connection
+to a password server, and then the password server fails, no more
+users will be able to be authenticated from this
+\fBsmbd\fP\&.  This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS
+protocol when in \fB"security=server"\fP mode
+and cannot be fixed in Samba\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+If you are using a Windows NT server as your password server then
+you will have to ensure that your users are able to login from the
+Samba server, as when in
+\fB"security=server"\fP mode the network
+logon will appear to come from there rather than from the users
+workstation\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"security"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	password server = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpath (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies a directory to which the user of the service
+is to be given access\&. In the case of printable services, this is
+where print data will spool prior to being submitted to the host for
+printing\&.
+.IP 
+For a printable service offering guest access, the service should be
+readonly and the path should be world-writable and have the sticky bit
+set\&. This is not mandatory of course, but you probably won\'t get the
+results you expect if you do otherwise\&.
+.IP 
+Any occurrences of \fB%u\fP in the path will be replaced
+with the UNIX username that the client is using on this
+connection\&. Any occurrences of \fB%m\fP will be replaced
+by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are connecting from\&. These
 replacements are very useful for setting up pseudo home directories
-for users.
-
-Note that this path will be based on 'root dir' if one was specified.
-.B Default:
- 	none
-
-.B Example:
- 	path = /home/fred+ 
-
-.SS postexec (S)
-
+for users\&.
+.IP 
+Note that this path will be based on \fB"root dir"\fP if
+one was specified\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	none\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	path = /home/fred\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpostexec (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option specifies a command to be run whenever the service is
-disconnected. It takes the usual substitutions. The command may be run
-as the root on some systems.
-
+disconnected\&. It takes the usual substitutions\&. The command may be run
+as the root on some systems\&.
+.IP 
 An interesting example may be do unmount server resources:
-
-postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom
-
-See also preexec
-
-.B Default:
-      none (no command executed)
-
-.B Example:
-      postexec = echo \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log
-
-.SS postscript (S)
+.IP 
+\f(CWpostexec = /etc/umount /cdrom\fP
+.IP 
+See also \fBpreexec\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW      none (no command executed)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW      postexec = echo "%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)" >> /tmp/log\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpostscript (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameter forces a printer to interpret the print files as
-postscript. This is done by adding a %! to the start of print output. 
-
+postscript\&. This is done by adding a \f(CW%!\fP to the start of print output\&.
+.IP 
 This is most useful when you have lots of PCs that persist in putting
 a control-D at the start of print jobs, which then confuses your
-printer.
-
-.B Default: 
-	postscript = False
-
-.B Example: 
-	postscript = True
-
-.SS preexec (S)
-
+printer\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	postscript = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	postscript = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpreexec (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option specifies a command to be run whenever the service is
-connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.
-
+connected to\&. It takes the usual substitutions\&.
+.IP 
 An interesting example is to send the users a welcome message every
-time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here is an example:
-
-preexec = csh -c 'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | \e
-       /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' &
+time they log in\&. Maybe a message of the day? Here is an example:
+.IP 
 
-Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)
-
-See also postexec
-
-.B Default:
-	none (no command executed)
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Example:
-        preexec = echo \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log
+	preexec = csh -c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I\' &
 
-.SS preferred master (G)
-This boolean parameter controls if Samba is a preferred master browser
-for its workgroup.
-If this is set to true, on startup, samba will force an election, 
-and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election.  
-It is recommended that this parameter is used in conjunction 
-with domain master = yes, so that samba can guarantee becoming 
-a domain master.  
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-\fP
+.IP 
+See also \fBpostexec\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	none (no command executed)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW        preexec = echo \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpreferred master (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean parameter controls if \fBnmbd\fP is a
+preferred master browser for its workgroup\&.
+.IP 
+If this is set to true, on startup, \fBnmbd\fP will
+force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the
+election\&.  It is recommended that this parameter is used in
+conjunction with \fB"domain master = yes"\fP, so
+that \fBnmbd\fP can guarantee becoming a domain
+master\&.
+.IP 
 Use this option with caution, because if there are several hosts
-(whether samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) that are preferred master
-browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically and continuously
-attempt to become the local master browser.  This will result in
-unnecessary broadcast traffic and reduced browsing capabilities.
-
-See
-.B os level = nn
-
-.B Default:
- 	preferred master = no
-
-.SS preload
-This is an alias for "auto services"
-
-.SS preserve case (S)
-
+(whether Samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) that are preferred master
+browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically and
+continuously attempt to become the local master browser\&.  This will
+result in unnecessary broadcast traffic and reduced browsing
+capabilities\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fBos level\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	preferred master = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	preferred master = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprefered master (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"preferred master"\fP for people
+who cannot spell :-)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpreload\fP" 
+Synonym for \fB"auto services"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpreserve case (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the
-client passes, or if they are forced to be the "default" case.
-
-.B Default:
-       preserve case = no
-
-See the section on "NAME MANGLING" for a fuller discussion.
-
-.SS print command (S)
-After a print job has finished spooling to a service, this command will be
-used via a system() call to process the spool file. Typically the command 
-specified will submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but
-there is no requirement that this be the case. The server will not remove the
-spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the spool file when
-it has been processed, otherwise you will need to manually remove old spool
-files.
-
-The print command is simply a text string. It will be used verbatim,
-with two exceptions: All occurrences of "%s" will be replaced by the
-appropriate spool file name, and all occurrences of "%p" will be
-replaced by the appropriate printer name. The spool file name is
+client passes, or if they are forced to be the \f(CW"default"\fP case\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW       preserve case = yes\fP
+.IP 
+See the section on \fB"NAME MANGLING"\fP for a
+fuller discussion\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprint command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+After a print job has finished spooling to a service, this command
+will be used via a \f(CWsystem()\fP call to process the spool
+file\&. Typically the command specified will submit the spool file to
+the host\'s printing subsystem, but there is no requirement that this
+be the case\&. The server will not remove the spool file, so whatever
+command you specify should remove the spool file when it has been
+processed, otherwise you will need to manually remove old spool files\&.
+.IP 
+The print command is simply a text string\&. It will be used verbatim,
+with two exceptions: All occurrences of \f(CW"%s"\fP will be replaced by
+the appropriate spool file name, and all occurrences of \f(CW"%p"\fP will
+be replaced by the appropriate printer name\&. The spool file name is
 generated automatically by the server, the printer name is discussed
-below.
-
-The full path name will be used for the filename if %s is not preceded
-by a /. If you don't like this (it can stuff up some lpq output) then
-use %f instead. Any occurrences of %f get replaced by the spool
-filename without the full path at the front.
-
-The print command MUST contain at least one occurrence of "%s" or %f -
-the "%p" is optional. At the time a job is submitted, if no printer
-name is supplied the "%p" will be silently removed from the printer
-command.
-
-If specified in the [global] section, the print command given will be used
-for any printable service that does not have its own print command specified.
-
-If there is neither a specified print command for a printable service nor a 
-global print command, spool files will be created but not processed and (most
-importantly) not removed.
-
-Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the "nobody"
-account. If this happens then create an alternative guest account that
-can print and set the "guest account" in the [global] section.
-
+below\&.
+.IP 
+The full path name will be used for the filename if \f(CW"%s"\fP is not
+preceded by a \f(CW\'/\'\fP\&. If you don\'t like this (it can stuff up some
+lpq output) then use \f(CW"%f"\fP instead\&. Any occurrences of \f(CW"%f"\fP get
+replaced by the spool filename without the full path at the front\&.
+.IP 
+The print command \fIMUST\fP contain at least one occurrence of \f(CW"%s"\fP
+or \f(CW"%f"\fP - the \f(CW"%p"\fP is optional\&. At the time a job is
+submitted, if no printer name is supplied the \f(CW"%p"\fP will be
+silently removed from the printer command\&.
+.IP 
+If specified in the \fB"[global]"\fP section, the print
+command given will be used for any printable service that does not
+have its own print command specified\&.
+.IP 
+If there is neither a specified print command for a printable service
+nor a global print command, spool files will be created but not
+processed and (most importantly) not removed\&.
+.IP 
+Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the \f(CW"nobody"\fP
+account\&. If this happens then create an alternative guest account that
+can print and set the \fB"guest account"\fP in the
+\fB"[global]"\fP section\&.
+.IP 
 You can form quite complex print commands by realising that they are
-just passed to a shell. For example the following will log a print
-job, print the file, then remove it. Note that ; is the usual
-separator for command in shell scripts.
-
-print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s
-
+just passed to a shell\&. For example the following will log a print
+job, print the file, then remove it\&. Note that \f(CW\';\'\fP is the usual
+separator for command in shell scripts\&.
+.IP 
+\f(CWprint command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s\fP
+.IP 
 You may have to vary this command considerably depending on how you
-normally print files on your system.
-
-.B Default:
-	print command = lpr -r -P %p %s
-
-.B Example:
- 	print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s
-.SS print ok (S)
-See
-.B printable.
-.SS printable (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'print ok'.
-
-If this parameter is 'yes', then clients may open, write to and submit spool 
-files on the directory specified for the service.
-
-Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing to the service path
-(user privileges permitting) via the spooling of print data. The 'read only'
-parameter controls only non-printing access to the resource.
-
-.B Default:
- 	printable = no
-
-.B Example:
- 	printable = yes
-
-.SS printcap name (G)
-This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap
-name used by the server (usually /etc/printcap). See the discussion of the
-[printers] section above for reasons why you might want to do this.
-
-On SystemV systems that use lpstat to list available printers you
-can use "printcap name = lpstat" to automatically obtain lists of
-available printers. This is the default for systems that define 
-SYSV at compile time in Samba (this includes most SystemV based
-systems). If "printcap name" is set to lpstat on these systems then
-Samba will launch "lpstat -v" and attempt to parse the output to
-obtain a printer list.
-
+normally print files on your system\&. The default for the parameter
+varies depending on the setting of the \fB"printing="\fP
+parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+For \fB"printing="\fP BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :
+\f(CW	print command = lpr -r -P%p %s\fP
+.IP 
+For \fB"printing="\fP SYS or HPUX :
+\f(CW	print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s\fP
+.IP 
+For \fB"printing="\fP SOFTQ :
+\f(CW	print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprint ok (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBprintable\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprintable (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If this parameter is \f(CW"yes"\fP, then clients may open, write to and
+submit spool files on the directory specified for the service\&.
+.IP 
+Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing to the service
+path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling of print data\&. The
+\fB"read only"\fP parameter controls only non-printing
+access to the resource\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	printable = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	printable = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprintcap (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBprintcapname\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprintcap name (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default
+printcap name used by the server (usually /etc/printcap)\&. See the
+discussion of the \fB[printers]\fP section above for
+reasons why you might want to do this\&.
+.IP 
+On System V systems that use \fBlpstat\fP to list available printers you
+can use \f(CW"printcap name = lpstat"\fP to automatically obtain lists of
+available printers\&. This is the default for systems that define SYSV
+at configure time in Samba (this includes most System V based
+systems)\&. If \fB"printcap name"\fP is set to \fBlpstat\fP on these systems
+then Samba will launch \f(CW"lpstat -v"\fP and attempt to parse the output
+to obtain a printer list\&.
+.IP 
 A minimal printcap file would look something like this:
+.IP 
 
-print1|My Printer 1
-.br
-print2|My Printer 2
-.br
-print3|My Printer 3
-.br
-print4|My Printer 4
-.br
-print5|My Printer 5
-
-where the | separates aliases of a printer. The fact that the second
-alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba that it's a comment.
-
-NOTE: Under AIX the default printcap name is "/etc/qconfig". Samba
-will assume the file is in AIX "qconfig" format if the string
-"/qconfig" appears in the printcap filename.
-
-.B Default:
- 	printcap name = /etc/printcap
-
-.B Example:
- 	printcap name = /etc/myprintcap
-
-.SS printer (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'printer name'.
-
-This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled
-through a printable service will be sent.
-
-If specified in the [global] section, the printer name given will be used
-for any printable service that does not have its own printer name specified.
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Default:
- 	none (but may be 'lp' on many systems)
+	print1|My Printer 1
+	print2|My Printer 2
+	print3|My Printer 3
+	print4|My Printer 4
+	print5|My Printer 5
 
-.B Example:
- 	printer name = laserwriter
+.DE 
+ 
 
-.SS printer driver (S)
+.IP 
+where the \f(CW\'|\'\fP separates aliases of a printer\&. The fact that the
+second alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba that it\'s a
+comment\&.
+.IP 
+\fINOTE\fP: Under AIX the default printcap name is
+\f(CW"/etc/qconfig"\fP\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX \f(CW"qconfig"\fP
+format if the string \f(CW"/qconfig"\fP appears in the printcap filename\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	printcap name = /etc/printcap\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	printcap name = /etc/myprintcap\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprinter (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs
+spooled through a printable service will be sent\&.
+.IP 
+If specified in the \fB[global]\fP section, the printer
+name given will be used for any printable service that does not have
+its own printer name specified\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+none (but may be \f(CW"lp"\fP on many systems)
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+printer name = laserwriter
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprinter driver (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option allows you to control the string that clients receive when
 they ask the server for the printer driver associated with a
-printer. If you are using Windows95 or WindowsNT then you can use this
-to automate the setup of printers on your system.
-
+printer\&. If you are using Windows95 or WindowsNT then you can use this
+to automate the setup of printers on your system\&.
+.IP 
 You need to set this parameter to the exact string (case sensitive)
-that describes the appropriate printer driver for your system. 
-If you don't know the exact string to use then you should first try
-with no "printer driver" option set and the client will give you a
-list of printer drivers. The appropriate strings are shown in a
-scrollbox after you have chosen the printer manufacturer.
-
-.B Example:
-	printer driver = HP LaserJet 4L
-
-.SS printer name (S)
-See
-.B printer.
-
-.SS printer driver file (G)
+that describes the appropriate printer driver for your system\&. If you
+don\'t know the exact string to use then you should first try with no
+\fB"printer driver"\fP option set and the client will give you a list of
+printer drivers\&. The appropriate strings are shown in a scrollbox
+after you have chosen the printer manufacturer\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"printer driver file"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+printer driver = HP LaserJet 4L
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprinter driver file (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameter tells Samba where the printer driver definition file,
-used when serving drivers to Windows 95 clients, is to be found. If
+used when serving drivers to Windows 95 clients, is to be found\&. If
 this is not set, the default is :
-
-SAMBA_INSTALL_DIRECTORY/lib/printers.def
-
-This file is created from Windows 95 'msprint.def' files found on the
-Windows 95 client system. For more details on setting up serving of
-printer drivers to Windows 95 clients, see the documentation file
-docs/PRINTER_DRIVER.txt.
-
-.B Default:
-    None (set in compile).
-
-.B Example:
-    printer driver file = /usr/local/samba/printers/drivers.def
-
-Related parameters.
-.B printer driver location
-
-.SS printer driver location (S)
-This parameter tells clients of a particular printer share where
-to find the printer driver files for the automatic installation
-of drivers for Windows 95 machines. If Samba is set up to serve
-printer drivers to Windows 95 machines, this should be set to
-
-\e\eMACHINE\ePRINTER$
-
-Where MACHINE is the NetBIOS name of your Samba server, and PRINTER$ 
-is a share you set up for serving printer driver files. For more 
-details on setting this up see the documentation file 
-docs/PRINTER_DRIVER.txt.
-
-.B Default:
-    None
-
-.B Example:
-    printer driver location = \e\eMACHINE\ePRINTER$
-
-Related paramerers.
-.B printer driver file
-
-
-.SS printing (S)
+.IP 
+\f(CWSAMBA_INSTALL_DIRECTORY/lib/printers\&.def\fP
+.IP 
+This file is created from Windows 95 \f(CW"msprint\&.def"\fP files found on
+the Windows 95 client system\&. For more details on setting up serving
+of printer drivers to Windows 95 clients, see the documentation file
+in the docs/ directory, PRINTER_DRIVER\&.txt\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	None (set in compile)\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	printer driver file = /usr/local/samba/printers/drivers\&.def\fP
+.IP 
+See also \fB"printer driver location"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprinter driver location (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter tells clients of a particular printer share where to
+find the printer driver files for the automatic installation of
+drivers for Windows 95 machines\&. If Samba is set up to serve printer
+drivers to Windows 95 machines, this should be set to
+.IP 
+\f(CW\e\eMACHINE\eaPRINTER$\fP
+.IP 
+Where MACHINE is the NetBIOS name of your Samba server, and PRINTER$
+is a share you set up for serving printer driver files\&. For more
+details on setting this up see the documentation file in the docs/
+directory, PRINTER_DRIVER\&.txt\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	None\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	printer driver location = \e\eMACHINE\ePRINTER$\fP
+.IP 
+See also \fB"printer driver file"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprinter name (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBprinter\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprinting (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameters controls how printer status information is interpreted
-on your system, and also affects the default values for the "print
-command", "lpq command" and "lprm command".
-
-Currently six printing styles are supported. They are "printing =
-bsd", "printing = sysv", "printing = hpux", "printing = aix",
-"printing = qnx" and "printing = plp".
-
+on your system, and also affects the default values for the
+\fB"print command"\fP, \fB"lpq
+command"\fP \fB"lppause command"\fP,
+\fB"lpresume command"\fP, and \fB"lprm
+command"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+Currently eight printing styles are supported\&. They are
+\fB"printing=BSD"\fP, \fB"printing=AIX"\fP, \fB"printing=LPRNG"\fP,
+\fB"printing=PLP"\fP,
+\fB"printing=SYSV"\fP,\fB"printing="HPUX"\fP,\fB"printing=QNX"\fP and
+\fB"printing=SOFTQ"\fP\&.
+.IP 
 To see what the defaults are for the other print commands when using
-these three options use the "testparm" program.
-
-As of version 1.9.18 of Samba this option can be set on a per printer basis
-
-.SS protocol (G)
-The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest protocol level that will
-be supported by the server. 
-
-Possible values are CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, LANMAN2 and NT1. The relative
-merits of each are discussed in the README file.
-
+these three options use the \fB"testparm"\fP program\&.
+.IP 
+This option can be set on a per printer basis
+.IP 
+See also the discussion in the \fB[printers]\fP section\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprotocol (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest protocol level
+that will be supported by the server\&.
+.IP 
+Possible values are :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+CORE: Earliest version\&. No concept of user names\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+COREPLUS: Slight improvements on CORE for efficiency\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+LANMAN1: First \fI"modern"\fP version of the protocol\&. Long
+filename support\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+LANMAN2: Updates to Lanman1 protocol\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+NT1: Current up to date version of the protocol\&. Used by Windows
+NT\&. Known as CIFS\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
 Normally this option should not be set as the automatic negotiation
-phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing the appropriate protocol.
-
-.B Default:
-	protocol = NT1
-
-.B Example:
-	protocol = LANMAN1
-
-.SS public (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'guest ok'.
-
-If this parameter is 'yes' for a service, then no password is required
-to connect to the service. Privileges will be those of the guest
-account.
-
-See the section below on user/password validation for more information about
-this option.
-
-.B Default:
- 	public = no
-
-.B Example:
- 	public = yes
-
-.SS queuepause command (S)
-This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in
-order to pause the printerqueue.
-
+phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing the appropriate
+protocol\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	protocol = NT1\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	protocol = LANMAN1\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpublic (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"guest ok"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBqueuepause command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host
+in order to pause the printerqueue\&.
+.IP 
 This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name
-as its only parameter and stops the printerqueue, such that no longer 
-jobs are submitted to the printer.
-
+as its only parameter and stops the printerqueue, such that no longer
+jobs are submitted to the printer\&.
+.IP 
 This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, but can be
-issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95 & NT.
-
-If a %p is given then the printername is put in its place. Otherwise
-it is placed at the end of the command. 
-
-Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the 
-command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
-
-.B Default:
-        depends on the setting of "printing ="
-
-.B Example:
-      queuepause command = disable %p
-
-.SS queueresume command (S)
-This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in
-order to resume the printerqueue. It is the command to undo the behaviour
-that is caused by the previous parameter (queuepause command).
- 
+issued from the Printer\'s window under Windows 95 & NT\&.
+.IP 
+If a \f(CW"%p"\fP is given then the printername is put in its
+place\&. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the
+command as the PATH may not be available to the server\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW        depends on the setting of "printing ="\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW      queuepause command = disable %p\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBqueueresume command (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host
+in order to resume the printerqueue\&. It is the command to undo the
+behaviour that is caused by the previous parameter
+(\fB"queuepause command\fP)\&.
+.IP 
 This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name
 as its only parameter and resumes the printerqueue, such that queued
-jobs are resubmitted to the printer.
-
+jobs are resubmitted to the printer\&.
+.IP 
 This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, but can be
-issued from the Printer's window under Windows 95 & NT.
-
-If a %p is given then the printername is put in its place. Otherwise
-it is placed at the end of the command.
-
-Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the 
-command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
-
-.B Default:
-        depends on the setting of "printing ="
-
-.B Example:
-      queuepause command = enable %p
-
-.SS read list (S)
+issued from the Printer\'s window under Windows 95 & NT\&.
+.IP 
+If a \f(CW"%p"\fP is given then the printername is put in its
+place\&. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the
+command as the PATH may not be available to the server\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW        depends on the setting of "printing ="\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW      queuepause command = enable %p\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBread bmpx (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean parameter controls whether \fBsmbd\fP
+will support the "Read Block Multiplex" SMB\&. This is now rarely used
+and defaults to off\&. You should never need to set this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+read bmpx = No
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBread list (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a
-service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will
-not be given write access, no matter what the "read only" option
-is set to. The list can include group names using the @group syntax.
-
-See also the "write list" option
-
-.B Default:
-     read list =
-
-.B Example:
-     read list = mary, @students
-
-.SS read only (S)
-See
-.B writable
-and
-.B write ok.
-Note that this is an inverted synonym for writable and write ok.
-.SS read prediction (G)
+service\&. If the connecting user is in this list then they will not be
+given write access, no matter what the \fB"read only"\fP
+option is set to\&. The list can include group names using the syntax
+described in the \fB"invalid users"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"write list"\fP parameter and
+the \fB"invalid users"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	read list = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	read list = mary, @students\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBread only (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Note that this is an inverted synonym for
+\fB"writable"\fP and \fB"write ok"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"writable"\fP and \fB"write
+ok"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBread prediction (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+\fINOTE\fP: This code is currently disabled in Samba2\&.0 and
+may be removed at a later date\&. Hence this parameter has
+no effect\&.
+.IP 
 This options enables or disables the read prediction code used to
-speed up reads from the server. When enabled the server will try to
+speed up reads from the server\&. When enabled the server will try to
 pre-read data from the last accessed file that was opened read-only
-while waiting for packets.
-
-.SS Default:
-	read prediction = False
-
-.SS Example:
-	read prediction = True
-.SS read raw (G)
-This parameter controls whether or not the server will support raw reads when
-transferring data to clients.
-
-If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in one packet. This
-typically provides a major performance benefit.
-
-However, some clients either negotiate the allowable block size incorrectly
-or are incapable of supporting larger block sizes, and for these clients you
-may need to disable raw reads.
-
+while waiting for packets\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	read prediction = False\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBread raw (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter controls whether or not the server will support the raw
+read SMB requests when transferring data to clients\&.
+.IP 
+If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in one packet\&. This
+typically provides a major performance benefit\&.
+.IP 
+However, some clients either negotiate the allowable block size
+incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block sizes, and for
+these clients you may need to disable raw reads\&.
+.IP 
 In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning tool and left
-severely alone. See also
-.B write raw.
-
-.B Default:
- 	read raw = yes
-
-.B Example:
- 	read raw = no
-.SS read size (G)
-
-The option "read size" affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with
-network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in
+severely alone\&. See also \fB"write raw"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	read raw = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBread size (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The option \fB"read size"\fP affects the overlap of disk reads/writes
+with network reads/writes\&. If the amount of data being transferred in
 several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and
 SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing
 the data before it has received the whole packet from the network, or
 in the case of SMBreadbraw, it begins writing to the network before
-all the data has been read from disk.
-
+all the data has been read from disk\&.
+.IP 
 This overlapping works best when the speeds of disk and network access
 are similar, having very little effect when the speed of one is much
-greater than the other.
-
+greater than the other\&.
+.IP 
 The default value is 2048, but very little experimentation has been
-done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best
-value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is
-pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily.
-
-.B Default:
-	read size = 2048
-
-.B Example:
-	read size = 8192
-
-.SS remote announce (G)
-
-This option allows you to setup nmbd to periodically announce itself
-to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. 
-
+done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the
+best value will vary greatly between systems anyway\&. A value over
+65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate memory
+unnecessarily\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	read size = 2048\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	read size = 8192\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBremote announce (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option allows you to setup \fBnmbd\fP to
+periodically announce itself to arbitrary IP addresses with an
+arbitrary workgroup name\&.
+.IP 
 This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear in a remote
-workgroup for which the normal browse propagation rules don't
-work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you can send IP
-packets to.
-
+workgroup for which the normal browse propagation rules don\'t
+work\&. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you can send IP
+packets to\&.
+.IP 
 For example:
-
-       remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS 192.168.4.255/STAFF
-
+.IP 
+\f(CW	remote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF\fP
+.IP 
 the above line would cause nmbd to announce itself to the two given IP
-addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the
-workgroup name then the one given in the "workgroup" option is used
-instead. 
-
+addresses using the given workgroup names\&. If you leave out the
+workgroup name then the one given in the
+\fB"workgroup"\fP parameter is used instead\&.
+.IP 
 The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast addresses
 of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known
-browse masters if your network config is that stable.
-
-This option replaces similar functionality from the nmbd lmhosts file.
-
-.SS remote browse sync (G)
-
-This option allows you to setup nmbd to periodically request synchronisation
-of browse lists with the master browser of a samba server that is on a remote
-segment. This option will allow you to gain browse lists for multiple
-workgroups across routed networks. This is done in a manner that does not work
-with any non-samba servers.
-
-This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local clients
-to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation
-rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you can send IP
-packets to.
-
+browse masters if your network config is that stable\&.
+.IP 
+See the documentation file BROWSING\&.txt in the docs/ directory\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	remote announce = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	remote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBremote browse sync (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option allows you to setup \fBnmbd\fP to
+periodically request synchronisation of browse lists with the master
+browser of a samba server that is on a remote segment\&. This option
+will allow you to gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across
+routed networks\&. This is done in a manner that does not work with any
+non-samba servers\&.
+.IP 
+This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local clients to
+appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation
+rules don\'t work\&. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you can
+send IP packets to\&.
+.IP 
 For example:
-
-       remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255
-
-the above line would cause nmbd to request the master browser on the
-specified subnets or addresses to synchronise their browse lists with
-the local server.
-
+.IP 
+\f(CW	remote browse sync = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255 192\&.168\&.4\&.255\fP
+.IP 
+the above line would cause \fBnmbd\fP to request the
+master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to synchronise
+their browse lists with the local server\&.
+.IP 
 The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast addresses
 of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known
-browse masters if your network config is that stable. If a machine IP
+browse masters if your network config is that stable\&. If a machine IP
 address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate that the remote
 machine is available, is listening, nor that it is in fact the browse
-master on it's segment.
-
-
-.SS revalidate (S)
-
+master on it\'s segment\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	remote browse sync = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	remote browse sync = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255 192\&.168\&.4\&.255\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBrevalidate (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Note that this option only works with
+\fB"security=share"\fP and will be ignored if
+this is not the case\&.
+.IP 
 This option controls whether Samba will allow a previously validated
-username/password pair to be used to attach to a share. Thus if you
-connect to \e\eserver\eshare1 then to \e\eserver\eshare2 it won't
+username/password pair to be used to attach to a share\&. Thus if you
+connect to \f(CW\e\eserver\eshare1\fP then to \f(CW\e\eserver\eshare2\fP it won\'t
 automatically allow the client to request connection to the second
-share as the same username as the first without a password.
-
-Note that this option only works with security=share and will
-be ignored if this is not the case.
-
-If "revalidate" is True then the client will be denied automatic
-access as the same username.
-
-.B Default:
-	revalidate = False
-
-.B Example:
-	revalidate = True
-
-.SS root (G)
-See
-.B root directory.
-.SS root dir (G)
-See
-.B root directory.
-.SS root directory (G)
-Synonyms for this parameter are 'root dir' and 'root'.
-
-The server will chroot() to this directory on startup. This is not 
-strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the server
-will deny access to files not in one of the service entries. It may 
-also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other parts of the 
-filesystem, or attempts to use .. in file names to access other 
-directories (depending on the setting of the "wide links" parameter).
-
-Adding a "root dir" entry other than "/" adds an extra level of security, 
-but at a price. It absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not
-in the sub-tree specified in the "root dir" option, *including* some files 
-needed for complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability
-of the server you will need to mirror some system files into the "root dir"
-tree. In particular you will need to mirror /etc/passwd (or a subset of it),
-and any binaries or configuration files needed for printing (if required). 
-The set of files that must be mirrored is operating system dependent.
-
-.B Default:
- 	root directory = /
-
-.B Example:
- 	root directory = /homes/smb
-.SS root postexec (S)
-
-This is the same as postexec except that the command is run as
-root. This is useful for unmounting filesystems (such as cdroms) after
-a connection is closed.
-
-.SS root preexec (S)
-
-This is the same as preexec except that the command is run as
-root. This is useful for mounting filesystems (such as cdroms) before
-a connection is finalised.
-
-.SS security (G)
-This option affects how clients respond to Samba.
-
-The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to protocol negotiations
-to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide based on this bit 
-whether (and how) to transfer user and password information to the server.
-
-The default is "security=SHARE", mainly because that was the only
-option at one stage.
-
-The alternatives are "security = user" or "security = server". 
-
+share as the same username as the first without a password\&.
+.IP 
+If \fB"revalidate"\fP is \f(CW"True"\fP then the client will be denied
+automatic access as the same username\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	revalidate = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	revalidate = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBroot (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"root directory"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBroot dir (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"root directory"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBroot directory (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+The server will \f(CW"chroot()"\fP (ie\&. Change it\'s root directory) to
+this directory on startup\&. This is not strictly necessary for secure
+operation\&. Even without it the server will deny access to files not in
+one of the service entries\&. It may also check for, and deny access to,
+soft links to other parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use
+\f(CW"\&.\&."\fP in file names to access other directories (depending on the
+setting of the \fB"wide links"\fP parameter)\&.
+.IP 
+Adding a \fB"root directory"\fP entry other than \f(CW"/"\fP adds an extra
+level of security, but at a price\&. It absolutely ensures that no
+access is given to files not in the sub-tree specified in the \fB"root
+directory"\fP option, \fI*including*\fP some files needed for complete
+operation of the server\&. To maintain full operability of the server
+you will need to mirror some system files into the \fB"root
+directory"\fP tree\&. In particular you will need to mirror /etc/passwd
+(or a subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed
+for printing (if required)\&. The set of files that must be mirrored is
+operating system dependent\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	root directory = /\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	root directory = /homes/smb\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBroot postexec (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is the same as the \fB"postexec"\fP parameter
+except that the command is run as root\&. This is useful for unmounting
+filesystems (such as cdroms) after a connection is closed\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"postexec"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBroot preexec (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is the same as the \fB"preexec"\fP parameter except
+that the command is run as root\&. This is useful for mounting
+filesystems (such as cdroms) before a connection is finalised\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"preexec"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsecurity (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option affects how clients respond to Samba and is one of the most
+important settings in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+The option sets the \f(CW"security mode bit"\fP in replies to protocol
+negotiations with \fBsmbd\fP to turn share level
+security on or off\&. Clients decide based on this bit whether (and how)
+to transfer user and password information to the server\&.
+.IP 
+The default is "security=user", as this is
+the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows
+NT\&.
+.IP 
+The alternatives are \fB"security = share"\fP,
+\fB"security = server"\fP or
+\fB"security=domain"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fI*****NOTE THAT THIS DEFAULT IS DIFFERENT IN SAMBA2\&.0 THAN FOR
+PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF SAMBA *******\fP\&.
+.IP 
+In previous versions of Samba the default was
+\fB"security=share"\fP mainly because that was
+the only option at one stage\&.
+.IP 
+There is a bug in WfWg that has relevence to this setting\&. When in
+user or server level security a WfWg client will totally ignore the
+password you type in the "connect drive" dialog box\&. This makes it
+very difficult (if not impossible) to connect to a Samba service as
+anyone except the user that you are logged into WfWg as\&.
+.IP 
 If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the
-UNIX machine then you will want to use "security = user". If you
-mostly use usernames that don't exist on the UNIX box then use
-"security = share".
-
-There is a bug in WfWg that may affect your decision. When in user
-level security a WfWg client will totally ignore the password you type
-in the "connect drive" dialog box. This makes it very difficult (if
-not impossible) to connect to a Samba service as anyone except the
-user that you are logged into WfWg as.
-
-If you use "security = server" then Samba will try to validate the
-username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT
-box. If this fails it will revert to "security = USER", but note that
-if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot revert
-back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid 
-smbpasswd file to check users against. See the documentation
-docs/ENCRYPTION.txt for details on how to set this up.
-
-See the "password server" option for more details.
-
-.B Default:
- 	security = SHARE
-
-.B Example:
- 	security = USER
-.SS server string (G)
+UNIX machine then you will want to use \fB"security = user"\fP\&. If you
+mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
+\fB"security = share"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+You should also use \fBsecurity=share\fP if
+you want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest
+shares)\&. This is commonly used for a shared printer server\&. It is more
+difficult to setup guest shares with
+\fBsecurity=user\fP, see the \fB"map to
+guest"\fPparameter for details\&.
+.IP 
+It is possible to use \fBsmbd\fP in a \fI"hybred
+mode"\fP where it is offers both user and share level security under
+different \fBNetBIOS aliases\fP\&. See the
+\fBNetBIOS aliases\fP and the
+\fBinclude\fP parameters for more information\&.
+.IP 
+The different settings will now be explained\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB"security=share"\fP" 
+When clients connect to a share level
+security server then need not log onto the server with a valid
+username and password before attempting to connect to a shared
+resource (although modern clients such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT
+will send a logon request with a username but no password when talking
+to a \fBsecurity=share\fP server)\&. Instead, the clients send
+authentication information (passwords) on a per-share basis, at the
+time they attempt to connect to that share\&.
+.IP 
+Note that \fBsmbd\fP \fI*ALWAYS*\fP uses a valid UNIX
+user to act on behalf of the client, even in \fB"security=share"\fP
+level security\&.
+.IP 
+As clients are not required to send a username to the server
+in share level security, \fBsmbd\fP uses several
+techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf
+of the client\&.
+.IP 
+A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given
+client password is constructed using the following methods :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+If the \fB"guest only"\fP parameter is set, then
+all the other stages are missed and only the \fB"guest
+account"\fP username is checked\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Is a username is sent with the share connection request, then
+this username (after mapping - see \fB"username
+map"\fP), is added as a potential username\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+If the client did a previous \fI"logon"\fP request (the
+SessionSetup SMB call) then the username sent in this SMB
+will be added as a potential username\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+The name of the service the client requested is added
+as a potential username\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+The NetBIOS name of the client is added to the list as a
+potential username\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Any users on the \fB"user"\fP list are added
+as potential usernames\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+If the \fB"guest only"\fP parameter is not set, then
+this list is then tried with the supplied password\&. The first user for
+whom the password matches will be used as the UNIX user\&.
+.IP 
+If the \fB"guest only"\fP parameter is set, or no
+username can be determined then if the share is marked as available to
+the \fB"guest account"\fP, then this guest user will
+be used, otherwise access is denied\&.
+.IP 
+Note that it can be \fI*very*\fP confusing in share-level security as to
+which UNIX username will eventually be used in granting access\&.
+.IP 
+See also the section \fB"NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD
+VALIDATION"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB"security=user"\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is the default security setting in Samba2\&.0\&. With user-level
+security a client must first \f(CW"log-on"\fP with a valid username and
+password (which can be mapped using the \fB"username
+map"\fP parameter)\&. Encrypted passwords (see the
+\fB"encrypted passwords"\fP parameter) can also
+be used in this security mode\&. Parameters such as
+\fB"user"\fP and \fB"guest only"\fP, if set
+are then applied and may change the UNIX user to use on this
+connection, but only after the user has been successfully
+authenticated\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that the the name of the resource being requested is
+\fI*not*\fP sent to the server until after the server has successfully
+authenticated the client\&. This is why guest shares don\'t work in user
+level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown
+users into the \fB"guest account"\fP\&. See the
+\fB"map to guest"\fP parameter for details on
+doing this\&.
+.IP 
+See also the section \fB"NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD
+VALIDATION"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB"security=server"\fP" 
+.IP 
+In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by
+passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box\&. If this fails it
+will revert to \fB"security = user"\fP, but note that if encrypted
+passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot revert back to
+checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid smbpasswd file
+to check users against\&. See the documentation file in the docs/
+directory ENCRYPTION\&.txt for details on how to set this up\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that from the clients point of view \fB"security=server"\fP is
+the same as \fB"security=user"\fP\&. It only
+affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in
+any way affect what the client sees\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that the the name of the resource being requested is
+\fI*not*\fP sent to the server until after the server has successfully
+authenticated the client\&. This is why guest shares don\'t work in server
+level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown
+users into the \fB"guest account"\fP\&. See the
+\fB"map to guest"\fP parameter for details on
+doing this\&.
+.IP 
+See also the section \fB"NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD
+VALIDATION"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"password server"\fP parameter\&.
+and the \fB"encrypted passwords"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB"security=domain"\fP" 
+.IP 
+This mode will only work correctly if
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP has been used to add this machine
+into a Windows NT Domain\&. It expects the \fB"encrypted
+passwords"\fP parameter to be set to \f(CW"true"\fP\&. In
+this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing
+it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly the
+same way that a Windows NT Server would do\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that a valid UNIX user must still exist as well as the
+account on the Domain Controller to allow Samba to have a valid
+UNIX account to map file access to\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that from the clients point of view \fB"security=domain"\fP is
+the same as \fB"security=user"\fP\&. It only
+affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in
+any way affect what the client sees\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that the the name of the resource being requested is
+\fI*not*\fP sent to the server until after the server has successfully
+authenticated the client\&. This is why guest shares don\'t work in domain
+level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown
+users into the \fB"guest account"\fP\&. See the
+\fB"map to guest"\fP parameter for details on
+doing this\&.
+.IP 
+e,(BUG:) There is currently a bug in the implementation of
+\fB"security=domain\fP with respect to multi-byte character
+set usernames\&. The communication with a Domain Controller
+must be done in UNICODE and Samba currently does not widen
+multi-byte user names to UNICODE correctly, thus a multi-byte
+username will not be recognised correctly at the Domain Controller\&.
+This issue will be addressed in a future release\&.
+.IP 
+See also the section \fB"NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD
+VALIDATION"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"password server"\fP parameter\&.
+and the \fB"encrypted passwords"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	security = USER\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	security = DOMAIN\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBserver string (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in
-print manager and next to the IPC connection in "net view". It can be
-any string that you wish to show to your users.
-
-It also sets what will appear in browse lists next to the machine name.
-
-A %v will be replaced with the Samba version number.
-
-A %h will be replaced with the hostname.
-
-.B Default:
-	server string = Samba %v
-
-.B Example:
-	server string = University of GNUs Samba Server
-
-.SS set directory (S)
-If 'set directory = no', then users of the service may not use the setdir
-command to change directory.
-
-The setdir command is only implemented in the Digital Pathworks client. See the
-Pathworks documentation for details.
-
-.B Default:
- 	set directory = no
-
-.B Example:
- 	set directory = yes
-
-.SS shared file entries (G)
-This parameter has been removed (as of Samba 1.9.18 and above). The new
-System V shared memory code prohibits the user from allocating the
-share hash bucket size directly.
-
-.SS shared mem size (G)
-This parameter is only useful when Samba has been compiled with FAST_SHARE_MODES.
-It specifies the size of the shared memory (in bytes) to use between smbd 
-processes. You should never change this parameter unless you have studied 
-the source and know what you are doing. This parameter defaults to 1024
-multiplied by the setting of the maximum number of open files in the
-file local.h in the Samba source code. MAX_OPEN_FILES is normally set
-to 100, so this parameter defaults to 102400 bytes.
-
-.B Default
-	shared mem size = 102400
-
-.SS smb passwd file (G)
-This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. This is a *VERY
-DANGEROUS OPTION* if the smb.conf is user writable. By default the path
-to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.
-
-.SS smbrun (G)
-This sets the full path to the smbrun binary. This defaults to the
-value in the Makefile.
-
-You must get this path right for many services to work correctly.
-
-.B Default:
-taken from Makefile
-
-.B Example:
-	smbrun = /usr/local/samba/bin/smbrun
-
-.SS share modes (S)
-
-This enables or disables the honouring of the "share modes" during a
-file open. These modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or
-write access to a file. 
-
+print manager and next to the IPC connection in \f(CW"net view"\fP\&. It can be
+any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
+.IP 
+It also sets what will appear in browse lists next to the machine
+name\&.
+.IP 
+A \f(CW"%v"\fP will be replaced with the Samba version number\&.
+.IP 
+A \f(CW"%h"\fP will be replaced with the hostname\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	server string = Samba %v\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	server string = University of GNUs Samba Server\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBset directory (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If \f(CW"set directory = no"\fP, then users of the service may not use the
+setdir command to change directory\&.
+.IP 
+The setdir command is only implemented in the Digital Pathworks
+client\&. See the Pathworks documentation for details\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	set directory = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	set directory = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBshare modes (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This enables or disables the honouring of the \f(CW"share modes"\fP during a
+file open\&. These modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or
+write access to a file\&.
+.IP 
 These open modes are not directly supported by UNIX, so they are
-simulated using lock files in the "lock directory". The "lock
-directory" specified in smb.conf must be readable by all users.
-
+simulated using shared memory, or lock files if your UNIX doesn\'t
+support shared memory (almost all do)\&.
+.IP 
 The share modes that are enabled by this option are DENY_DOS,
-DENY_ALL, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE, DENY_NONE and DENY_FCB.
-
-Enabling this option gives full share compatibility but may cost a bit
-of processing time on the UNIX server. They are enabled by default.
-
-.B Default:
-	share modes = yes
-
-.B Example:
-	share modes = no
-
-.SS short preserve case (S)
-
-This controls if new short filenames are created with the case that
-the client passes, or if they are forced to be the "default" case.
-
-.B Default:
-       short preserve case = no
-
-See the section on "NAME MANGLING" for a fuller discussion.
-
-.SS socket address (G)
-
+DENY_ALL, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE, DENY_NONE and DENY_FCB\&.
+.IP 
+This option gives full share compatibility and enabled by default\&.
+.IP 
+You should \fI*NEVER*\fP turn this parameter off as many Windows
+applications will break if you do so\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	share modes = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBshared mem size (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+It specifies the size of the shared memory (in bytes) to use between
+\fBsmbd\fP processes\&. This parameter defaults to one
+megabyte of shared memory\&. It is possible that if you have a large
+server with many files open simultaneously that you may need to
+increase this parameter\&. Signs that this parameter is set too low are
+users reporting strange problems trying to save files (locking errors)
+and error messages in the smbd log looking like \f(CW"ERROR
+smb_shm_alloc : alloc of XX bytes failed"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	shared mem size = 1048576\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	shared mem size = 5242880 ; Set to 5mb for a large number of files\&.\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBshort preserve case (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8\&.3
+syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created
+upper case, or if they are forced to be the \f(CW"default"\fP case\&. This
+option can be use with \fB"preserve case
+=yes"\fP to permit long filenames to retain their
+case, while short names are lowered\&. Default \fIYes\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See the section on \fBNAME MANGLING\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	short preserve case = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsmb passwd file (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file\&.  By default
+the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	smb passwd file= <compiled default>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	smb passwd file = /usr/samba/private/smbpasswd\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsmbrun (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This sets the full path to the \fBsmbrun\fP binary\&. This defaults to the
+value in the Makefile\&.
+.IP 
+You must get this path right for many services to work correctly\&.
+.IP 
+You should not need to change this parameter so long as Samba
+is installed correctly\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	smbrun=<compiled default>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	smbrun = /usr/local/samba/bin/smbrun\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsocket address (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option allows you to control what address Samba will listen for
-connections on. This is used to support multiple virtual interfaces on
-the one server, each with a different configuration.
-
-By default samba will accept connections on any address.
-
-.B Example:
-	socket address = 192.168.2.20
-
-.SS socket options (G)
-This option (which can also be invoked with the -O command line
-option) allows you to set socket options to be used when talking with
-the client.
-
+connections on\&. This is used to support multiple virtual interfaces on
+the one server, each with a different configuration\&.
+.IP 
+By default samba will accept connections on any address\&.
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	socket address = 192\&.168\&.2\&.20\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsocket options (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option allows you to set socket options to be used when talking
+with the client\&.
+.IP 
 Socket options are controls on the networking layer of the operating
-systems which allow the connection to be tuned.
-
+systems which allow the connection to be tuned\&.
+.IP 
 This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server for
-optimal performance for your local network. There is no way that Samba
+optimal performance for your local network\&. There is no way that Samba
 can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, so you must
-experiment and choose them yourself. I strongly suggest you read the
+experiment and choose them yourself\&. We strongly suggest you read the
 appropriate documentation for your operating system first (perhaps
-"man setsockopt" will help).
-
+\fB"man setsockopt"\fP will help)\&.
+.IP 
 You may find that on some systems Samba will say "Unknown socket
-option" when you supply an option. This means you either mis-typed it
-or you need to add an include file to includes.h for your OS. If the
-latter is the case please send the patch to me
-(samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au).
-
+option" when you supply an option\&. This means you either mis-typed it
+or you need to add an include file to includes\&.h for your OS\&. If the
+latter is the case please send the patch to
+\fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.IP 
 Any of the supported socket options may be combined in any way you
-like, as long as your OS allows it.
-
+like, as long as your OS allows it\&.
+.IP 
 This is the list of socket options currently settable using this
 option:
-
-  SO_KEEPALIVE
-
-  SO_REUSEADDR
-
-  SO_BROADCAST
-
-  TCP_NODELAY
-
-  IPTOS_LOWDELAY
-
-  IPTOS_THROUGHPUT
-
-  SO_SNDBUF *
-
-  SO_RCVBUF *
-
-  SO_SNDLOWAT *
-
-  SO_RCVLOWAT *
-
-Those marked with a * take an integer argument. The others can
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_KEEPALIVE
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_REUSEADDR
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_BROADCAST
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+TCP_NODELAY
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+IPTOS_LOWDELAY
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+IPTOS_THROUGHPUT
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_SNDBUF *
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_RCVBUF *
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_SNDLOWAT *
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+SO_RCVLOWAT *
+.IP 
+.IP 
+Those marked with a \f(CW*\fP take an integer argument\&. The others can
 optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable or disable the option, by
-default they will be enabled if you don't specify 1 or 0.
-
+default they will be enabled if you don\'t specify 1 or 0\&.
+.IP 
 To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION=VALUE for example
-SO_SNDBUF=8192. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after
-the = sign.
-
+\f(CWSO_SNDBUF=8192\fP\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after
+the = sign\&.
+.IP 
 If you are on a local network then a sensible option might be
-
-socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY
-
-If you have an almost unloaded local network and you don't mind a lot
-of extra CPU usage in the server then you could try
-
-socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY
-
+.IP 
+\f(CWsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\fP
+.IP 
+If you have a local network then you could try:
+.IP 
+\f(CWsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY\fP
+.IP 
 If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try setting
-IPTOS_THROUGHPUT. 
-
+IPTOS_THROUGHPUT\&. 
+.IP 
 Note that several of the options may cause your Samba server to fail
-completely. Use these options with caution!
-
-.B Default:
-	no socket options
-
-.B Example:
-	socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY	
-
-
-
-
-.SS status (G)
+completely\&. Use these options with caution!
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	socket options = TCP_NODELAY\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This variable enables or disables the entire SSL mode\&. If it is set to
+"no", the SSL enabled samba behaves exactly like the non-SSL samba\&. If
+set to "yes", it depends on the variables \fB"ssl
+hosts"\fP and \fB"ssl hosts resign"\fP
+whether an SSL connection will be required\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl=no\fP
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl=yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl CA certDir (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This variable defines where to look up the Certification
+Autorities\&. The given directory should contain one file for each CA
+that samba will trust\&.  The file name must be the hash value over the
+"Distinguished Name" of the CA\&. How this directory is set up is
+explained later in this document\&. All files within the directory that
+don\'t fit into this naming scheme are ignored\&. You don\'t need this
+variable if you don\'t verify client certificates\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl CA certDir = /usr/local/ssl/certs\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl CA certFile (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This variable is a second way to define the trusted CAs\&. The
+certificates of the trusted CAs are collected in one big file and this
+variable points to the file\&. You will probably only use one of the two
+ways to define your CAs\&. The first choice is preferable if you have
+many CAs or want to be flexible, the second is perferable if you only
+have one CA and want to keep things simple (you won\'t need to create
+the hashed file names)\&. You don\'t need this variable if you don\'t
+verify client certificates\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl CA certFile = /usr/local/ssl/certs/trustedCAs\&.pem\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl ciphers (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This variable defines the ciphers that should be offered during SSL
+negotiation\&. You should not set this variable unless you know what you
+are doing\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl client cert (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+The certificate in this file is used by
+\fBsmbclient\fP if it exists\&. It\'s needed if the
+server requires a client certificate\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl client cert = /usr/local/ssl/certs/smbclient\&.pem\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl client key (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This is the private key for \fBsmbclient\fP\&. It\'s
+only needed if the client should have a certificate\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl client key = /usr/local/ssl/private/smbclient\&.pem\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl compatibility (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This variable defines whether SSLeay should be configured for bug
+compatibility with other SSL implementations\&. This is probably not
+desirable because currently no clients with SSL implementations other
+than SSLeay exist\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl compatibility = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl hosts (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+See \fB"ssl hosts resign"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl hosts resign (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+These two variables define whether samba will go into SSL mode or
+not\&. If none of them is defined, samba will allow only SSL
+connections\&. If the \fB"ssl hosts"\fP variable lists
+hosts (by IP-address, IP-address range, net group or name), only these
+hosts will be forced into SSL mode\&. If the \fB"ssl hosts resign"\fP
+variable lists hosts, only these hosts will NOT be forced into SSL
+mode\&. The syntax for these two variables is the same as for the
+\fB"hosts allow"\fP and \fB"hosts
+deny"\fP pair of variables, only that the subject of the
+decision is different: It\'s not the access right but whether SSL is
+used or not\&. See the \fB"allow hosts"\fP parameter for
+details\&. The example below requires SSL connections from all hosts
+outside the local net (which is 192\&.168\&.*\&.*)\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl hosts = <empty string>\fP
+\f(CW	ssl hosts resign = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl hosts resign = 192\&.168\&.\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl require clientcert (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+If this variable is set to \f(CW"yes"\fP, the server will not tolerate
+connections from clients that don\'t have a valid certificate\&. The
+directory/file given in \fB"ssl CA certDir"\fP and
+\fB"ssl CA certFile"\fP will be used to look up the
+CAs that issued the client\'s certificate\&. If the certificate can\'t be
+verified positively, the connection will be terminated\&.  If this
+variable is set to \f(CW"no"\fP, clients don\'t need certificates\&. Contrary
+to web applications you really \fI*should*\fP require client
+certificates\&. In the web environment the client\'s data is sensitive
+(credit card numbers) and the server must prove to be trustworthy\&. In
+a file server environment the server\'s data will be sensitive and the
+clients must prove to be trustworthy\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl require clientcert = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl require servercert (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+If this variable is set to \f(CW"yes"\fP, the
+\fBsmbclient\fP will request a certificate from
+the server\&. Same as \fB"ssl require
+clientcert"\fP for the server\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl require servercert = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl server cert (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This is the file containing the server\'s certificate\&. The server _must_
+have a certificate\&. The file may also contain the server\'s private key\&.
+See later for how certificates and private keys are created\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl server cert = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl server key (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This file contains the private key of the server\&. If this variable is
+not defined, the key is looked up in the certificate file (it may be
+appended to the certificate)\&. The server \fI*must*\fP have a private key
+and the certificate \fI*must*\fP match this private key\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl server key = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBssl version (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This variable is part of SSL-enabled Samba\&. This is only available if
+the SSL libraries have been compiled on your system and the configure
+option \f(CW"--with-ssl"\fP was given at configure time\&.
+.IP 
+\fINote\fP that for export control reasons this code is \fI**NOT**\fP
+enabled by default in any current binary version of Samba\&.
+.IP 
+This enumeration variable defines the versions of the SSL protocol
+that will be used\&. \f(CW"ssl2or3"\fP allows dynamic negotiation of SSL v2
+or v3, \f(CW"ssl2"\fP results in SSL v2, \f(CW"ssl3"\fP results in SSL v3 and
+"tls1" results in TLS v1\&. TLS (Transport Layer Security) is the
+(proposed?) new standard for SSL\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	ssl version = "ssl2or3"\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBstat cache (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter determines if \fBsmbd\fP will use a
+cache in order to speed up case insensitive name mappings\&. You should
+never need to change this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	stat cache = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBstat cache size (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter determines the number of entries in the \fBstat
+cache\fP\&.  You should never need to change this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	stat cache size = 50\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBstatus (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This enables or disables logging of connections to a status file that
-.B smbstatus
-can read.
-
-With this disabled
-.B smbstatus
-won't be able to tell you what
-connections are active.
-
-.B Default:
-	status = yes
-
-.B Example:
-	status = no
-
-.SS strict locking (S)
+\fBsmbstatus\fP can read\&.
+.IP 
+With this disabled \fBsmbstatus\fP won\'t be able
+to tell you what connections are active\&. You should never need to
+change this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+status = yes
+.IP 
+dir(\fBstrict locking (S)\fP)
+.IP 
 This is a boolean that controls the handling of file locking in the
-server. When this is set to yes the server will check every read and
-write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can
-be slow on some systems.
-
-When strict locking is "no" the server does file lock checks only when
-the client explicitly asks for them. 
-
+server\&. When this is set to \f(CW"yes"\fP the server will check every read and
+write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist\&. This can
+be slow on some systems\&.
+.IP 
+When strict locking is \f(CW"no"\fP the server does file lock checks only
+when the client explicitly asks for them\&.
+.IP 
 Well behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it is important,
-so in the vast majority of cases "strict locking = no" is preferable.
-
-.B Default:
-	strict locking = no
-
-.B Example:
-	strict locking = yes
-
-.SS strict sync (S)
-Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer
-shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with
-doing a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process
-to be suspended until the kernel has ensured that all outstanding
-data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored onto stable
-storate. This is very slow and should only be done rarely. Setting
-this parameter to "no" (the default) means that smbd ignores the
-Windows applications requests for a sync call. There is only a
-possibility of losing data if the operating system itself that
-Samba is running on crashes, so there is little danger in this
-default setting. In addition, this fixes many performace problems
-that people have reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell
-file copies.
-
-See also the "sync always" parameter.
-
-.B Default:
-     strict sync = no
-
-.B Example:
-     strict sync = yes
-
-
-.SS strip dot (G)
+so in the vast majority of cases \fB"strict locking = no"\fP is
+preferable\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	strict locking = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	strict locking = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBstrict sync (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer shell)
+seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing a sync to
+disk\&. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be suspended until
+the kernel has ensured that all outstanding data in kernel disk
+buffers has been safely stored onto stable storate\&. This is very slow
+and should only be done rarely\&. Setting this parameter to "no" (the
+default) means that smbd ignores the Windows applications requests for
+a sync call\&. There is only a possibility of losing data if the
+operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is
+little danger in this default setting\&. In addition, this fixes many
+performance problems that people have reported with the new Windows98
+explorer shell file copies\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"sync always"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	strict sync = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	strict sync = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBstrip dot (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a boolean that controls whether to strip trailing dots off
-UNIX filenames. This helps with some CDROMs that have filenames ending in a
-single dot.
-
-.B Default:
-	strip dot = no
-
-.B Example:
-    strip dot = yes
-
-.SS syslog (G)
-This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the
-system syslog logging levels. Samba debug level zero maps onto
-syslog LOG_ERR, debug level one maps onto LOG_WARNING, debug
-level two maps to LOG_NOTICE, debug level three maps onto LOG_INFO.
-The paramter sets the threshold for doing the mapping, all Samba
-debug messages above this threashold are mapped to syslog LOG_DEBUG
-messages.
-
-.B Default:
-
-	syslog = 1
-
-.SS syslog only (G)
-If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into
-the system syslog only, and not to the debug log files.
-
-.B Default:
-	syslog only = no
-
-.SS sync always (S)
-
+UNIX filenames\&. This helps with some CDROMs that have filenames ending
+in a single dot\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	strip dot = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	strip dot = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsync always (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a boolean parameter that controls whether writes will always
-be written to stable storage before the write call returns. If this is
-false then the server will be guided by the client's request in each
+be written to stable storage before the write call returns\&. If this is
+false then the server will be guided by the client\'s request in each
 write call (clients can set a bit indicating that a particular write
-should be synchronous). If this is true then every write will be
-followed by a fsync() call to ensure the data is written to disk.
-Note that the "strict sync" parameter must be set to "yes" in
-order for this parameter to have any affect.
-
-See also the "strict sync" parameter.
-
-.B Default:
-	sync always = no
-
-.B Example:
-	sync always = yes
-
-.SS time offset (G)
+should be synchronous)\&. If this is true then every write will be
+followed by a fsync() call to ensure the data is written to disk\&.
+Note that the \fB"strict sync"\fP parameter must be
+set to \f(CW"yes"\fP in order for this parameter to have any affect\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"strict sync"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	sync always = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBxample:\fP
+\f(CW	sync always = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsyslog (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the
+system syslog logging levels\&. Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog
+LOG_ERR, debug level one maps onto LOG_WARNING, debug level two maps
+to LOG_NOTICE, debug level three maps onto LOG_INFO\&.  The paramter
+sets the threshold for doing the mapping, all Samba debug messages
+above this threashold are mapped to syslog LOG_DEBUG messages\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	syslog = 1\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsyslog only (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the
+system syslog only, and not to the debug log files\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	syslog only = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBtime offset (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This parameter is a setting in minutes to add to the normal GMT to
-local time conversion. This is useful if you are serving a lot of PCs
-that have incorrect daylight saving time handling.
-
-.B Default:
-	time offset = 0
-
-.B Example:
-	time offset = 60
-
-.SS time server (G)
-This parameter determines if nmbd advertises itself as a time server
-to Windows clients. The default is False.
-
-.B Default:
-	time server = False
-
-.B Example:
-	time server = True
-
-.SS unix password sync (G)
+local time conversion\&. This is useful if you are serving a lot of PCs
+that have incorrect daylight saving time handling\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	time offset = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	time offset = 60\fP
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBtime server (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter determines if \fBnmbd\fP advertises
+itself as a time server to Windows clients\&. The default is False\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	time server = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	time server = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBtimestamp logs (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Samba2\&.0 will a timestamps to all log entries by default\&. This
+can be distracting if you are attempting to debug a problem\&. This
+parameter allows the timestamping to be turned off\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	timestamp logs = True\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	timestamp logs = False\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBunix password sync (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This boolean parameter controlls whether Samba attempts to synchronise
-the UNIX password with the SMB password when the encrypted SMB password
-in the smbpasswd file is changed. If this is set to true the 'passwd program'
-program is called *AS ROOT* - to allow the new UNIX password to be set
-without access to the old UNIX password (as the SMB password has change
-code has no access to the old password cleartext, only the new). By
-default this is set to false.
-
-See also 'passwd program', 'passwd chat'
-
-.B Default:
-         unix password sync = False
-
-.B Example:
-         unix password sync = True
-
-.SS unix realname (G)
-This boolean parameter when set causes samba to supply the real name field
-from the unix password file to the client. This is useful for setting up
-mail clients and WWW browsers on systems used by more than one person.
-
-.B Default:
-	unix realname = no
-
-.B Example:
-	unix realname = yes
-
-.SS update encrypted (G)
+the UNIX password with the SMB password when the encrypted SMB
+password in the smbpasswd file is changed\&. If this is set to true the
+program specified in the \fB"passwd program"\fP
+parameter is called \fI*AS ROOT*\fP - to allow the new UNIX password to be
+set without access to the old UNIX password (as the SMB password has
+change code has no access to the old password cleartext, only the
+new)\&. By default this is set to \f(CW"false"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"passwd program"\fP, \fB"passwd
+chat"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	unix password sync = False\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	unix password sync = True\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBunix realname (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean parameter when set causes samba to supply the real name
+field from the unix password file to the client\&. This is useful for
+setting up mail clients and WWW browsers on systems used by more than
+one person\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	unix realname = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	unix realname = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBupdate encrypted (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext
 password to have their encrypted (hashed) password in the smbpasswd
-file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows
-a site to migrate from plaintext password authentication (users 
+file to be updated automatically as they log on\&. This option allows a
+site to migrate from plaintext password authentication (users
 authenticate with plaintext password over the wire, and are checked
 against a UNIX account database) to encrypted password authentication
 (the SMB challenge/response authentication mechanism) without forcing
-all users to re-enter their passwords via smbpasswd at the time the change
-is made. This is a convenience option to allow the change over to
-encrypted passwords to be made over a longer period. Once all users
+all users to re-enter their passwords via smbpasswd at the time the
+change is made\&. This is a convenience option to allow the change over
+to encrypted passwords to be made over a longer period\&. Once all users
 have encrypted representations of their passwords in the smbpasswd
-file this parameter should be set to "off".
-
-In order for this parameter to work correctly the "encrypt passwords"
-must be set to "no" when this parameter is set to "yes".
-
+file this parameter should be set to \f(CW"off"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+In order for this parameter to work correctly the \fB"encrypt
+passwords"\fP parameter must be set to \f(CW"no"\fP when
+this parameter is set to \f(CW"yes"\fP\&.
+.IP 
 Note that even when this parameter is set a user authenticating to
 smbd must still enter a valid password in order to connect correctly,
-and to update their hashed (smbpasswd) passwords.
-
-.B Default:
-	update encrypted = no
-
-.B Example:
-	update encrypted = yes
-
-.SS user (S)
-See
-.B username.
-.SS username (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'user'.
-
-Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited list, in which case the
-supplied password will be tested against each username in turn (left to right).
-
-The username= line is needed only when the PC is unable to supply its own
-username. This is the case for the coreplus protocol or where your
-users have different WfWg usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these
-cases you may also be better using the \e\eserver\eshare%user syntax
-instead. 
-
-The username= line is not a great solution in many cases as it means Samba
-will try to validate the supplied password against each of the
-usernames in the username= line in turn. This is slow and a bad idea for
-lots of users in case of duplicate passwords. You may get timeouts or
-security breaches using this parameter unwisely.
-
-Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security. This parameter does not
+and to update their hashed (smbpasswd) passwords\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	update encrypted = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	update encrypted = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBuse rhosts (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+If this global parameter is a true, it specifies that the UNIX users
+\f(CW"\&.rhosts"\fP file in their home directory will be read to find the
+names of hosts and users who will be allowed access without specifying
+a password\&.
+.IP 
+NOTE: The use of \fBuse rhosts\fP can be a major security hole\&. This is
+because you are trusting the PC to supply the correct username\&. It is
+very easy to get a PC to supply a false username\&. I recommend that the
+\fBuse rhosts\fP option be only used if you really know what you are
+doing\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	use rhosts = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	use rhosts = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBuser (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"username"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBusers (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"username"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBusername (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited list, in which
+case the supplied password will be tested against each username in
+turn (left to right)\&.
+.IP 
+The \fBusername=\fP line is needed only when the PC is unable to supply
+its own username\&. This is the case for the COREPLUS protocol or where
+your users have different WfWg usernames to UNIX usernames\&. In both
+these cases you may also be better using the \f(CW\e\eserver\eshare%user\fP
+syntax instead\&.
+.IP 
+The \fBusername=\fP line is not a great solution in many cases as it
+means Samba will try to validate the supplied password against each of
+the usernames in the username= line in turn\&. This is slow and a bad
+idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords\&. You may get
+timeouts or security breaches using this parameter unwisely\&.
+.IP 
+Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security\&. This parameter does not
 restrict who can login, it just offers hints to the Samba server as to
-what usernames might correspond to the supplied password. Users can
+what usernames might correspond to the supplied password\&. Users can
 login as whoever they please and they will be able to do no more
-damage than if they started a telnet session. The daemon runs as the
+damage than if they started a telnet session\&. The daemon runs as the
 user that they log in as, so they cannot do anything that user cannot
-do.
-
+do\&.
+.IP 
 To restrict a service to a particular set of users you can use the
-"valid users=" line.
-
-If any of the usernames begin with a @ then the name will be looked up
-first in the yp netgroups list (if Samba is compiled with netgroup support),
-followed by a lookup in the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of
-all users in the group of that name.
-
-If any of the usernames begin with a + then the name will be looked up only
-in the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users in the 
-group of that name.
-
-If any of the usernames begin with a & then the name will be looked up only
-in the yp netgroups database (if Samba is compiled with netgroup support) and
-will expand to a list of all users in the netgroup group of that name.
-
-Note that searching though a groups database can take quite
-some time, and some clients may time out during the search.
-
-See the section below on username/password validation for more information
-on how this parameter determines access to the services.
-
-.B Default:
- 	The guest account if a guest service, else the name of the service.
+\fB"valid users="\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+If any of the usernames begin with a \f(CW\'@\'\fP then the name will be
+looked up first in the yp netgroups list (if Samba is compiled with
+netgroup support), followed by a lookup in the UNIX groups database
+and will expand to a list of all users in the group of that name\&.
+.IP 
+If any of the usernames begin with a \f(CW\'+\'\fP then the name will be
+looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list
+of all users in the group of that name\&.
+.IP 
+If any of the usernames begin with a \f(CW\'&\'\fP then the name will be
+looked up only in the yp netgroups database (if Samba is compiled with
+netgroup support) and will expand to a list of all users in the
+netgroup group of that name\&.
+.IP 
+Note that searching though a groups database can take quite some time,
+and some clients may time out during the search\&.
+.IP 
+See the section \fB"NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD
+VALIDATION"\fP for more
+information on how this parameter determines access to the services\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	The guest account if a guest service, else the name of the service\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExamples:\fP
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Examples:
  	username = fred
  	username = fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup
 
-.SS username level (G)
+.DE 
+ 
 
-This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at the real UNIX username,
-as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase username. By default Samba
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBusername level (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This option helps Samba to try and \'guess\' at the real UNIX username,
+as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase username\&. By default Samba
 tries all lowercase, followed by the username with the first letter
-capitalized, and fails if the username is not found on the UNIX machine.
-
-If this parameter is set to non-zero the behaviour changes. This 
-parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase combinations 
-to try whilst trying to determine the UNIX user name. The higher the number
-the more combinations will be tried, but the slower the discovery
-of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have strange
-usernames on your UNIX machine, such as 'AstrangeUser'.
-
-.B Default:
-    username level = 0
-
-.B Example:
-    username level = 5
-
-.SS username map (G)
-
+capitalized, and fails if the username is not found on the UNIX
+machine\&.
+.IP 
+If this parameter is set to non-zero the behaviour changes\&. This
+parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase
+combinations to try whilst trying to determine the UNIX user name\&. The
+higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower
+the discovery of usernames will be\&. Use this parameter when you have
+strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as \f(CW"AstrangeUser"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	username level = 0\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	username level = 5\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBusername map (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This option allows you to to specify a file containing a mapping of
-usernames from the clients to the server. This can be used for several
-purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or
-Windows machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map
+usernames from the clients to the server\&. This can be used for several
+purposes\&. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or
+Windows machines to those that the UNIX box uses\&. The other is to map
 multiple users to a single username so that they can more easily share
-files.
-
-The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single
-UNIX username on the left then a '=' followed by a list of usernames
-on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of
-the form @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in
-that group. The special client name '*' is a wildcard and matches any
-name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long.
-
+files\&.
+.IP 
+The map file is parsed line by line\&. Each line should contain a single
+UNIX username on the left then a \f(CW\'=\'\fP followed by a list of
+usernames on the right\&. The list of usernames on the right may contain
+names of the form @group in which case they will match any UNIX
+username in that group\&. The special client name \f(CW\'*\'\fP is a wildcard
+and matches any name\&. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023
+characters long\&.
+.IP 
 The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and
-comparing it with each username on the right hand side of the '='
-signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right
-hand side then it is replaced with the name on the left. Processing
-then continues with the next line.
-
-If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored
-
-If any line begins with an ! then the processing will stop after that
-line if a mapping was done by the line. Otherwise mapping continues
-with every line being processed. Using ! is most useful when you have
-a wildcard mapping line later in the file.
-
-For example to map from the name "admin" or "administrator" to the UNIX
-name "root" you would use
-
-	root = admin administrator
-
-Or to map anyone in the UNIX group "system" to the UNIX name "sys" you
-would use
-
-	sys = @system
-
-You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file.
-
-If Samba has been compiled with the -DNETGROUP compile option
-then the netgroup database is checked before the /etc/group
-database for matching groups.
-
+comparing it with each username on the right hand side of the \f(CW\'=\'\fP
+signs\&. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand
+side then it is replaced with the name on the left\&. Processing then
+continues with the next line\&.
+.IP 
+If any line begins with a \f(CW\'#\'\fP or a \f(CW\';\'\fP then it is ignored
+.IP 
+If any line begins with an \f(CW\'!\'\fP then the processing will stop after
+that line if a mapping was done by the line\&. Otherwise mapping
+continues with every line being processed\&. Using \f(CW\'!\'\fP is most
+useful when you have a wildcard mapping line later in the file\&.
+.IP 
+For example to map from the name \f(CW"admin"\fP or \f(CW"administrator"\fP to
+the UNIX name \f(CW"root"\fP you would use:
+.IP 
+\f(CW	root = admin administrator\fP
+.IP 
+Or to map anyone in the UNIX group \f(CW"system"\fP to the UNIX name
+\f(CW"sys"\fP you would use:
+.IP 
+\f(CW	sys = @system\fP
+.IP 
+You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file\&.
+.IP 
+If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup
+database is checked before the \f(CW/etc/group\fP database for matching
+groups\&.
+.IP 
 You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double
-quotes around the name. For example:
-
-	tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"
-
-would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username
-tridge.
-
+quotes around the name\&. For example:
+.IP 
+\f(CW	tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"\fP
+.IP 
+would map the windows username \f(CW"Andrew Tridgell"\fP to the unix
+username tridge\&.
+.IP 
 The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys,
-and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the ! to tell Samba to stop
-processing if it gets a match on that line.
+and map the rest to guest\&. Note the use of the \f(CW\'!\'\fP to tell Samba
+to stop processing if it gets a match on that line\&.
+.IP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
 	!sys = mary fred
 	guest = *
 
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
 Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of
-usernames. Thus if you connect to "\e\eserver\efred" and "fred" is
-remapped to "mary" then you will actually be connecting to
-"\e\eserver\emary" and will need to supply a password suitable for
-"mary" not "fred". The only exception to this is the username passed
-to the "password server" (if you have one). The password server will
-receive whatever username the client supplies without modification.
-
-Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is
-with printing. Users who have been mapped may have trouble deleting
-print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the
-print job.
-
-.B Default
-	no username map
-
-.B Example
-	username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map
-
-.SS valid chars (S)
-
+usernames\&. Thus if you connect to \f(CW"\e\eserver\efred"\fP and \f(CW"fred"\fP
+is remapped to \f(CW"mary"\fP then you will actually be connecting to
+\f(CW"\e\eserver\emary"\fP and will need to supply a password suitable for
+\f(CW"mary"\fP not \f(CW"fred"\fP\&. The only exception to this is the username
+passed to the \fB"password server"\fP (if you have
+one)\&. The password server will receive whatever username the client
+supplies without modification\&.
+.IP 
+Also note that no reverse mapping is done\&. The main effect this has is
+with printing\&. Users who have been mapped may have trouble deleting
+print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don\'t own the
+print job\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	no username map\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users\&.map\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBvalid chars (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 The option allows you to specify additional characters that should be
-considered valid by the server in filenames. This is particularly
-useful for national character sets, such as adding u-umlaut or a-ring.
-
+considered valid by the server in filenames\&. This is particularly
+useful for national character sets, such as adding u-umlaut or a-ring\&.
+.IP 
 The option takes a list of characters in either integer or character
-form with spaces between them. If you give two characters with a colon
-between them then it will be taken as an lowercase:uppercase pair.
-
+form with spaces between them\&. If you give two characters with a colon
+between them then it will be taken as an lowercase:uppercase pair\&.
+.IP 
 If you have an editor capable of entering the characters into the
-config file then it is probably easiest to use this method. Otherwise
+config file then it is probably easiest to use this method\&. Otherwise
 you can specify the characters in octal, decimal or hexadecimal form
-using the usual C notation.
-
-For example to add the single character 'Z' to the charset (which is a
-pointless thing to do as it's already there) you could do one of the
-following
-
-valid chars = Z
-valid chars = z:Z
-valid chars = 0132:0172
+using the usual C notation\&.
+.IP 
+For example to add the single character \f(CW\'Z\'\fP to the charset (which
+is a pointless thing to do as it\'s already there) you could do one of
+the following
+.IP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-The last two examples above actually add two characters, and alter
-the uppercase and lowercase mappings appropriately.
+	valid chars = Z
+	valid chars = z:Z
+	valid chars = 0132:0172
 
-Note that you MUST specify this parameter after the "client code page"
-parameter if you have both set. If "client code page" is set after
-the "valid chars" parameter the "valid chars" settings will be
-overwritten.
+.DE 
+ 
 
-See also the "client code page" parameter.
+.IP 
+The last two examples above actually add two characters, and alter the
+uppercase and lowercase mappings appropriately\&.
+.IP 
+Note that you MUST specify this parameter after the \fB"client
+code page"\fP parameter if you have both set\&. If
+\fB"client code page"\fP is set after the
+\fB"valid chars"\fP parameter the \fB"valid chars"\fP settings will be
+overwritten\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"client code page"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Default
-.br
 	Samba defaults to using a reasonable set of valid characters
-.br
 	for english systems
 
-.B Example
-        valid chars = 0345:0305 0366:0326 0344:0304
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+\fBExample\fP
+\f(CW	valid chars = 0345:0305 0366:0326 0344:0304\fP
+.IP 
 The above example allows filenames to have the swedish characters in
-them. 
-
-NOTE: It is actually quite difficult to correctly produce a "valid
-chars" line for a particular system. To automate the process
-tino@augsburg.net has written a package called "validchars" which will
-automatically produce a complete "valid chars" line for a given client
-system. Look in the examples subdirectory for this package.
-
-.SS valid users (S)
+them\&.
+.IP 
+NOTE: It is actually quite difficult to correctly produce a \fB"valid
+chars"\fP line for a particular system\&. To automate the process
+\fItino@augsburg\&.net\fP has written a package called \fB"validchars"\fP
+which will automatically produce a complete \fB"valid chars"\fP line for
+a given client system\&. Look in the examples/validchars/ subdirectory
+of your Samba source code distribution for this package\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBvalid users (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this
-service. A name starting with @ is interpreted as a UNIX group.
-
-If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. If a username
-is in both this list and the "invalid users" list then access is
-denied for that user.
-
-The current servicename is substituted for %S. This is useful in the
-[homes] section.
-
-See also "invalid users"
-
-.B Default
-	No valid users list. (anyone can login)
-
-.B Example
-	valid users = greg, @pcusers
-
-
-.SS veto files(S)
+service\&. Names starting with \f(CW\'@\'\fP, \f(CW\'+\'\fP and \f(CW\'&\'\fP are
+interpreted using the same rules as described in the \fB"invalid
+users"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+If this is empty (the default) then any user can login\&. If a username
+is in both this list and the \fB"invalid users"\fP
+list then access is denied for that user\&.
+.IP 
+The current servicename is substituted for
+\fB"%S"\fP\&. This is useful in the
+\fB[homes]\fP section\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"invalid users"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	No valid users list\&. (anyone can login)\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	valid users = greg, @pcusers\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBveto files(S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor
-accessible.  Each entry in the list must be separated by a "/", which
-allows spaces to be included in the entry.  '*' and '?' can be used to
-specify multiple files or directories as in DOS wildcards.
-
-Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and must not include the 
-unix directory separator "/".
-
-Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable in vetoing files.
-
+accessible\&.  Each entry in the list must be separated by a \f(CW\'/\'\fP,
+which allows spaces to be included in the entry\&. \f(CW\'*\'\fP and \f(CW\'?\'\fP 
+can be used to specify multiple files or directories as in DOS
+wildcards\&.
+.IP 
+Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and must \fI*not*\fP include the 
+unix directory separator \f(CW\'/\'\fP\&.
+.IP 
+Note that the \fB"case sensitive"\fP option is
+applicable in vetoing files\&.
+.IP 
 One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be
-aware of, is that if a directory contains nothing but files that
-match the veto files parameter (which means that Windows/DOS clients
-cannot ever see them) is deleted, the veto files within that directory
-*are automatically deleted* along with it, if the user has UNIX permissions
-to do so.
+aware of, is that if a directory contains nothing but files that match
+the veto files parameter (which means that Windows/DOS clients cannot
+ever see them) is deleted, the veto files within that directory *are
+automatically deleted* along with it, if the user has UNIX permissions
+to do so\&.
+.IP 
+Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as it
+will be forced to check all files and directories for a match as they
+are scanned\&.
+.IP 
+See also \fB"hide files"\fP and \fB"case
+sensitive"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	No files or directories are vetoed\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExamples:\fP
+.IP 
+Example 1\&.
+.IP 
+
+.DS 
  
-Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as
-it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match
-as they are scanned.
 
-See also "hide files" and "case sensitive"
 
-.B Default
-	No files or directories are vetoed.
-
-.B Examples
-    Example 1.
     Veto any files containing the word Security, 
-    any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the
-    word root.
+    any ending in \&.tmp, and any directory containing the
+    word root\&.
 
-	veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/
+	veto files = /*Security*/*\&.tmp/*root*/
 
-    Example 2.
-    Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server
-    creates.
+.DE 
+ 
 
-    veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
+.IP 
+Example 2\&.
+.IP 
 
-.SS veto oplock files (S)
-This parameter is only valid when the 'oplocks' parameter is turned on
-for a share. It allows the Samba administrator to selectively turn off
-the granting of oplocks on selected files that match a wildcarded list,
-similar to the wildcarded list used in the 'veto files' parameter.
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Default
-    No files are vetoed for oplock grants.
+    Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server
+    creates\&.
 
-.B Examples
-You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily
-contended for by clients. A good example of this is in the NetBench
-SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy client contention for files
-ending in .SEM. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files
-you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section
-for the particular NetBench share :
+    veto files = /\&.AppleDouble/\&.bin/\&.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
 
-     veto oplock files = /*.SEM/
+.DE 
+ 
 
-.SS volume (S)
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBveto oplock files (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter is only valid when the \fB"oplocks"\fP
+parameter is turned on for a share\&. It allows the Samba administrator
+to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that
+match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the
+\fB"veto files"\fP parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	No files are vetoed for oplock grants\&.\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExamples:\fP
+.IP 
+You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily
+contended for by clients\&. A good example of this is in the NetBench
+SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy client contention for files
+ending in \f(CW"\&.SEM"\fP\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these
+files you would use the line (either in the \fB[global]\fP
+section or in the section for the particular NetBench share :
+.IP 
+\f(CW     veto oplock files = /*\&.SEM/\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBvolume (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This allows you to override the volume label returned for a
-share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs that insist on a
-particular volume label.
-
-The default is the name of the share
-
-.SS wide links (S)
-This parameter controls whether or not links in the UNIX file system may be
-followed by the server. Links that point to areas within the directory tree
-exported by the server are always allowed; this parameter controls access 
-only to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported.
-
-.B Default:
- 	wide links = yes
-
-.B Example:
- 	wide links = no
-
-.SS wins proxy (G)
-
-This is a boolean that controls if nmbd will respond to broadcast name
-queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this to no for
-some older clients.
-
-.B Default:
-	wins proxy = no
-.SS wins server (G)
-
-This specifies the DNS name (or IP address) of the WINS server that Samba 
-should register with. If you have a WINS server on your network then you
-should set this to the WINS servers name.
-
-You should point this at your WINS server if you have a multi-subnetted
-network.
-.B Default:
-	wins server = 
-
-.SS wins support (G)
-
-This boolean controls if the nmbd process in Samba will act as a WINS server. 
-You should not set this to true unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
-you wish a particular nmbd to be your WINS server. Note that you
-should *NEVER* set this to true on more than one machine in your
-network.
-
-.B Default:
-	wins support = no
-
-.SS workgroup (G)
-
+share\&. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs that insist on a
+particular volume label\&.
+.IP 
+The default is the name of the share\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwide links (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter controls whether or not links in the UNIX file system
+may be followed by the server\&. Links that point to areas within the
+directory tree exported by the server are always allowed; this
+parameter controls access only to areas that are outside the directory
+tree being exported\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	wide links = yes\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW 	wide links = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwins proxy (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a boolean that controls if \fBnmbd\fP will
+respond to broadcast name queries on behalf of other hosts\&. You may
+need to set this to \f(CW"yes"\fP for some older clients\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	wins proxy = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwins server (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This specifies the DNS name (or IP address) of the WINS server that
+\fBnmbd\fP should register with\&. If you have a WINS
+server on your network then you should set this to the WINS servers
+name\&.
+.IP 
+You should point this at your WINS server if you have a
+multi-subnetted network\&.
+.IP 
+\fINOTE\fP\&. You need to set up Samba to point to a WINS server if you
+have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet browsing to work correctly\&.
+.IP 
+See the documentation file BROWSING\&.txt in the docs/ directory of your
+Samba source distribution\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	wins server = \fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	wins server = 192\&.9\&.200\&.1\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwins support (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This boolean controls if the \fBnmbd\fP process in
+Samba will act as a WINS server\&. You should not set this to true
+unless you have a multi-subnetted network and you wish a particular
+\fBnmbd\fP to be your WINS server\&. Note that you
+should \fI*NEVER*\fP set this to true on more than one machine in your
+network\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW	wins support = no\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBworkgroup (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
 This controls what workgroup your server will appear to be in when
-queried by clients. 
-
-.B Default:
- 	set in the Makefile
-
-.B Example:
- 	workgroup = MYGROUP
-
-.SS writable (S)
-A synonym for this parameter is 'write ok'. An inverted synonym is 'read only'.
-
-If this parameter is 'no', then users of a service may not create or modify
-files in the service's directory.
-
-Note that a printable service ('printable = yes') will ALWAYS allow 
-writing to the directory (user privileges permitting), but only via
-spooling operations.
-
-.B Default:
- 	writable = no
+queried by clients\&. Note that this parameter also controlls the Domain
+name used with the \fB"security=domain"\fP
+setting\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	set at compile time to WORKGROUP\fP
+.IP 
+\&.B Example:
+workgroup = MYGROUP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwritable (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+An inverted synonym is \fB"read only"\fP\&.
+.IP 
+If this parameter is \f(CW"no"\fP, then users of a service may not create
+or modify files in the service\'s directory\&.
+.IP 
+Note that a printable service \fB("printable = yes")\fP
+will \fI*ALWAYS*\fP allow writing to the directory (user privileges
+permitting), but only via spooling operations\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	writable = no\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExamples:\fP
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.B Examples:
  	read only = no
  	writable = yes
  	write ok = yes
-.SS write list (S)
-This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a
-service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will be
-given write access, no matter what the "read only" option is set
-to. The list can include group names using the @group syntax.
-
-Note that if a user is in both the read list and the write list then
-they will be given write access.
-
-See also the "read list" option
-
-.B Default:
-     write list =
-
-.B Example:
-     write list = admin, root, @staff
-
-.SS write ok (S)
-See
-.B writable
-and
-.B read only.
-.SS write raw (G)
-This parameter controls whether or not the server will support raw writes when
-transferring data from clients.
-
-.B Default:
- 	write raw = yes
-
-.B Example:
- 	write raw = no
-
-.SH NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION
-There are a number of ways in which a user can connect to a
-service. The server follows the following steps in determining if it
-will allow a connection to a specified service. If all the steps fail
-then the connection request is rejected. If one of the steps pass then
-the following steps are not checked.
-
-If the service is marked "guest only = yes" then steps 1 to 5 are skipped
-
-Step 1: If the client has passed a username/password pair and that
-username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system's password
-programs then the connection is made as that username. Note that this
-includes the \e\eserver\eservice%username method of passing a username.
-
-Step 2: If the client has previously registered a username with the
-system and now supplies a correct password for that username then the
-connection is allowed.
-
-Step 3: The client's netbios name and any previously used user names
-are checked against the supplied password, if they match then the
-connection is allowed as the corresponding user.
-
-Step 4: If the client has previously validated a username/password
-pair with the server and the client has passed the validation token
-then that username is used. This step is skipped if "revalidate = yes" 
-for this service.
 
-Step 5: If a "user = " field is given in the smb.conf file for the
-service and the client has supplied a password, and that password
-matches (according to the UNIX system's password checking) with one of
-the usernames from the user= field then the connection is made as the
-username in the "user=" line. If one of the username in the user= list
-begins with a @ then that name expands to a list of names in the group
-of the same name.
-
-Step 6: If the service is a guest service then a connection is made as
-the username given in the "guest account =" for the service,
-irrespective of the supplied password.
-.SH WARNINGS
-Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, 
-your client software may not. Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway,
-so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility.
-
-On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - limit service
-names to eight characters. Smbd has no such limitation, but attempts
-to connect from such clients will fail if they truncate the service names.
-For this reason you should probably keep your service names down to eight 
-characters in length.
-
-Use of the [homes] and [printers] special sections make life for an 
-administrator easy, but the various combinations of default attributes can be
-tricky. Take extreme care when designing these sections. In particular,
-ensure that the permissions on spool directories are correct.
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.18 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the server has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-
-Prior to version 1.5.21 of the Samba suite, the configuration file was
-radically different (more primitive). If you are using a version earlier than
-1.8.05, it is STRONGLY recommended that you upgrade.
-.SH OPTIONS
-Not applicable.
-.SH FILES
-Not applicable.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-Not applicable.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smbd (8),
-.BR smbclient (1),
-.BR nmbd (8),
-.BR testparm (1), 
-.BR testprns (1),
-.BR lpq (1),
-.BR hosts_access (5)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-[This section under construction]
-
-Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged in a specified log file. The
-log file name is specified at compile time, but may be overridden on the
-smbd command line (see
-.BR smbd (8)).
-
-The number and nature of diagnostics available depends on the debug level used
-by the server. If you have problems, set the debug level to 3 and peruse the
-log files.
-
-Most messages are reasonably self-explanatory. Unfortunately, at time of
-creation of this man page the source code is still too fluid to warrant
-describing each and every diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still
-to grep the source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the 
-diagnostics you are seeing.
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-
-Please send bug reports, comments and so on to:
-
-.RS 3
-.B samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au (Andrew Tridgell)
-
-.RS 3
-or to the mailing list:
-.RE
-
-.B samba@listproc.anu.edu.au
-
-.RE
-You may also like to subscribe to the announcement channel:
-
-.RS 3
-.B samba-announce@listproc.anu.edu.au
-.RE
-
-To subscribe to these lists send a message to
-listproc@listproc.anu.edu.au with a body of "subscribe samba Your
-Name" or "subscribe samba-announce Your Name".
-
-Errors or suggestions for improvements to the Samba man pages should be 
-mailed to:
-
-.RS 3
-.B samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au (Andrew Tridgell)
-.RE
+.DE 
+ 
 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwrite list (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a
+service\&. If the connecting user is in this list then they will be
+given write access, no matter what the \fB"read only"\fP
+option is set to\&. The list can include group names using the @group
+syntax\&.
+.IP 
+Note that if a user is in both the read list and the write list then
+they will be given write access\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fB"read list"\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW     write list = <empty string>\fP
+.IP 
+\fBExample:\fP
+\f(CW	write list = admin, root, @staff\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwrite ok (S)\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fBwritable\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwrite raw (G)\fP" 
+.IP 
+This parameter controls whether or not the server will support raw
+writes SMB\'s when transferring data from clients\&. You should never
+need to change this parameter\&.
+.IP 
+\fBDefault:\fP
+\f(CW 	write raw = yes\fP
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBwriteable\fP" 
+.IP 
+Synonym for \fB"writable"\fP for people who can\'t spell :-)\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "WARNINGS" 
+.IP 
+Although the configuration file permits service names to contain
+spaces, your client software may not\&. Spaces will be ignored in
+comparisons anyway, so it shouldn\'t be a problem - but be aware of the
+possibility\&.
+.IP 
+On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - limit
+service names to eight characters\&. \fBSmbd\fP has no
+such limitation, but attempts to connect from such clients will fail
+if they truncate the service names\&.  For this reason you should
+probably keep your service names down to eight characters in length\&.
+.IP 
+Use of the \fB[homes]\fP and \fB[printers]\fP
+special sections make life for an administrator easy, but the various
+combinations of default attributes can be tricky\&. Take extreme care
+when designing these sections\&. In particular, ensure that the
+permissions on spool directories are correct\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.IP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.IP 
+\fBsmbd (8)\fP, \fBsmbclient (1)\fP,
+\fBnmbd (8)\fP, \fBtestparm (1)\fP,
+\fBtestprns (1)\fP, \fBSamba\fP,
+\fBnmblookup (1)\fP, \fBsmbpasswd (5)\fP,
+\fBsmbpasswd (8)\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.IP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.IP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbclient.1 b/docs/manpages/smbclient.1
index f4f3bbb944..cccdd66e72 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbclient.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbclient.1
@@ -1,1255 +1,759 @@
-.TH SMBCLIENT 1 "09 Oct 1998" "smbclient 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-smbclient \- ftp-like Lan Manager client program
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smbclient
-.B servicename
-[
-.B password
-] [
-.B \-A
-] [
-.B \-E
-] [
-.B \-L
-.I host
-] [
-.B \-M
-.I host
-] [
-.B \-I
-.I IP number
-] [
-.B \-R
-.I name resolve order
-] [
-.B \-N
-] [
-.B \-P
-] [
-.B \-U
-.I username
-] [
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-] [
-.B \-l
-.I log basename
-] [
-.B \-n
-.I netbios name
-] [
-.B \-W
-.I workgroup
-] [
-.B \-O
-.I socket options
-] [
-.B \-p
-.I port number
-] [
-.B \-c
-.I command string
-] [
-.B \-T
-.I tar options
-] [
-.B \-D
-.I initial directory
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B smbclient
-is a client that can 'talk' to a Lan Manager server. It offers
-an interface similar to that of the 
-.B ftp
-program (see
-.BR ftp (1)).
-Operations include things like getting files from the
-server to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to
-the server, retrieving directory information from the server and so on.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B servicename
-.RS 3
-.B servicename
-is the name of the service you want to use on the server. A service
-name takes the form
-.B "\e\eserver\eservice"
-where
-.B server
-is the netbios name of the Lan Manager server offering the desired service and
-.B service
-is the name of the service offered. Thus to connect to the service "printer" 
-on the Lan Manager server "lanman", you would use the servicename
-
-.RS 10
-.B "\e\elanman\eprinter"
-.RE
-
-Note that the server name required is NOT necessarily the host name of the
-server! The name required is a Lan Manager server name, which may or may not
-be the same as the hostname of the machine running the server.
-
-With Samba 1.9.18p4 the server name is looked up according to the
-"name resolve order=" parameter in the smb.conf file, allowing an
-administrator to change the order and methods by which server names
-are looked up.
-.RE
-
-.B password
-.RS 3
-.B
-password
-is the password required to access the specified service on the
-specified server. If supplied, the
-.B \-N
-option (suppress password prompt) is assumed.
-
-There is no default password. If no password is supplied on the command line
-(either here or using the 
-.B \-U
-option (see below)) and 
-.B \-N
-is not specified, the client will prompt for a password, even if the desired 
-service does not require one. (If no password is 
-required, simply press ENTER to provide a null password.)
-
+.TH "smbclient" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+smbclient \- ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources on servers
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbclient\fP servicename [password] [-s smb\&.conf] [-B IP addr] [-O socket options][-R name resolve order] [-M NetBIOS name] [-i scope] [-N] [-n NetBIOS name] [-d debuglevel] [-P] [-p port] [-l log basename] [-h] [-I dest IP] [-E] [-U username] [-L NetBIOS name] [-t terminal code] [-m max protocol] [-W workgroup] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-D directory] [-c command string]
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBsmbclient\fP is a client that can \'talk\' to an SMB/CIFS server\&. It
+offers an interface similar to that of the ftp program (see \fBftp
+(1)\fP)\&.  Operations include things like getting files from the server
+to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to the
+server, retrieving directory information from the server and so on\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBservicename\fP" 
+servicename is the name of the service you want
+to use on the server\&. A service name takes the form
+\f(CW//server/service\fP where \fIserver\fP is the NetBIOS name of the SMB/CIFS
+server offering the desired service and \fIservice\fP is the name
+of the service offered\&. Thus to connect to the service \fIprinter\fP on
+the SMB/CIFS server \fIsmbserver\fP, you would use the servicename
+.IP 
+\f(CW//smbserver/printer\fP
+.IP 
+Note that the server name required is NOT necessarily the IP (DNS)
+host name of the server ! The name required is a NetBIOS server name,
+which may or may not be the same as the IP hostname of the machine
+running the server\&.
+.IP 
+The server name is looked up according to either the
+\fB-R\fP parameter to \fBsmbclient\fP or using the
+\fBname resolve order\fP
+parameter in the smb\&.conf file, allowing an administrator to change
+the order and methods by which server names are looked up\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBpassword\fP" 
+password is the password required to access the
+specified service on the specified server\&. If this parameter is
+supplied, the \fB-N\fP option (suppress password prompt) is assumed\&.
+.IP 
+There is no default password\&. If no password is supplied on the
+command line (either by using this parameter or adding a password to
+the \fB-U\fP option (see below)) and the \fB-N\fP option is not specified,
+the client will prompt for a password, even if the desired service
+does not require one\&. (If no password is required, simply press ENTER
+to provide a null password\&.)
+.IP 
 Note: Some servers (including OS/2 and Windows for Workgroups) insist
-on an uppercase password. Lowercase or mixed case passwords may be
-rejected by these servers.
-
-Be cautious about including passwords in scripts.
-.RE
-
-.B \-R name resolve order
-
-.RS 3
-This parameter will override the default name resolution order of the
-server listed in the "name resolve order" parameter in smb.conf. This
-is useful to force name resolution to take place by a particular method.
-This command line parameter only exists in Samba 1.9.18p4 and above.
-.RE
-
-.B \-A
-
-.RS 3
-This parameter, if specified, causes the maximum debug level to be selected.
-Be warned that this generates prodigious amounts of debug data. There is also
-a security issue involved, as at the maximum debug level cleartext passwords
-may be written to some log files.
-.RE
-
-.B \-L
-
-.RS 3
-This option allows you to look at what services are available on a
-server. You use it as "smbclient -L host" and a list should appear.
-The
-.B \-I
-option may be useful if your netbios names don't match your 
-tcp/ip host names or if you are trying to reach a host on another
-network. For example:
-
-smbclient -L ftp -I ftp.microsoft.com
-
-will list the shares available on Microsoft's public server.
-.RE
-
-.B \-M
-
-.RS 3
-This options allows you to send messages, using the "WinPopup"
-protocol, to another computer. Once a connection is established you
-then type your message, pressing ^D (control-D) to end.
-
+on an uppercase password\&. Lowercase or mixed case passwords may be
+rejected by these servers\&.
+.IP 
+Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s smb\&.conf\fP" 
+This parameter specifies the pathname to the
+Samba configuration file, smb\&.conf\&. This file controls all aspects of
+the Samba setup on the machine and smbclient also needs to read this
+file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-B IP addr\fP" 
+The IP address to use when sending a broadcast packet\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-O socket options\fP" 
+TCP socket options to set on the client
+socket\&. See the socket options
+parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP manpage for
+the list of valid options\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-R name resolve order\fP" 
+This option allows the user of
+smbclient to determine what name resolution services to use when
+looking up the NetBIOS name of the host being connected to\&.
+.IP 
+The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast"\&. They cause
+names to be resolved as follows :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlmhosts\fP : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file\&.
+The lmhosts file is stored in the same directory as the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhost\fP : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution,
+using the system /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name
+resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or
+Solaris this may be controlled by the \fI/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\fP file)\&.  
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwins\fP : Query a name with the IP address listed in the \fBwins
+server\fP parameter in the smb\&.conf file\&. If 
+no WINS server has been specified this method will be ignored\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbcast\fP : Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces
+listed in the \fBinterfaces\fP parameter
+in the smb\&.conf file\&. This is the least reliable of the name resolution
+methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally connected
+subnet\&. To specify a particular broadcast address the \fB-B\fP option 
+may be used\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+If this parameter is not set then the name resolver order defined
+in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file parameter 
+(\fBname resolve order\fP)
+will be used\&.
+.IP 
+The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and without this
+parameter or any entry in the \fB"name resolve
+order"\fP parameter of the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file the name resolution methods
+will be attempted in this order\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-M NetBIOS name\fP" 
+This options allows you to send messages,
+using the "WinPopup" protocol, to another computer\&. Once a connection
+is established you then type your message, pressing ^D (control-D) to
+end\&.
+.IP 
 If the receiving computer is running WinPopup the user will receive
-the message and probably a beep. If they are not running WinPopup the
-message will be lost, and no error message will occur.
-
+the message and probably a beep\&. If they are not running WinPopup the
+message will be lost, and no error message will occur\&.
+.IP 
 The message is also automatically truncated if the message is over
-1600 bytes, as this is the limit of the protocol.
-
-One useful trick is to cat the message through
-.BR smbclient .
+1600 bytes, as this is the limit of the protocol\&.
+.IP 
+One useful trick is to cat the message through \fBsmbclient\fP\&.
 For example:
-
-cat mymessage.txt | smbclient -M FRED
-
-will send the message in the file "mymessage.txt" to the machine FRED.
-
-You may also find the
-.B \-U
-and
-.B \-I
-options useful, as they allow you to
-control the FROM and TO parts of the message. 
-
-See the message command section of
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a description of how to handle incoming WinPopup messages in Samba.
-
+.IP 
+\f(CWcat mymessage\&.txt | smbclient -M FRED\fP
+.IP 
+will send the message in the file \fImymessage\&.txt\fP to the machine FRED\&.
+.IP 
+You may also find the \fB-U\fP and \fB-I\fP options useful, as they allow
+you to control the FROM and TO parts of the message\&.
+.IP 
+See the \fBmessage command\fP
+parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP for a description of how to handle
+incoming WinPopup messages in Samba\&.
+.IP 
 Note: Copy WinPopup into the startup group on your WfWg PCs if you
-want them to always be able to receive messages.
-.RE
-
-.B \-E
-
-.RS 3
-This parameter, if specified, causes the client to write messages to the
-standard error stream (stderr) rather than to the standard output stream.
-
-By default, the client writes messages to standard output - typically the
-user's tty.
-.RE
-
-.B \-I
-.I IP number
-
-.RS 3
-.I IP number
-represents the IP number of the server to connect to. It should
-be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation.
-
-Normally the client will attempt to locate the specified Lan Manager server
-by looking it up - that is, broadcasting a request for the given server to
-identify itself. Using this parameter will force the client to assume that
-the server is on the machine with the specified IP number.
-
-There is no default for this parameter. If not supplied, it will be determined
-automatically by the client as described above.
-.RE
-
-.B \-N
-
-.RS 3
-If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the
-client to the user. This is useful when accessing a service that does not
-require a password.
-
-Unless a password is specified on the command line or this parameter is
-specified, the client will request a password.
-.RE
-
-.B \-O
-.I socket options
-
-.RS 3
-See the socket options section of
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for details.
-.RE
-
-.B \-P
-
-.RS 3
-If specified, the service requested will be connected to as a printer service
-rather than as a normal filespace service. Operations such as put and get
-will not be applicable for such a connection.
-
-By default, services will be connected to as NON-printer services.
-.RE
-
-.B \-U
-.I username
-
-.RS 3
-.I username
-is the user name that will be used by the client to make a connection,
-assuming your server is running a protocol that allows for usernames.
-
+want them to always be able to receive messages\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-i scope\fP" 
+This specifies a NetBIOS scope that smbclient will use
+to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the
+use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes
+are \fIvery\fP rarely used, only set this parameter if you are the
+system administrator in charge of all the NetBIOS systems you
+communicate with\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-N\fP" 
+If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal
+password prompt from the client to the user\&. This is useful when
+accessing a service that does not require a password\&.
+.IP 
+Unless a password is specified on the command line or this parameter
+is specified, the client will request a password\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-n NetBIOS name\fP" 
+By default, the client will use the local
+machine\'s hostname (in uppercase) as its NetBIOS name\&. This parameter
+allows you to override the host name and use whatever NetBIOS name you
+wish\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d debuglevel\fP" 
+debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10, or the
+letter \'A\'\&.
+.IP 
+The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero\&.
+.IP 
+The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files
+about the activities of the client\&. At level 0, only critical errors
+and serious warnings will be logged\&. Level 1 is a reasonable level for
+day to day running - it generates a small amount of information about
+operations carried out\&.
+.IP 
+Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and
+should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are
+designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
+data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&. If debuglevel is set to the
+letter \'A\', then \fIall\fP debug messages will be printed\&. This setting
+is for developers only (and people who \fIreally\fP want to know how the
+code works internally)\&.
+.IP 
+Note that specifying this parameter here will override the \fBlog
+level\fP parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-P\fP" 
+This option is no longer used\&. The code in Samba2\&.0
+now lets the server decide the device type, so no printer specific
+flag is needed\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-p port\fP" 
+This number is the TCP port number that will be used
+when making connections to the server\&. The standard (well-known) TCP
+port number for an SMB/CIFS server is 139, which is the default\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-l logfilename\fP" 
+If specified, logfilename specifies a base
+filename into which operational data from the running client will be
+logged\&.
+.IP 
+The default base name is specified at compile time\&.
+.IP 
+The base name is used to generate actual log file names\&. For example,
+if the name specified was "log", the debug file would be
+\f(CWlog\&.client\fP\&.
+.IP 
+The log file generated is never removed by the client\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-h\fP" 
+Print the usage message for the client\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-I IP address\fP" 
+IP address is the address of the server to
+connect to\&. It should be specified in standard "a\&.b\&.c\&.d" notation\&.
+.IP 
+Normally the client would attempt to locate a named SMB/CIFS server by
+looking it up via the NetBIOS name resolution mechanism described
+above in the \fBname resolve order\fP parameter
+above\&. Using this parameter will force the client to assume that the
+server is on the machine with the specified IP address and the NetBIOS
+name component of the resource being connected to will be ignored\&.
+.IP 
+There is no default for this parameter\&. If not supplied, it will be
+determined automatically by the client as described above\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-E\fP" 
+This parameter causes the client to write messages to the
+standard error stream (stderr) rather than to the standard output
+stream\&.
+.IP 
+By default, the client writes messages to standard output - typically
+the user\'s tty\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-U username\fP" 
+This specifies the user name that will be used by
+the client to make a connection, assuming your server is not a downlevel
+server that is running a protocol level that uses passwords on shares,
+not on usernames\&.
+.IP 
 Some servers are fussy about the case of this name, and some insist
-that it must be a valid netbios name.
-
-If no 
-.I username
-is supplied, it will default to an uppercase version of the 
-environment variable 
-.B USER
-or
-.B LOGNAME
-in that order.
-If no 
-.I username
-is supplied and neither environment variable exists the user name will
-be empty.
-
-If the USER environment variable containts a '%' character, everything
-after that will be treated as a password. This allows you to set the
-environment variable to be
-.B USER=username%password
-so that a password is not passed on the command line (where it may
-be seen by the ps command).
-
-If the service you are connecting to requires a password, it can be supplied
-using the
-.B \-U
-option, by appending a percent symbol ("%") then the password to 
-.I username.
-For example, to attach to a service as user "fred" with password "secret", you
-would specify
-.B \-U
-.I fred%secret
-on the command line. Note that there are no spaces around the percent symbol.
-
-If you specify the password as part of
-.I username
-then the 
-.B \-N
-option (suppress password prompt) is assumed.
-
-If you specify the password as a parameter AND as part of
-.I username
-then the password as part of
-.I username
-will take precedence. Putting nothing before or nothing after the percent 
-symbol will cause an empty username or an empty password to be used,
-respectively.
-
+that it must be a valid NetBIOS name\&.
+.IP 
+If no username is supplied, it will default to an uppercase version of
+the environment variable \f(CWUSER\fP or \f(CWLOGNAME\fP in that order\&.  If no
+username is supplied and neither environment variable exists the
+username "GUEST" will be used\&.
+.IP 
+If the \f(CWUSER\fP environment variable containts a \'%\' character,
+everything after that will be treated as a password\&. This allows you
+to set the environment variable to be \f(CWUSER=username%password\fP so
+that a password is not passed on the command line (where it may be
+seen by the ps command)\&.
+.IP 
+If the service you are connecting to requires a password, it can be
+supplied using the \fB-U\fP option, by appending a percent symbol ("%")
+then the password to username\&.  For example, to attach to a service as
+user \f(CW"fred"\fP with password \f(CW"secret"\fP, you would specify\&. 
+.br 
+.IP 
+\f(CW-U fred%secret\fP 
+.br 
+.IP 
+on the command line\&. Note that there are no spaces around the percent
+symbol\&.
+.IP 
+If you specify the password as part of username then the \fB-N\fP option
+(suppress password prompt) is assumed\&.
+.IP 
+If you specify the password as a parameter \fIAND\fP as part of username
+then the password as part of username will take precedence\&. Putting
+nothing before or nothing after the percent symbol will cause an empty
+username or an empty password to be used, respectively\&.
+.IP 
+The password may also be specified by setting up an environment
+variable called \f(CWPASSWORD\fP that contains the users password\&. Note
+that this may be very insecure on some systems but on others allows
+users to script smbclient commands without having a password appear in
+the command line of a process listing\&.
+.IP 
 Note: Some servers (including OS/2 and Windows for Workgroups) insist
-on an uppercase password. Lowercase or mixed case passwords may be
-rejected by these servers.
-
-Be cautious about including passwords in scripts.
-.RE
-
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-
-.RS 3
-debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 5.
-
-The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.
-
-The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about
-the activities of the client. At level 0, only critical errors and serious 
-warnings will be logged. Level 1 is a reasonable level for day to day running
-- it generates a small amount of information about operations carried out.
-
-Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and should 
-only be used when investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for 
-use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which 
-is extremely cryptic.
-.RE
-
-.B \-l
-.I log basename
-
-.RS 3
-If specified,
-.I log basename
-specifies a base filename into which operational data from the running client
-will be logged.
-
-The default base name is specified at compile time.
-
-The base name is used to generate actual log file names. For example, if the
-name specified was "log", the following files would be used for log data:
-
-.RS 3
-log.client.debug (containing debugging information)
-
-log.client.in (containing inbound transaction data)
-
-log.client.out (containing outbound transaction data)
-.RE
-
-The log files generated are never removed by the client.
-.RE
-
-.B \-n
-.I netbios name
-
-.RS 3
-By default, the client will use the local machine's hostname (in
-uppercase) as its netbios name. This parameter allows you to override
-the host name and use whatever netbios name you wish.
-.RE
-
-.B \-W
-.I workgroup
-
-.RS 3
-Override what workgroup is used for the connection. This may be needed
-to connect to some servers.
-.RE
-
-.B \-p
-.I port number
-
-.RS 3
-port number is a positive integer value.
-
-The default value if this parameter is not specified is 139.
-
-This number is the port number that will be used when making connections to
-the server. The standard (well-known) port number for the server is 139, 
-hence the default.
-
-This parameter is not normally specified.
-.RE
-
-.B \-T
-.I tar options
-
-.RS 3 
-where
-.I tar options
-consists of one or more of
-.BR c ,
-.BR x ,
-.BR I ,
-.BR X ,
-.BR b ,
-.BR g ,
-.BR q ,
-.BR N
-or
-.BR a ;
-used as:
-.LP
-smbclient 
-.B "\e\eserver\eshare"
-\-TcxIXbgNa
-[
-.IR blocksize
-]
-[
-.IR newer-file
-]
-.IR tarfile
-[
-.IR filenames ...
-]
-
-.RS 3
-.B c
-Create a tar file on UNIX. Must be followed by the name of a tar file,
-tape device or "\-" for standard output. (May be useful to set debugging
-low
-.RB ( -d0 ))
-to avoid corrupting your tar file if using "\-"). Mutually
-exclusive with the
-.B x
-flag.
-
-.B x
-Extract (restore) a local tar file back to a share. Unless the
-.B \-D
-option is given, the tar files will be restored from the top level of
-the share. Must be followed by the name of the tar file, device or "\-"
-for standard input. Mutually exclusive with the
-.B c
-flag. Restored files have theuir creation times (mtime) set to the date saved in
-the tar file. Directories currently do not get their creation dates restored 
-properly.
-
-.B I
-Include files and directories. Is the default behaviour when
-.IR filenames
-are specified above. Causes tar files to be included in an extract or create
-(and therefore everything else to be excluded). See example below.
-Filename globbing does not work for included files for extractions (yet).
-
-.B X
-Exclude files and directories. Causes tar files to be excluded from
-an extract or create. See example below.
-Filename globbing does not work for excluded files (yet).
-
-.B b
-Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater than zero) blocksize.
-Causes tar file to be written out in blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte)
-blocks.
-
-.B g
-Incremental. Only back up files that have the archive bit set. Useful
-only with the
-.B c
-flag.
-
-.B q
-Quiet. Keeps tar from printing diagnostics as it works.  This is the
-same as tarmode quiet.
-
-.B N
-Newer than. Must be followed by the name of a file whose date is
-compared against files found on the share during a create. Only files
-newer than the file specified are backed up to the tar file. Useful
-only with the
-.B c
-flag.
-
-.B a
-Set archive bit. Causes the archive bit to be reset when a file is backed
-up. Useful with the
-.B g
-(and
-.BR c )
-flags.
-.LP
-
-.B Long File Names
-
-smbclient's tar option now supports long file names both on backup and 
-restore. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes.
-Also, when a tar archive is created, smbclient's tar option places all files 
-in the archive with relative names, not absolute names.
-
-.B Filenames ...
-
-All file names can be given as DOS path names (with \e as the component 
-separator) or as UNIX path names (with / as the component separator).
-
-.B Examples
-
-smbclient \e\emypc\emyshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar
-
-Restore from tar file backup.tar into myshare on mypc (no password on share).
-
-smbclient \e\emypc\emyshare "" -N -TXx backup.tar users/docs
-
+on an uppercase password\&. Lowercase or mixed case passwords may be
+rejected by these servers\&.
+.IP 
+Be cautious about including passwords in scripts or in the
+\f(CWPASSWORD\fP environment variable\&. Also, on many systems the command
+line of a running process may be seen via the \f(CWps\fP command to be
+safe always allow smbclient to prompt for a password and type it in
+directly\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-L\fP" 
+This option allows you to look at what services are
+available on a server\&. You use it as \f(CW"smbclient -L host"\fP and a
+list should appear\&.  The \fB-I\fP option may be useful if your NetBIOS
+names don\'t match your tcp/ip dns host names or if you are trying to
+reach a host on another network\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-t terminal code\fP" 
+This option tells smbclient how to interpret
+filenames coming from the remote server\&. Usually Asian language
+multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than
+SMB/CIFS servers (\fIEUC\fP instead of \fISJIS\fP for example)\&. Setting
+this parameter will let smbclient convert between the UNIX filenames
+and the SMB filenames correctly\&. This option has not been seriously
+tested and may have some problems\&.
+.IP 
+The terminal codes include \f(CWsjis\fP, \f(CWeuc\fP, \f(CWjis7\fP, \f(CWjis8\fP,
+\f(CWjunet\fP, \f(CWhex\fP, \f(CWcap\fP\&. This is not a complete list, check the
+Samba source code for the complete list\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-m max protocol level\fP" 
+With the new code in Samba2\&.0,
+\fBsmbclient\fP allways attempts to connect at the maximum
+protocols level the server supports\&. This parameter is
+preserved for backwards compatibility, but any string
+following the \fB-m\fP will be ignored\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-W WORKGROUP\fP" 
+Override the default workgroup specified in the
+\fBworkgroup\fP parameter of the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file for this connection\&. This may
+be needed to connect to some servers\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-T tar options\fP" 
+smbclient may be used to create
+\fBtar (1)\fP compatible backups of all the files on an SMB/CIFS
+share\&. The secondary tar flags that can be given to this option are :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBc\fP" 
+Create a tar file on UNIX\&. Must be followed by the
+name of a tar file, tape device or \f(CW"-"\fP for standard output\&. If
+using standard output you must turn the log level to its lowest value
+\f(CW-d0\fP to avoid corrupting your tar file\&. This flag is
+mutually exclusive with the \fBx\fP flag\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBx\fP" 
+Extract (restore) a local tar file back to a
+share\&. Unless the \fB-D\fP option is given, the tar files will be
+restored from the top level of the share\&. Must be followed by the name
+of the tar file, device or \f(CW"-"\fP for standard input\&. Mutually exclusive
+with the \fBc\fP flag\&. Restored files have theuir creation times (mtime)
+set to the date saved in the tar file\&. Directories currently do not
+get their creation dates restored properly\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBI\fP" 
+Include files and directories\&. Is the default
+behaviour when filenames are specified above\&. Causes tar files to
+be included in an extract or create (and therefore everything else to
+be excluded)\&. See example below\&.  Filename globbing does not work for
+included files for extractions (yet)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBX\fP" 
+Exclude files and directories\&. Causes tar files to
+be excluded from an extract or create\&. See example below\&.  Filename
+globbing does not work for excluded files (yet)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBb\fP" 
+Blocksize\&. Must be followed by a valid (greater than
+zero) blocksize\&.  Causes tar file to be written out in
+blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBg\fP" 
+Incremental\&. Only back up files that have the
+archive bit set\&. Useful only with the \fBc\fP flag\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBq\fP" 
+Quiet\&. Keeps tar from printing diagnostics as it
+works\&.  This is the same as tarmode quiet\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBN\fP" 
+Newer than\&. Must be followed by the name of a file
+whose date is compared against files found on the share during a
+create\&. Only files newer than the file specified are backed up to the
+tar file\&. Useful only with the \fBc\fP flag\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBa\fP" 
+Set archive bit\&. Causes the archive bit to be reset
+when a file is backed up\&. Useful with the \fBg\fP and \fBc\fP flags\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+\fITar Long File Names\fP
+.IP 
+smbclient\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and
+restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than
+1024 bytes\&.  Also, when a tar archive is created, smbclient\'s tar
+option places all files in the archive with relative names, not
+absolute names\&.
+.IP 
+\fITar Filenames\fP
+.IP 
+All file names can be given as DOS path names (with \f(CW\e\fP as the
+component separator) or as UNIX path names (with \f(CW/\fP as the
+component separator)\&.
+.IP 
+\fIExamples\fP
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Restore from tar file backup\&.tar into myshare on mypc (no password on share)\&.
+.IP 
+\f(CWsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tx backup\&.tar\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
 Restore everything except users/docs
-
-smbclient \e\emypc\emyshare "" -N -Tc backup.tar users/docs
-
-Create a tar file of the files beneath users/docs.
-
-smbclient \e\emypc\emyshare "" -N -tc backup.tar users\edocs
-
-Create the same tar file as above, but now use a DOS path name.
-
-smbclient \e\emypc\emyshare "" -N -Tc backup.tar \e*
-
-Create a tar file of all the files and directories in the share.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B \-D
-.I initial directory
-
-.RS 3 
-Change to initial directory before starting. Probably only of any use
-with the tar
-.RB ( \-T )
-option.
-.RE
-
-.B \-c
-.I command string
-
-.RS 3
-command string is a semicolon separated list of commands to be
-executed instead of prompting from stdin.
-.B \-N
-is implied by
-.BR \-c .
-
-This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin to
-the server, e.g. \-c 'print \-'.
-.RE
-.SH OPERATIONS
-Once the client is running, the user is presented with a prompt, "smb: \e>".
-The backslash ("\e") indicates the current working directory on the server,
-and will change if the current working directory is changed.
-
-The prompt indicates that the client is ready and waiting to carry out a user
-command. Each command is a single word, optionally followed by parameters
-specific to that command. Command and parameters are space-delimited unless
-these notes specifically state otherwise. All commands are case-insensitive.
-Parameters to commands may or may not be case sensitive, depending on the
-command.
-
+.IP 
+\f(CWsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -TXx backup\&.tar users/docs\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Create a tar file of the files beneath users/docs\&.
+.IP 
+\f(CWsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tc backup\&.tar users/docs\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Create the same tar file as above, but now use a DOS path name\&.
+.IP 
+\f(CWsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs\fP
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+Create a tar file of all the files and directories in the share\&.
+.IP 
+\f(CWsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tc backup\&.tar *\fP
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-D initial directory\fP" 
+Change to initial directory before
+starting\&. Probably only of any use with the tar \fB-T\fP option\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-c command string\fP" 
+command string is a semicolon separated
+list of commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin\&.
+\fB-N\fP is implied by \fB-c\fP\&.
+.IP 
+This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin to the
+server, e\&.g\&. \f(CW-c \'print -\'\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "OPERATIONS" 
+.PP 
+Once the client is running, the user is presented with a prompt :
+.PP 
+\f(CWsmb:\e>\fP
+.PP 
+The backslash ("\e") indicates the current working directory on the
+server, and will change if the current working directory is changed\&.
+.PP 
+The prompt indicates that the client is ready and waiting to carry out
+a user command\&. Each command is a single word, optionally followed by
+parameters specific to that command\&. Command and parameters are
+space-delimited unless these notes specifically state otherwise\&. All
+commands are case-insensitive\&.  Parameters to commands may or may not
+be case sensitive, depending on the command\&.
+.PP 
 You can specify file names which have spaces in them by quoting the
-name with double quotes, for example "a long file name".
-
-Parameters shown in square brackets (eg., "[parameter]") are optional. If not
-given, the command will use suitable defaults. Parameters shown in angle
-brackets (eg., "<parameter>") are required.
-
-Note that all commands operating on the server are actually performed by
-issuing a request to the server. Thus the behaviour may vary from server to
-server, depending on how the server was implemented.
-
-The commands available are given here in alphabetical order.
-
-.B ?
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I [command]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-If
-.I command
-is specified, the
-.B ?
-command will display a brief informative message about the specified command.
-
-If no command is specified, a list of available commands will be displayed.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B !
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I [shell command]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-If
-.I shell command
-is specified, the
-.B !
-command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell command. If
-no command is specified, a shell will be run.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B cd
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I [directory name]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-If
-.I directory name
-is specified, the current working directory
-.B on the server
-will be changed to the directory specified. This operation will fail if for
-any reason the specified directory is inaccessible.
-
-If no directory name is specified, the current working directory
-.B on the server
-will be reported.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B del
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-The client will request that the server attempt to delete all files matching
-.I mask
-from the current working directory
-.B on the server.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B dir
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-A list of the files matching
-.I mask
-in the current working directory
-.B on the server
-will be retrieved from the server and displayed.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B exit
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-None.
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Terminate the connection with the server and exit from the program.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B get
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <remote file name> [local file name]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Copy the file called
-.I remote file name
-from the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name the
-local copy
-.I local file name.
-Note that all transfers in
-.B smbclient
-are binary. See also the
-.B lowercase
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B help
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I [command]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-See the
-.B ?
-command above.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B lcd
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I [directory name]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-If
-.I directory name
-is specified, the current working directory
-.B on the local machine
-will be changed to the directory specified. This operation will fail if for
-any reason the specified directory is inaccessible.
-
-If no directory name is specified, the name of the current working directory
-.B on the local machine
-will be reported.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B lowercase
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-None.
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Toggle lowercasing of filenames for the
-.B get
-and
-.B mget
-commands.
-
-When lowercasing is toggled ON, local filenames are converted to lowercase
-when using the
-.B get
-and
-.B mget
-commands. This is often useful when copying (say) MSDOS files from a server,
-because lowercase filenames are the norm on UNIX systems.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B ls
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-See the
-.B dir
-command above.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B mask
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-This command allows the user to set up a mask which will be used during
-recursive operation of the
-.B mget
-and
-.B mput
-commands.
-
-The masks specified to the
-.B mget
-and
-.B mput
-commands act as filters for directories
-rather than files when recursion is toggled ON.
-
-The mask specified with the
-.B mask
-command is necessary to filter files within those directories. For example,
-if the mask specified in an
-.B mget
-command is "source*"
-.I and
-the mask specified with the
-.B mask
-command is "*.c"
-.I and
-recursion is toggled ON, the
-.B mget
-command will retrieve all files matching "*.c" in all directories below
-and including all directories matching "source*" in the current working 
-directory.
-
-Note that the value for
-.I mask
-defaults to blank (equivalent to "*") and remains so until the
-.B mask
-command is used to change it. It retains the most recently specified value
-indefinitely. To avoid unexpected results it would be wise to change the
-value of
-.I mask
-back to "*" after using the
-.B mget
-or
-.B mput
-commands.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B md
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <directory name>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-See the
-.B mkdir
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B mget
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Copy all files matching
-.I mask
-from the server to the machine running the client.
-
-Note that
-.I mask
-is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non-recursive
-operation - refer to the
-.B recurse
-and
-.B mask
-commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
-.B smbclient
-are binary. See also the
-.B lowercase
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B mkdir
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <directory name>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Create a new directory 
-.B on the server
-(user access privileges permitting) with the specified name.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B mput
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Copy all files matching
-.I mask
-in the current working directory
-.B on the local machine
-to the current working directory on the server.
-
-Note that
-.I mask
-is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non-recursive
-operation - refer to the
-.B recurse
-and
-.B mask
-commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
-.B smbclient
-are binary.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B print
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <file name>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
+name with double quotes, for example "a long file name"\&.
+.PP 
+Parameters shown in square brackets (eg\&., "[parameter]") are
+optional\&. If not given, the command will use suitable
+defaults\&. Parameters shown in angle brackets (eg\&., "<parameter>") are
+required\&.
+.PP 
+Note that all commands operating on the server are actually performed
+by issuing a request to the server\&. Thus the behaviour may vary from
+server to server, depending on how the server was implemented\&.
+.PP 
+The commands available are given here in alphabetical order\&.
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB? [command]\fP" 
+If "command" is specified,
+the \fB?\fP command will display a brief informative message about the
+specified command\&.  If no command is specified, a list of available
+commands will be displayed\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB! [shell command]\fP" 
+If "shell command"
+is specified, the \fB!\fP  command will execute a shell locally and run
+the specified shell command\&. If no command is specified, a local shell
+will be run\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBcd [directory name]\fP" 
+If "directory name" is
+specified, the current working directory on the server will be changed
+to the directory specified\&. This operation will fail if for any reason
+the specified directory is inaccessible\&.
+.IP 
+If no directory name is specified, the current working directory on
+the server will be reported\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdel <mask>\fP" 
+The client will request that the server
+attempt to delete all files matching "mask" from the current working
+directory on the server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBdir <mask>\fP" 
+A list of the files matching "mask" in
+the current working directory on the server will be retrieved from the
+server and displayed\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBexit\fP" 
+Terminate the connection with the server and
+exit from the program\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBget <remote file name> [local file name]\fP" 
+Copy the
+file called "remote file name" from the server to the machine running
+the client\&. If specified, name the local copy "local file name"\&.  Note
+that all transfers in smbclient are binary\&. See also the
+\fBlowercase\fP command\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhelp [command]\fP" 
+See the \fB?\fP
+command above\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlcd [directory name]\fP" 
+If "directory name" is
+specified, the current working directory on the local machine will
+be changed to the directory specified\&. This operation will fail if for
+any reason the specified directory is inaccessible\&.
+.IP 
+If no directory name is specified, the name of the current working
+directory on the local machine will be reported\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBlowercase\fP" 
+Toggle lowercasing of filenames
+for the \fBget\fP and \fBmget\fP commands\&.
+.IP 
+When lowercasing is toggled ON, local filenames are converted to
+lowercase when using the \fBget\fP and \fBmget\fP
+commands\&. This is often useful when copying (say) MSDOS files from a
+server, because lowercase filenames are the norm on UNIX systems\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBls <mask>\fP" 
+See the \fBdir\fP command above\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmask <mask>\fP" 
+This command allows the user to set
+up a mask which will be used during recursive operation of the
+\fBmget\fP and \fBmput\fP commands\&.
+.IP 
+The masks specified to the \fBmget\fP and
+\fBmput\fP commands act as filters for directories rather
+than files when recursion is toggled ON\&.
+.IP 
+The mask specified with the \&.B mask command is necessary to filter
+files within those directories\&. For example, if the mask specified in
+an \fBmget\fP command is "source*" and the mask specified
+with the mask command is "*\&.c" and recursion is toggled ON, the
+\fBmget\fP command will retrieve all files matching "*\&.c" in
+all directories below and including all directories matching "source*"
+in the current working directory\&.
+.IP 
+Note that the value for mask defaults to blank (equivalent to "*") and
+remains so until the mask command is used to change it\&. It retains the
+most recently specified value indefinitely\&. To avoid unexpected
+results it would be wise to change the value of \&.I mask back to "*"
+after using the \fBmget\fP or \fBmput\fP commands\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmd <directory name>\fP" 
+See the \fBmkdir\fP
+command\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmget <mask>\fP" 
+Copy all files matching mask from the
+server to the machine running the client\&.
+.IP 
+Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive operation
+and non-recursive operation - refer to the \fBrecurse\fP
+and \fBmask\fP commands for more information\&. Note that all
+transfers in \&.B smbclient are binary\&. See also the
+\fBlowercase\fP command\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmkdir <directory name>\fP" 
+Create a new directory on
+the server (user access privileges permitting) with the specified
+name\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBmput <mask>\fP" 
+Copy all files matching mask in
+the current working directory on the local machine to the current
+working directory on the server\&.
+.IP 
+Note that mask is interpreted differently during recursive operation
+and non-recursive operation - refer to the \fBrecurse\fP
+and \fBmask\fP commands for more information\&. Note that all
+transfers in \&.B smbclient are binary\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprint <file name>\fP" 
 Print the specified file
-.B from the local machine
-through a printable service on the server.
-
-See also the
-.B printmode
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B printmode
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <graphics or text>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Set the print mode to suit either binary data (such as graphical information)
-or text. Subsequent
-.B print
-commands will use the currently set print mode.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B prompt
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-None.
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Toggle prompting for filenames during operation of the
-.B mget
-and
-.B mput
-commands.
-
-When toggled ON, the user will be prompted to confirm the transfer of each
-file during these commands. When toggled OFF, all specified files will be
-transferred without prompting.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B put
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <local file name> [remote file name]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Copy the file called
-.I local file name
-from the machine running the client to the server. If specified, name the
-remote copy
-.I remote file name.
-Note that all transfers in
-.B smbclient
-are binary. See also the
-.B lowercase
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B queue
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-None.
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Displays the print queue, showing the job id, name, size and current status.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B quit
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-None.
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-See the
-.B exit
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B rd
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <directory name>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-See the
-.B rmdir
-command.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B recurse
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-None.
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Toggle directory recursion for the commands
-.B mget
-and
-.BR mput .
-
-When toggled ON, these commands will process all directories in the source
-directory (i.e., the directory they are copying
-.IR from )
-and will recurse into any that match the mask specified to the command. Only
-files that match the mask specified using the
-.B mask
-command will be retrieved. See also the
-.B mask
-command.
-
+from the local machine through a printable service on the server\&.
+.IP 
+See also the \fBprintmode\fP command\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprintmode <graphics or text>\fP" 
+Set the print
+mode to suit either binary data (such as graphical information) or
+text\&. Subsequent print commands will use the currently set print
+mode\&.
+.IP 
+dir(\fBprompt\fP) Toggle prompting for filenames during
+operation of the \fBmget\fP and \fBmput\fP
+commands\&.
+.IP 
+When toggled ON, the user will be prompted to confirm the transfer of
+each file during these commands\&. When toggled OFF, all specified files
+will be transferred without prompting\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBput <local file name> [remote file name]\fP" 
+Copy the
+file called "local file name" from the machine running the client to
+the server\&. If specified, name the remote copy "remote file name"\&.
+Note that all transfers in smbclient are binary\&. See also the
+\fBlowercase\fP command\&.
+.IP 
+dir(\fBqueue\fP) Displays the print queue, showing the job
+id, name, size and current status\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBquit\fP" 
+See the \fBexit\fP command\&.
+.IP 
+dir(\fBrd <directory name>\fP) See the \fBrmdir\fP
+command\&.
+.IP 
+dir(\fBrecurse\fP) Toggle directory recursion for the
+commands \fBmget\fP and \fBmput\fP\&.
+.IP 
+When toggled ON, these commands will process all directories in the
+source directory (i\&.e\&., the directory they are copying \&.IR from ) and
+will recurse into any that match the mask specified to the
+command\&. Only files that match the mask specified using the
+\fBmask\fP command will be retrieved\&. See also the
+\fBmask\fP command\&.
+.IP 
 When recursion is toggled OFF, only files from the current working
 directory on the source machine that match the mask specified to the
-.B mget
-or
-.B mput
-commands will be copied, and any mask specified using the
-.B mask
-command will be ignored.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B rm
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <mask>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Remove all files matching
-.I mask
-from the current working directory
-.B on the server.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B rmdir
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <directory name>
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Remove the specified directory (user access privileges permitting)
-.B from the server.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B tar
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters:
-.RS 3
-.I <c|x>[IXbgNa]
-
-.RE
-.B Description:
-.RS 3
-Performs a tar operation - see the
-.B \-T
-command line option above. Behaviour
-may be affected by the
-.B tarmode
-command (see below). Using g (incremental) and N (newer) will affect
-tarmode settings. Note that using the "\-" option with tar x may not
-work - use the command line option instead.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B blocksize
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters
-.RS 3
-.I <blocksize>
-
-.RE
-.B Description
-.RS 3
-Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater than zero) blocksize.
-Causes tar file to be written out in blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte)
-blocks.
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B tarmode
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters
-.RS 3
-.I <full|inc|reset|noreset>
-
-.RE
-.B Description
-.RS 3
-Changes tar's behaviour with regard to archive bits. In full mode,
-tar will back up everything regardless of the archive bit setting (this
-is the default mode). In incremental mode, tar will only back up files
-with the archive bit set. In reset mode, tar will reset the archive bit
-on all files it backs up (implies read/write share).
-.RE
-.RE
-
-.B setmode
-.RS 3
-.B Parameters
-.RS 3
-.I <filename> <perm=[+|\-]rsha>
-
-.RE
-.B Description
-.RS 3
-A version of the DOS attrib command to set file permissions. For example,
-
-setmode myfile +r
-
-would make myfile read only.
-.RE
-.RE
-.SH NOTES
-Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames, passwords, share
-names (aka service names) and machine names. If you fail to connect try
-giving all parameters in uppercase.
-
-It is often necessary to use the
-.B \-n
-option when connecting to some types
-of servers. For example OS/2 LanManager insists on a valid netbios name
-being used, so you need to supply a valid name that would be known to
-the server.
-
-.B smbclient
-supports long file names where the server supports the LANMAN2
-protocol.
-.SH FILES
-Not applicable.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.B USER
-.RS 3
-The variable USER may contain the username of the person using the client.
-This information is used only if the protocol level is high enough to support
-session-level passwords.
-.RE
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the client program is a matter for individual system 
-administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the client software be installed under the
-/usr/local/samba
-hierarchy, in a directory readable by all, writeable only by root. The client
-program itself should be executable by all. The client should NOT be setuid 
-or setgid!
-
-The client log files should be put in a directory readable and writable only
-by the user.
-
-To test the client, you will need to know the name of a running Lan manager
-server. It is possible to run
-.B smbd
-(see
-.BR smbd (8))
-as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon on a
+\fBmget\fP or \fBmput\fP commands will be copied,
+and any mask specified using the \fBmask\fP command will be
+ignored\&.
+.IP 
+dir(\fBrm <mask>\fP) Remove all files matching mask from
+the current working directory on the server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBrmdir <directory name>\fP" 
+Remove the specified
+directory (user access privileges permitting) from the server\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBtar <c|x>[IXbgNa]\fP" 
+Performs a tar operation - see
+the \fB-T\fP command line option above\&. Behaviour may be
+affected by the \fBtarmode\fP command (see below)\&. Using
+g (incremental) and N (newer) will affect tarmode settings\&. Note that
+using the "-" option with tar x may not work - use the command line
+option instead\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBblocksize <blocksize>\fP" 
+Blocksize\&. Must be
+followed by a valid (greater than zero) blocksize\&. Causes tar file to
+be written out in blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks\&.
+.IP 
+dir(\fBtarmode <full|inc|reset|noreset>\fP) Changes tar\'s
+behaviour with regard to archive bits\&. In full mode, tar will back up
+everything regardless of the archive bit setting (this is the default
+mode)\&. In incremental mode, tar will only back up files with the
+archive bit set\&. In reset mode, tar will reset the archive bit on all
+files it backs up (implies read/write share)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBsetmode <filename> <perm=[+|\e-]rsha>\fP" 
+A version
+of the DOS attrib command to set file permissions\&. For example:
+.IP 
+\f(CWsetmode myfile +r\fP
+.IP 
+would make myfile read only\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "NOTES" 
+.PP 
+Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames,
+passwords, share names (aka service names) and machine names\&. If you
+fail to connect try giving all parameters in uppercase\&.
+.PP 
+It is often necessary to use the \fB-n\fP option when connecting to some
+types of servers\&. For example OS/2 LanManager insists on a valid
+NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid name that would
+be known to the server\&.
+.PP 
+smbclient supports long file names where the server supports the
+LANMAN2 protocol or above\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" 
+.PP 
+The variable \fBUSER\fP may contain the username of the person using the
+client\&.  This information is used only if the protocol level is high
+enough to support session-level passwords\&.
+.PP 
+The variable \fBPASSWORD\fP may contain the password of the person using
+the client\&.  This information is used only if the protocol level is
+high enough to support session-level passwords\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "INSTALLATION" 
+.PP 
+The location of the client program is a matter for individual system
+administrators\&. The following are thus suggestions only\&.
+.PP 
+It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed in the
+/usr/local/samba/bin or /usr/samba/bin directory, this directory
+readable by all, writeable only by root\&. The client program itself
+should be executable by all\&. The client should \fINOT\fP be setuid or
+setgid!
+.PP 
+The client log files should be put in a directory readable and
+writable only by the user\&.
+.PP 
+To test the client, you will need to know the name of a running
+SMB/CIFS server\&. It is possible to run \fBsmbd (8)\fP
+an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon on a
 user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024) would
-provide a suitable test server.
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.00 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the client software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the client has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smbd (8)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-[This section under construction]
-
-Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a specified log file. The
-log file name is specified at compile time, but may be overridden on the
-command line.
-
-The number and nature of diagnostics available depends on the debug level used
-by the client. If you have problems, set the debug level to 3 and peruse the
-log files.
-
-Most messages are reasonably self-explanatory. Unfortunately, at time of
-creation of this man page the source code is still too fluid to warrant
-describing each and every diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still
-to grep the source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the 
-diagnostics you are seeing.
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a full list of contributors and details on how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+provide a suitable test server\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" 
+.PP 
+Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a specified log
+file\&. The log file name is specified at compile time, but may be
+overridden on the command line\&.
+.PP 
+The number and nature of diagnostics available depends on the debug
+level used by the client\&. If you have problems, set the debug level to
+3 and peruse the log files\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbd.8 b/docs/manpages/smbd.8
index fbc4b6e8c1..e8c8e4564d 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbd.8
@@ -1,452 +1,430 @@
-.TH SMBD 8 "09 Oct 1998" "smbd 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-smbd \- provide SMB (aka LanManager) services to clients
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smbd
-[
-.B \-D
-] [
-.B \-a
-] [
-.B \-o
-] [
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-] [
-.B \-l
-.I log file
-] [
-.B \-p
-.I port number
-] [
-.B \-O
-.I socket options
-] [
-.B \-s
-.I configuration file
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B smbd
-is a server that can provide most SMB services. The server provides
-filespace and printer services to clients using the SMB protocol. This
-is compatible with the LanManager protocol, and can service LanManager
-clients.  These include MSCLIENT 3.0 for DOS, Windows for Workgroups,
-Windows 95, Windows NT, OS/2, DAVE for Macintosh, and smbfs for Linux.
-
-An extensive description of the services that the server can provide is given
-in the man page for the configuration file controlling the attributes of those
-services (see
-.BR smb.conf (5)).
-This man page will not describe the services, but
-will concentrate on the administrative aspects of running the server.
-
-Please note that there are significant security implications to running this
-server, and
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-should be regarded as mandatory reading before proceeding with 
-installation.
-
-A session is created whenever a client requests one. Each client gets a copy
-of the server for each session. This copy then services all connections made
-by the client during that session. When all connections from its client are
-are closed, the copy of the server for that client terminates.
-
-The configuration file, and any files that it includes, are automatically
-reloaded every minute, if they change.  You can force a reload by sending a
-SIGHUP to the server.  Reloading the configuration file will not affect
-connections to any service that is already established.  Either the user
-will have to disconnect from the service, or smbd killed and restarted.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B \-D
-
-.RS 3
-If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon. That is,
-it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the 
-appropriate port.
-
-By default, the server will NOT operate as a daemon.
-.RE
-
-.B \-a
-
-.RS 3
-If this parameter is specified, each new connection will append log messages
-to the log file.  This is the default.
-.RE
-
-.B \-o
-
-.RS 3
-If this parameter is specified, the log files will be overwritten when opened.
-By default, the log files will be appended to.
-.RE
-
-.B \-d
-.I debuglevel
-.RS 3
-
-debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10.
-
-The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.
-
-The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about
-the activities of the server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious 
-warnings will be logged. Level 1 is a reasonable level for day to day running
-- it generates a small amount of information about operations carried out.
-
-Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and should 
-only be used when investigating a problem. Levels above 3 are designed for 
-use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which 
-is extremely cryptic.
-.RE
-
-.B \-l
-.I log file
-
-.RS 3
-If specified,
-.I logfile
-specifies a base filename into which operational data from the running server
-will be logged.
-
-The default base name is specified at compile time.
-
-The base name is used to generate actual log file names. For example, if the
-name specified was "log", the following files would be used for log data:
-
-.RS 3
-log.debug (containing debugging information)
-
-log.in (containing inbound transaction data)
-
-log.out (containing outbound transaction data)
-.RE
-
-The log files generated are never removed by the server.
-.RE
-
-.B \-O
-.I socket options
-.RS 3
-
-See the socket options section of
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for details
-
-.RE
-.B \-p
-.I port number
-.RS 3
-
-port number is a positive integer value.
-
-The default value if this parameter is not specified is 139.
-
-This number is the port number that will be used when making connections to
-the server from client software. The standard (well-known) port number for the
-server is 139, hence the default. If you wish to run the server as an ordinary
-user rather than as root, most systems will require you to use a port number
-greater than 1024 - ask your system administrator for help if you are in this
-situation.
-
-In order for the server to be useful by most clients, should you configure
-it on a port other than 139, you will require port redirection services
-on port 139, details of which are outlined in rfc1002.txt section 4.3.5.
-
-This parameter is not normally specified except in the above situation.
-.RE
-
-.B \-s
-.I configuration file
-
-.RS 3
-The default configuration file name is determined at compile time.
-
-The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server.
-The information in this file includes server-specific information such as
-what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the
-server is to provide. See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for more information.
-.RE
-.SH FILES
-
-.B /etc/inetd.conf
-
-.RS 3
-If the server is to be run by the inetd meta-daemon, this file must contain
-suitable startup information for the meta-daemon. See the section 
-"INSTALLATION" below.
-.RE
-
-.B /etc/rc
-
-.RS 3
-(or whatever initialisation script your system uses)
-
-If running the server as a daemon at startup, this file will need to contain
-an appropriate startup sequence for the server. See the section "INSTALLATION"
-below.
-.RE
-
-.B /etc/services
-
-.RS 3
-If running the server via the meta-daemon inetd, this file must contain a
-mapping of service name (eg., netbios-ssn)  to service port (eg., 139) and
-protocol type (eg., tcp). See the section "INSTALLATION" below.
-.RE
-
-.B /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
-
-.RS 3
-This file describes all the services the server is to make available to
-clients. See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for more information.
-.RE
-.SH LIMITATIONS
-
-On some systems
-.B smbd
-cannot change uid back to root after a setuid() call.
-Such systems are called "trapdoor" uid systems. If you have such a system,
-you will be unable to connect from a client (such as a PC) as two different
-users at once. Attempts to connect the second user will result in "access
-denied" or similar.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-
-.B PRINTER
-
-.RS 3
-If no printer name is specified to printable services, most systems will
-use the value of this variable (or "lp" if this variable is not defined)
-as the name of the printer to use. This is not specific to the server,
-however.
-.RE
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
+.TH "smbd" "8" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+smbd \- server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbd\fP [-D] [-a] [-o] [-d debuglevel] [-l log file] [-p port number] [-O socket options] [-s configuration file] [-i scope] [-P] [-h]
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBsmbd\fP is the server daemon that provides filesharing services to
+Windows clients\&. The server provides filespace and printer services to
+clients using the SMB (or CIFS) protocol\&. This is compatible with the
+LanManager protocol, and can service LanManager clients\&.  These
+include MSCLIENT 3\&.0 for DOS, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95,
+Windows NT, OS/2, DAVE for Macintosh, and smbfs for Linux\&.
+.PP 
+An extensive description of the services that the server can provide
+is given in the man page for the configuration file controlling the
+attributes of those services (see \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP)\&.  This man page
+will not describe the services, but will concentrate on the
+administrative aspects of running the server\&.
+.PP 
+Please note that there are significant security implications to
+running this server, and the \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP manpage should be
+regarded as mandatory reading before proceeding with installation\&.
+.PP 
+A session is created whenever a client requests one\&. Each client gets
+a copy of the server for each session\&. This copy then services all
+connections made by the client during that session\&. When all
+connections from its client are are closed, the copy of the server for
+that client terminates\&.
+.PP 
+The configuration file, and any files that it includes, are
+automatically reloaded every minute, if they change\&.  You can force a
+reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server\&.  Reloading the configuration
+file will not affect connections to any service that is already
+established\&.  Either the user will have to disconnect from the
+service, or smbd killed and restarted\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-D\fP" 
+If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a
+daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background,
+fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. Operating the server as a
+daemon is the recommended way of running smbd for servers that provide
+more than casual use file and print services\&.
+.IP 
+By default, the server will NOT operate as a daemon\&. 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-a\fP" 
+If this parameter is specified, each new connection will
+append log messages to the log file\&.  This is the default\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-o\fP" 
+If this parameter is specified, the log files will be
+overwritten when opened\&.  By default, the log files will be appended
+to\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d debuglevel\fP" 
+debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10\&.
+.IP 
+The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero\&.
+.IP 
+The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files
+about the activities of the server\&. At level 0, only critical errors
+and serious warnings will be logged\&. Level 1 is a reasonable level for
+day to day running - it generates a small amount of information about
+operations carried out\&.
+.IP 
+Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and
+should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are
+designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
+data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&.
+.IP 
+Note that specifying this parameter here will override the \fBlog
+level\fP parameter in the \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-l log file\fP" 
+If specified, \fIlog file\fP specifies
+a log filename into which informational and debug messages from the
+running server will be logged\&. The log file generated is never removed
+by the server although its size may be controlled by the \fBmax
+log size\fP option in the \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP file\&.  The default log file name is specified
+at compile time\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-O socket options\fP" 
+See the \fBsocket
+options\fP parameter in the
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP file for details\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-p port number\fP" 
+port number is a positive integer value\&.  The
+default value if this parameter is not specified is 139\&.
+.IP 
+This number is the port number that will be used when making
+connections to the server from client software\&. The standard
+(well-known) port number for the SMB over TCP is 139, hence the
+default\&. If you wish to run the server as an ordinary user rather than
+as root, most systems will require you to use a port number greater
+than 1024 - ask your system administrator for help if you are in this
+situation\&.
+.IP 
+In order for the server to be useful by most clients, should you
+configure it on a port other than 139, you will require port
+redirection services on port 139, details of which are outlined in
+rfc1002\&.txt section 4\&.3\&.5\&.
+.IP 
+This parameter is not normally specified except in the above
+situation\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s configuration file\fP" 
+The default configuration file name is
+determined at compile time\&.
+.IP 
+The file specified contains the configuration details required by the
+server\&.  The information in this file includes server-specific
+information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions
+of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP for more information\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-i scope\fP" 
+This specifies a NetBIOS scope that the server will use
+to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the
+use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes
+are \fIvery\fP rarely used, only set this parameter if you are the
+system administrator in charge of all the NetBIOS systems you
+communicate with\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-h\fP" 
+Prints the help information (usage) for smbd\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-P\fP" 
+Passive option\&. Causes smbd not to send any network traffic
+out\&. Used for debugging by the developers only\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "FILES" 
+.PP 
+\fB/etc/inetd\&.conf\fP
+.PP 
+If the server is to be run by the inetd meta-daemon, this file must
+contain suitable startup information for the meta-daemon\&. See the
+section \fIINSTALLATION\fP below\&.
+.PP 
+\fB/etc/rc\fP
+.PP 
+(or whatever initialisation script your system uses)\&.
+.PP 
+If running the server as a daemon at startup, this file will need to
+contain an appropriate startup sequence for the server\&. See the
+section \fIINSTALLATION\fP below\&.
+.PP 
+\fB/etc/services\fP
+.PP 
+If running the server via the meta-daemon inetd, this file must
+contain a mapping of service name (eg\&., netbios-ssn) to service port
+(eg\&., 139) and protocol type (eg\&., tcp)\&. See the section
+\fIINSTALLATION\fP below\&.
+.PP 
+\fB/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP
+.PP 
+This is the default location of the \fIsmb\&.conf\fP server configuration
+file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
+\fI/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP and \fI/etc/smb\&.conf\fP\&.
+.PP 
+This file describes all the services the server is to make available
+to clients\&. See \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP for more information\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "LIMITATIONS" 
+.PP 
+On some systems \fBsmbd\fP cannot change uid back to root after a
+setuid() call\&.  Such systems are called "trapdoor" uid systems\&. If you
+have such a system, you will be unable to connect from a client (such
+as a PC) as two different users at once\&. Attempts to connect the
+second user will result in "access denied" or similar\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" 
+.PP 
+\fBPRINTER\fP
+.PP 
+If no printer name is specified to printable services, most systems
+will use the value of this variable (or "lp" if this variable is not
+defined) as the name of the printer to use\&. This is not specific to
+the server, however\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "INSTALLATION" 
+.PP 
+The location of the server and its support files is a matter for
+individual system administrators\&. The following are thus suggestions
+only\&.
+.PP 
 It is recommended that the server software be installed under the
-/usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable by all, writeable only
-by root. The server program itself should be executable by all, as
-users may wish to run the server themselves (in which case it will of
-course run with their privileges).  The server should NOT be
-setuid. On some systems it may be worthwhile to make smbd setgid to an
-empty group. This is because some systems may have a security hole where
-daemon processes that become a user can be attached to with a
-debugger. Making the smbd file setgid to an empty group may prevent
-this hole from being exploited. This security hole and the suggested
-fix has only been confirmed on Linux at the time this was written. It
-is possible that this hole only exists in Linux, as testing on other
-systems has thus far shown them to be immune.
-
-The server log files should be put in a directory readable and writable only
-by root, as the log files may contain sensitive information.
-
-The configuration file should be placed in a directory readable and writable
-only by root, as the configuration file controls security for the services
-offered by the server. The configuration file can be made readable by all if
-desired, but this is not necessary for correct operation of the server and
-is not recommended. A sample configuration file "smb.conf.sample" is supplied
-with the source to the server - this may be renamed to "smb.conf" and 
-modified to suit your needs.
-
+/usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable by all, writeable
+only by root\&. The server program itself should be executable by all,
+as users may wish to run the server themselves (in which case it will
+of course run with their privileges)\&.  The server should NOT be
+setuid\&. On some systems it may be worthwhile to make smbd setgid to an
+empty group\&. This is because some systems may have a security hole
+where daemon processes that become a user can be attached to with a
+debugger\&. Making the smbd file setgid to an empty group may prevent
+this hole from being exploited\&. This security hole and the suggested
+fix has only been confirmed on old versions (pre-kernel 2\&.0) of Linux
+at the time this was written\&. It is possible that this hole only
+exists in Linux, as testing on other systems has thus far shown them
+to be immune\&.
+.PP 
+The server log files should be put in a directory readable and
+writable only by root, as the log files may contain sensitive
+information\&.
+.PP 
+The configuration file should be placed in a directory readable and
+writable only by root, as the configuration file controls security for
+the services offered by the server\&. The configuration file can be made
+readable by all if desired, but this is not necessary for correct
+operation of the server and is not recommended\&. A sample configuration
+file "smb\&.conf\&.sample" is supplied with the source to the server -
+this may be renamed to "smb\&.conf" and modified to suit your needs\&.
+.PP 
 The remaining notes will assume the following:
-
-.RS 3
-.B smbd
-(the server program) installed in /usr/local/samba/bin
-
-smb.conf (the configuration file) installed in /usr/local/samba/lib
-
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsmbd\fP (the server program) installed in /usr/local/samba/bin
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP (the configuration file) installed in /usr/local/samba/lib
+.IP 
+.IP o 
 log files stored in /var/adm/smblogs
-.RE
-
-The server may be run either as a daemon by users or at startup, or it may
-be run from a meta-daemon such as inetd upon request. If run as a daemon, the
-server will always be ready, so starting sessions will be faster. If run from 
-a meta-daemon some memory will be saved and utilities such as the tcpd 
-TCP-wrapper may be used for extra security.
-
-When you've decided, continue with either "RUNNING THE SERVER AS A DAEMON" or
-"RUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST".
-.SH RUNNING THE SERVER AS A DAEMON
+.IP 
+.PP 
+The server may be run either as a daemon by users or at startup, or it
+may be run from a meta-daemon such as inetd upon request\&. If run as a
+daemon, the server will always be ready, so starting sessions will be
+faster\&. If run from a meta-daemon some memory will be saved and
+utilities such as the tcpd TCP-wrapper may be used for extra security\&.
+For serious use as file server it is recommended that \fBsmbd\fP be run
+as a daemon\&.
+.PP 
+When you\'ve decided, continue with either \fIRUNNING THE SERVER AS A
+DAEMON\fP or \fIRUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST\fP\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "RUNNING THE SERVER AS A DAEMON" 
+.PP 
 To run the server as a daemon from the command line, simply put the
-.B \-D
-option
-on the command line. There is no need to place an ampersand at the end of the
-command line - the
-.B \-D
-option causes the server to detach itself from the
-tty anyway.
-
-Any user can run the server as a daemon (execute permissions permitting, of 
-course). This is useful for testing purposes, and may even be useful as a
-temporary substitute for something like ftp. When run this way, however, the
-server will only have the privileges of the user who ran it.
-
-To ensure that the server is run as a daemon whenever the machine is started,
-and to ensure that it runs as root so that it can serve multiple clients, you 
-will need to modify the system startup files. Wherever appropriate (for
-example, in /etc/rc), insert the following line, substituting 
-port number, log file location, configuration file location and debug level as
-desired:
-
-.RS 3
-/usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D -l /var/adm/smblogs/log -s /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
-.RE
-
-(The above should appear in your initialisation script as a single line. 
+\fB-D\fP option on the command line\&. There is no need to place an
+ampersand at the end of the command line - the \fB-D\fP option causes
+the server to detach itself from the tty anyway\&.
+.PP 
+Any user can run the server as a daemon (execute permissions
+permitting, of course)\&. This is useful for testing purposes, and may
+even be useful as a temporary substitute for something like ftp\&. When
+run this way, however, the server will only have the privileges of the
+user who ran it\&.
+.PP 
+To ensure that the server is run as a daemon whenever the machine is
+started, and to ensure that it runs as root so that it can serve
+multiple clients, you will need to modify the system startup
+files\&. Wherever appropriate (for example, in /etc/rc), insert the
+following line, substituting port number, log file location,
+configuration file location and debug level as desired:
+.PP 
+\f(CW/usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D -l /var/adm/smblogs/log -s /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP
+.PP 
+(The above should appear in your initialisation script as a single line\&. 
 Depending on your terminal characteristics, it may not appear that way in
-this man page. If the above appears as more than one line, please treat any 
-newlines or indentation as a single space or TAB character.)
-
-If the options used at compile time are appropriate for your system, all
-parameters except the desired debug level and
-.B \-D
-may be omitted. See the
-section "OPTIONS" above.
-.SH RUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST
-If your system uses a meta-daemon such as inetd, you can arrange to have the
-smbd server started whenever a process attempts to connect to it. This requires
-several changes to the startup files on the host machine. If you are
-experimenting as an ordinary user rather than as root, you will need the 
-assistance of your system administrator to modify the system files.
-
-You will probably want to set up the name server
-.B nmbd
-at the same time as
-.B smbd
-- refer to the man page 
-.BR nmbd (8).
-
-First, ensure that a port is configured in the file /etc/services. The 
-well-known port 139 should be used if possible, though any port may be used.
-
+this man page\&. If the above appears as more than one line, please treat any 
+newlines or indentation as a single space or TAB character\&.)
+.PP 
+If the options used at compile time are appropriate for your system,
+all parameters except the desired debug level and \fB-D\fP may be
+omitted\&. See the section \fIOPTIONS\fP above\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "RUNNING THE SERVER ON REQUEST" 
+.PP 
+If your system uses a meta-daemon such as inetd, you can arrange to
+have the smbd server started whenever a process attempts to connect to
+it\&. This requires several changes to the startup files on the host
+machine\&. If you are experimenting as an ordinary user rather than as
+root, you will need the assistance of your system administrator to
+modify the system files\&.
+.PP 
+You will probably want to set up the NetBIOS name server \fBnmbd\fP at
+the same time as \fBsmbd\fP\&. To do this refer to the man page for
+\fBnmbd (8)\fP\&.
+.PP 
+First, ensure that a port is configured in the file /etc/services\&. The
+well-known port 139 should be used if possible, though any port may be
+used\&.
+.PP 
 Ensure that a line similar to the following is in /etc/services:
+.PP 
+\f(CWnetbios-ssn	139/tcp\fP
+.PP 
+Note for NIS/YP users - you may need to rebuild the NIS service maps
+rather than alter your local /etc/services file\&.
+.PP 
+Next, put a suitable line in the file /etc/inetd\&.conf (in the unlikely
+event that you are using a meta-daemon other than inetd, you are on
+your own)\&. Note that the first item in this line matches the service
+name in /etc/services\&.  Substitute appropriate values for your system
+in this line (see \fBinetd (8)\fP):
+.PP 
+\f(CWnetbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -d1 -l/var/adm/smblogs/log -s/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\fP
+.PP 
+(The above should appear in /etc/inetd\&.conf as a single
+line\&. Depending on your terminal characteristics, it may not appear
+that way in this man page\&.  If the above appears as more than one
+line, please treat any newlines or indentation as a single space or
+TAB character\&.)
+.PP 
+Note that there is no need to specify a port number here, even if you
+are using a non-standard port number\&.
+.PP 
+Lastly, edit the configuration file to provide suitable services\&. To
+start with, the following two services should be all you need:
+.PP 
+
+.DS 
+ 
 
-.RS 3
-netbios-ssn	139/tcp
-.RE
-
-Note for NIS/YP users - you may need to rebuild the NIS service maps rather
-than alter your local /etc/services file.
-
-Next, put a suitable line in the file /etc/inetd.conf (in the unlikely event
-that you are using a meta-daemon other than inetd, you are on your own). Note
-that the first item in this line matches the service name in /etc/services.
-Substitute appropriate values for your system in this line (see
-.BR inetd (8)):
-
-.RS 3
-.\" turn off right adjustment
-.ad l
-netbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -d1 
--l/var/adm/smblogs/log -s/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
-.ad
-.RE
-
-(The above should appear in /etc/inetd.conf as a single line. Depending on 
-your terminal characteristics, it may not appear that way in this man page.
-If the above appears as more than one line, please treat any newlines or 
-indentation as a single space or TAB character.)
-
-Note that there is no need to specify a port number here, even if you are 
-using a non-standard port number.
-
-Lastly, edit the configuration file to provide suitable services. To start
-with, the following two services should be all you need:
 
-.RS 3
 [homes]
-.RS 3
- writable = yes
-.RE
+  writable = yes
 
 [printers]
-.RS 3
  writable = no
  printable = yes
  path = /tmp
  public = yes
-.RE
-.RE
 
-This will allow you to connect to your home directory and print to any printer
-supported by the host (user privileges permitting).
-.SH TESTING THE INSTALLATION
-If running the server as a daemon, execute it before proceeding. If
-using a meta-daemon, either restart the system or kill and restart the 
-meta-daemon. Some versions of inetd will reread their configuration tables if
-they receive a HUP signal.
-
-If your machine's name is "fred" and your name is "mary", you should now be
-able to connect to the service "\e\efred\emary".
-
-To properly test and experiment with the server, we recommend using the
-smbclient program (see
-.BR smbclient (1)).
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.00 of the Samba suite,
-plus some of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the server has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR hosts_access (5),
-.BR inetd (8),
-.BR nmbd (8), 
-.BR smb.conf (5),
-.BR smbclient (1),
-.BR testparm (1), 
-.BR testprns (1)
-.BR rfc1001.txt
-.BR rfc1002.txt
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-[This section under construction]
-
-Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged in a specified log file. The
-log file name is specified at compile time, but may be overridden on the
-command line.
-
-The number and nature of diagnostics available depends on the debug level used
-by the server. If you have problems, set the debug level to 3 and peruse the
-log files.
-
-Most messages are reasonably self-explanatory. Unfortunately, at time of
-creation of this man page the source code is still too fluid to warrant
-describing each and every diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still
-to grep the source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the 
-diagnostics you are seeing.
-
-.SH SIGNALS
-
-In version 1.9.18 and above the debug log level of smbd may be raised 
-by sending it a SIGUSR1 (kill -USR1 <smbd-pid>) and lowered by sending 
-it a SIGUSR2 (kill -USR2 <smbd-pid>). This is to allow transient problems
-to be diagnosed, whilst still running at a normally low log level.
 
+.DE 
+ 
+
+.PP 
+This will allow you to connect to your home directory and print to any
+printer supported by the host (user privileges permitting)\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "TESTING THE INSTALLATION" 
+.PP 
+If running the server as a daemon, execute it before proceeding\&. If
+using a meta-daemon, either restart the system or kill and restart the
+meta-daemon\&. Some versions of inetd will reread their configuration
+tables if they receive a HUP signal\&.
+.PP 
+If your machine\'s name is "fred" and your name is "mary", you should
+now be able to connect to the service \f(CW\e\efred\emary\fP\&.
+.PP 
+To properly test and experiment with the server, we recommend using
+the smbclient program (see \fBsmbclient (1)\fP) and also going through
+the steps outlined in the file \fIDIAGNOSIS\&.txt\fP in the \fIdocs/\fP
+directory of your Samba installation\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" 
+.PP 
+Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged in a specified log
+file\&. The log file name is specified at compile time, but may be
+overridden on the command line\&.
+.PP 
+The number and nature of diagnostics available depends on the debug
+level used by the server\&. If you have problems, set the debug level to
+3 and peruse the log files\&.
+.PP 
+Most messages are reasonably self-explanatory\&. Unfortunately, at time
+of creation of this man page there are too many diagnostics available
+in the source code to warrant describing each and every diagnostic\&. At
+this stage your best bet is still to grep the source code and inspect
+the conditions that gave rise to the diagnostics you are seeing\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SIGNALS" 
+.PP 
+Sending the smbd a SIGHUP will cause it to re-load its smb\&.conf
+configuration file within a short period of time\&.
+.PP 
+To shut down a users smbd process it is recommended that SIGKILL (-9)
+\fINOT\fP be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared
+memory area in an inconsistant state\&. The safe way to terminate an
+smbd is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for it to die on
+its own\&.
+.PP 
+The debug log level of smbd may be raised
+by sending it a SIGUSR1 \f(CW(kill -USR1 <smbd-pid>)\fP and lowered by
+sending it a SIGUSR2 \f(CW(kill -USR2 <smbd-pid>)\fP\&. This is to allow
+transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running at a normally
+low log level\&.
+.PP 
 Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write, they are not
-re-entrant in smbd. This you should wait until smbd is in a state of
-waiting for an incoming smb before issuing them. It is possible to
+re-entrant in smbd\&. This you should wait until smbd is in a state of
+waiting for an incoming smb before issuing them\&. It is possible to
 make the signal handlers safe by un-blocking the signals before the
 select call and re-blocking them after, however this would affect
-performance.
-
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
-
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a full list of contributors and details on how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+performance\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBhosts_access (5)\fP, \fBinetd (8)\fP, \fBnmbd (8)\fP,
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP, \fBsmbclient
+(1)\fP, \fBtestparm (1)\fP,
+\fBtestprns (1)\fP, and the Internet RFC\'s
+\fBrfc1001\&.txt\fP, \fBrfc1002\&.txt\fP\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB)
+specification is available as a link from the Web page :
+http://samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au/cifs/\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au)\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full list of contributors
+and details on how to submit bug reports, comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8 b/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8
index 4f2658736f..e958266560 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8
@@ -1,138 +1,293 @@
-.TH SMBPASSWD 8 "09 Oct 1998" "smbpasswd 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-smbpasswd \- change a users smb password in the smbpasswd file.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smbpasswd
-[
-.B \-a
-] [
-.B \-r
-remote_machine
-] [
-.B username
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B smbpasswd 
-allows a user to change their encrypted smb password which
-is stored in the smbpasswd file (usually kept in the
-.I private
-directory under the
-.I Samba 
-directory hierarchy. Ordinary users can only run the command 
-with no options. It will prompt them for their old smb password
-and then ask them for their new password twice, to ensure that
-the new password was typed correctly. No passwords will
-be echoed on the screen whilst being typed. If you have a blank
-smb password (specified by the string "NO PASSWORD" in the
-smbpasswd file) then just press the <Enter> key when asked
-for your old password.
-
-.B New for 1.9.18p4.
-smbpasswd will now allow a user to change their password
-on a Windows NT server. To use this add the 
-.I \-r
-.I \<remote_machine\>
-paramter to the smbpasswd command. The machine name is looked
-up using the "name resolve order" parameter defined in the
-smb.conf [global] section. Note that when changing a Windows
-NT password for a domain user,
-.I \<remote machine\>
-must be the name of the Primary domain controller.
-
-To allow users to change their passwords from "NO PASSWORD"
-in the smbpasswd file to a valid password the administrator
-must set the following parameter in the [global] section of
-the smb.conf :
-
+.TH "smbpasswd" "8" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+smbpasswd \- change a users SMB password
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP [-a] [-d] [-e] [-D debug level] [-n] [-r remote_machine] [-R name resolve order] [-m] [-j DOMAIN] [-U username] [-h] [-s] username
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+The \fBsmbpasswd\fP program has several different functions, depending
+on whether it is run by the \fIroot\fP user or not\&. When run as a normal
+user it allows the user to change the password used for their SMB
+sessions on any machines that store SMB passwords\&.
+.PP 
+By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to change the
+current users SMB password on the local machine\&. This is similar to
+the way the \fBpasswd (1)\fP program works\&. \fBsmbpasswd\fP differs from
+the \fBpasswd\fP program works however in that it is not \fIsetuid root\fP
+but works in a client-server mode and communicates with a locally
+running \fBsmbd\fP\&. As a consequence in order for this
+to succeed the \fBsmbd\fP daemon must be running on
+the local machine\&. On a UNIX machine the encrypted SMB passwords are
+usually stored in the \fBsmbpasswd (5)\fP file\&.
+.PP 
+When run by an ordinary user with no options\&. \fBsmbpasswd\fP will
+prompt them for their old smb password and then ask them for their new
+password twice, to ensure that the new password was typed
+correctly\&. No passwords will be echoed on the screen whilst being
+typed\&. If you have a blank smb password (specified by the string "NO
+PASSWORD" in the \fBsmbpasswd\fP file) then just
+press the <Enter> key when asked for your old password\&.
+.PP 
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP also can be used by a normal user to change their SMB
+password on remote machines, such as Windows NT Primary Domain
+Controllers\&. See the (\fB-r\fP) and
+\fB-U\fP options below\&.
+.PP 
+When run by root, \fBsmbpasswd\fP allows new users to be added and
+deleted in the \fBsmbpasswd\fP file, as well as
+changes to the attributes of the user in this file to be made\&. When
+run by root, \fBsmbpasswd\fP accesses the local
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP file directly, thus enabling
+changes to be made even if \fBsmbd\fP is not running\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-a\fP" 
+This option specifies that the username following should
+be added to the local \fBsmbpasswd\fP file, with
+the new password typed (type <Enter> for the old password)\&. This
+option is ignored if the username following already exists in the
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP file and it is treated like a
+regular change password command\&. Note that the user to be added \&.B
+must already exist in the system password file (usually /etc/passwd)
+else the request to add the user will fail\&.
+.IP 
+This option is only available when running \fBsmbpasswd\fP as
+root\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d\fP" 
+This option specifies that the username following should be
+\fIdisabled\fP in the local \fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&.
+This is done by writing a \fI\'D\'\fP flag into the account control space
+in the \fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&. Once this is done
+all attempts to authenticate via SMB using this username will fail\&.
+.IP 
+If the \fBsmbpasswd\fP file is in the \'old\'
+format (pre-Samba 2\&.0 format) there is no space in the users password
+entry to write this information and so the user is disabled by writing
+\'X\' characters into the password space in the
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&. See \fBsmbpasswd
+(5)\fP for details on the \'old\' and new password file
+formats\&.
+.IP 
+This option is only available when running \fBsmbpasswd\fP as root\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-e\fP" 
+This option specifies that the username following should be
+\fIenabled\fP in the local \fBsmbpasswd\fP file,
+if the account was previously disabled\&. If the account was not
+disabled this option has no effect\&. Once the account is enabled
+then the user will be able to authenticate via SMB once again\&.
+.IP 
+If the smbpasswd file is in the \'old\' format then \fBsmbpasswd\fP will
+prompt for a new password for this user, otherwise the account will be
+enabled by removing the \fI\'D\'\fP flag from account control space in the
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&. See \fBsmbpasswd
+(5)\fP for details on the \'old\' and new password file
+formats\&.
+.IP 
+This option is only available when running \fBsmbpasswd\fP as root\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-D debuglevel\fP" 
+debuglevel is an integer from 0
+to 10\&.  The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero\&.
+.IP 
+The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files
+about the activities of smbpasswd\&. At level 0, only critical errors
+and serious warnings will be logged\&.
+.IP 
+Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and
+should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are
+designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
+data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-n\fP" 
+This option specifies that the username following should
+have their password set to null (i\&.e\&. a blank password) in the local
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&. This is done by writing the
+string "NO PASSWORD" as the first part of the first password stored in
+the \fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+Note that to allow users to logon to a Samba server once the password
+has been set to "NO PASSWORD" in the
+\fBsmbpasswd\fP file the administrator must set
+the following parameter in the [global] section of the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file :
+.IP 
 null passwords = true
-
-This is 
-.B NOT
-recommended as a general policy, it is recommended that
-new users be assigned a default password instead.
-
-The 
-.I \-a
-and 
-.I username
-options can only be used by a user running as root.
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.I \-a
-
-.RS 3
-Specifies that the username following should be added to
-the
-.I smbpasswd
-file, with the new password typed (type <Enter> for the
-old password). This option is ignored if the username 
-following already exists in the
-.I smbpasswd
-file and it is treated like a regular change password 
-command. Note that the user to be added
-.B must
-already exist in the system password file (usually /etc/passwd)
-else the request to add the user will fail.
-
-.RE
-.I username
-
-.RS 3
-You may only specify a username to the smbpasswd command
-if you are running as root. Only root should have the
-permission to modify other users smb passwords.
-
-.RE
-.RE
-.SH INSTALLATION
-
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the
-.B smbpasswd
-program be installed in the /usr/local/samba/bin directory. This should be
-a directory readable by all, writeable only by root. The program should be
-executable by all. The program 
-.B must not 
-be setuid root.
-
-.SH VERSION
-
-This man page is correct for version 1.9.18p4 of the Samba suite.
-These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the program has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smbd (8), 
-.BR smb.conf (5) 
-.SH
-.B BUGS
-
-.RE
-The
-.B smbpasswd
-command is only useful if
-.I Samba
-has been set up to use encrypted passwords. See the file
-.I ENCRYPTION.txt
-in the docs directory for details on how to do this.
-
-.SH CREDITS
-.RE
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project. smbpasswd and the encrypted password
-file code was written by Jeremy Allison (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au).
-
-This man page was written by Jeremy Allison. Bug reports to samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au.
-
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a full list of contributors and details of how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+.IP 
+This option is only available when running \fBsmbpasswd\fP as root\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-r remote machine name\fP" 
+This option allows a
+user to specify what machine they wish to change their password
+on\&. Without this parameter \fBsmbpasswd\fP defaults to the local
+host\&. The \fI"remote machine name"\fP is the NetBIOS name of the
+SMB/CIFS server to contact to attempt the password change\&. This name
+is resolved into an IP address using the standard name resolution
+mechanism in all programs of the \fBSamba\fP
+suite\&. See the \fB-R name resolve order\fP parameter for details on changing this resolving
+mechanism\&.
+.IP 
+The username whose password is changed is that of the current UNIX
+logged on user\&. See the \fB-U username\fP
+parameter for details on changing the password for a different
+username\&.
+.IP 
+Note that if changing a Windows NT Domain password the remote machine
+specified must be the Primary Domain Controller for the domain (Backup
+Domain Controllers only have a read-only copy of the user account
+database and will not allow the password change)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-R name resolve order\fP" 
+This option allows the user of
+smbclient to determine what name resolution services to use when
+looking up the NetBIOS name of the host being connected to\&.
+.IP 
+The options are :"lmhosts", "host",
+"wins" and "bcast"\&. They cause names to be
+resolved as follows :
+.IP 
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBlmhosts\fP : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBhost\fP : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution,
+using the system /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name
+resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or
+Solaris this may be controlled by the \fI/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\fP file)\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBwins\fP : Query a name with the IP address listed in the \fBwins
+server\fP parameter in the smb\&.conf file\&. If 
+no WINS server has been specified this method will be ignored\&.
+.IP 
+.IP o 
+\fBbcast\fP : Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces
+listed in the \fBinterfaces\fP parameter
+in the smb\&.conf file\&. This is the least reliable of the name resolution
+methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally connected
+subnet\&.
+.IP 
+.IP 
+If this parameter is not set then the name resolver order defined
+in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP file parameter 
+\fBname resolve order\fP
+will be used\&.
+.IP 
+The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and without this
+parameter or any entry in the \fBsmb\&.conf\fP 
+file the name resolution methods will be attempted in this order\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-m\fP" 
+This option tells \fBsmbpasswd\fP that the account being
+changed is a \fIMACHINE\fP account\&. Currently this is used when Samba is
+being used as an NT Primary Domain Controller\&. PDC support is not a
+supported feature in Samba2\&.0 but will become supported in a later
+release\&. If you wish to know more about using Samba as an NT PDC then
+please subscribe to the mailing list
+\fIsamba-ntdom@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.IP 
+This option is only available when running \fBsmbpasswd\fP as root\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-j DOMAIN\fP" 
+This option is used to add a Samba server into a
+Windows NT Domain, as a Domain member capable of authenticating user
+accounts to any Domain Controller in the same way as a Windows NT
+Server\&. See the \fBsecurity=domain\fP
+option in the \fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP man page\&.
+.IP 
+In order to be used in this way, the Administrator for the Windows
+NT Domain must have used the program \fI"Server Manager for Domains"\fP
+to add the primary NetBIOS name of 
+the Samba server as a member of the Domain\&.
+.IP 
+After this has been done, to join the Domain invoke \fBsmbpasswd\fP with
+this parameter\&. \fBsmbpasswd\fP will then look up the Primary Domain
+Controller for the Domain (found in the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file in the parameter
+\fBpassword server\fP and change
+the machine account password used to create the secure Domain
+communication\&.  This password is then stored by \fBsmbpasswd\fP in a
+file, read only by root, called \f(CW<Domain>\&.<Machine>\&.mac\fP where
+\f(CW<Domain>\fP is the name of the Domain we are joining and tt<Machine>
+is the primary NetBIOS name of the machine we are running on\&.
+.IP 
+Once this operation has been performed the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file may be updated to set the
+\fBsecurity=domain\fP option and all
+future logins to the Samba server will be authenticated to the Windows
+NT PDC\&.
+.IP 
+Note that even though the authentication is being done to the PDC all
+users accessing the Samba server must still have a valid UNIX account
+on that machine\&.
+.IP 
+This option is only available when running \fBsmbpasswd\fP as root\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-U username\fP" 
+This option may only be used in
+conjunction with the \fB-r\fP
+option\&. When changing a password on a remote machine it allows the
+user to specify the user name on that machine whose password will be
+changed\&. It is present to allow users who have different user names on
+different systems to change these passwords\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-h\fP" 
+This option prints the help string for \fBsmbpasswd\fP, 
+selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s\fP" 
+This option causes \fBsmbpasswd\fP to be silent (ie\&. not
+issue prompts) and to read it\'s old and new passwords from standard 
+input, rather than from \f(CW/dev/tty\fP (like the \fBpasswd (1)\fP program
+does)\&. This option is to aid people writing scripts to drive \fBsmbpasswd\fP
+.IP 
+dir(\fBusername\fP) This specifies the username for all of the \fIroot
+only\fP options to operate on\&. Only root can specify this parameter as
+only root has the permission needed to modify attributes directly
+in the local \fBsmbpasswd\fP file\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "NOTES" 
+.IP 
+As \fBsmbpasswd\fP works in client-server mode communicating with a
+local \fBsmbd\fP for a non-root user then the \fBsmbd\fP
+daemon must be running for this to work\&. A common problem is to add a
+restriction to the hosts that may access the \fBsmbd\fP running on the
+local machine by specifying a \fB"allow
+hosts"\fP or \fB"deny
+hosts"\fP entry in the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file and neglecting to allow
+\fI"localhost"\fP access to the \fBsmbd\fP\&.
+.IP 
+In addition, the \fBsmbpasswd\fP command is only useful if \fBSamba\fP has
+been set up to use encrypted passwords\&. See the file \fBENCRYPTION\&.txt\fP
+in the docs directory for details on how to do this\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.IP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.IP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.IP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.IP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.IP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbrun.1 b/docs/manpages/smbrun.1
index a1ee7e43ba..d822344164 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbrun.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbrun.1
@@ -1,74 +1,67 @@
-.TH SMBRUN 1 "09 Oct 1998" "smbrun 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
+.TH "smbrun" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
 smbrun \- interface program between smbd and external programs
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smbrun
-.I shell-command
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B smbrun
-is a very small 'glue' program, which runs shell commands for
-the
-.B smbd
-daemon (see
-.BR smbd (8)).
-
-It first changes to the highest effective user and group ID that it can, 
-then runs the command line provided using the system() call. This program is
-necessary to allow some operating systems to run external programs as non-root.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.I shell-command
-
-.RS 3
-The shell command to execute.
-
-The command should have a fully-qualified path.
-.RE
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-The PATH variable set for the environment in which
-.B smbrun
-is executed will affect what executables are located and executed if a
-fully-qualified path is not given in the command.
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the
-.B smbrun
-program be installed under the /usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable
-by all, writeable only by root. The program should be executable by all.
-The program should NOT be setuid or setgid!
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.00 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the program has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smbd (8), 
-.BR smb.conf (8) 
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-If
-.B smbrun
-cannot be located or cannot be executed by
-.B smbd
-then appropriate messages will be found in the
-.B smbd
-logs. Other diagnostics are
-dependent on the shell-command being run. It is advisable for your shell
-commands to issue suitable diagnostics to aid trouble-shooting.
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
-This man page was written by Karl Auer. Bug reports to samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au.
-
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a full list of contributors and details of how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbrun\fP shell-command
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBsmbrun\fP is a very small \'glue\' program, which runs shell commands
+for the \fBsmbd\fP daemon \fBsmbd
+(8)\fP\&.
+.PP 
+It first changes to the highest effective user and group ID that it
+can, then runs the command line provided using the system() call\&. This
+program is necessary to allow some operating systems to run external
+programs as non-root\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBshell-command\fP" 
+The shell command to execute\&.  The command
+should have a fully-qualified path\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" 
+.PP 
+The \fIPATH\fP variable set for the environment in which \fBsmbrun\fP is
+executed will affect what executables are located and executed if a
+fully-qualified path is not given in the command\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" 
+.PP 
+If \fBsmbrun\fP cannot be located or cannot be executed by
+\fBsmbd\fP then appropriate messages will be found in
+the \fBsmbd\fP logs\&. Other diagnostics are dependent
+on the shell-command being run\&. It is advisable for your shell
+commands to issue suitable diagnostics to aid trouble-shooting\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP, \fBsmbd (8)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1 b/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1
index acb3340d27..0a43b09a8a 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1
@@ -1,86 +1,69 @@
-.TH SMBSTATUS 1 "09 Oct 1998" "smbstatus 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
+.TH "smbstatus" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
 smbstatus \- report on current Samba connections
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smbstatus
-[
-.B \-b
-] [
-.B \-d
-] [
-.B \-L
-] [
-.B \-p
-] [
-.B \-S
-] [
-.B \-s
-.I configuration file
-] [
-.b \-u
-.i username
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B smbstatus
-is a very simple program to list the current Samba connections.
-
-Just run the program and the output is self explanatory.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B \-b
-gives brief output.
-
-.B \-d
-gives verbose output.
-
-.B \-L
-causes smbstatus to only list locks.
-
-.B \-p
-print a list of
-.B smbd
-processes and exit. Useful for scripting.
-
-.B \-S
-causes smbstatus to only list shares.
-
-.B \-s
-.I configuration file
-.RS 3
-The default configuration file name is determined at compile time.
-The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server.
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for more information.
-
-.B \-u
-.I username
-selects information relevant to .B username only.
-
-.RE
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-Not applicable.
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the
-.B smbstatus
-program be installed under the /usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable
-by all, writeable only by root. The program itself should be executable by all.
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.00 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the program has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smb.conf (5),
-.BR smbd (8)
-
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a full list of contributors and details on how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbstatus\fP [-b] [-d] [-L] [-p] [-S] [-s configuration file] [-u username]
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBsmbstatus\fP is a very simple program to list the current Samba
+connections\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-b\fP" 
+gives brief output\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d\fP" 
+gives verbose output\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-L\fP" 
+causes smbstatus to only list locks\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-p\fP" 
+print a list of \fBsmbd\fP
+processes and exit\&. Useful for scripting\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-S\fP" 
+causes smbstatus to only list shares\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s configuration file\fP" 
+The default configuration file name is
+determined at compile time\&. The file specified contains the
+configuration details required by the server\&. See \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP for more information\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-u username\fP" 
+selects information relevant to \fIusername\fP
+only\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP, \fBsmbd (8)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/smbtar.1 b/docs/manpages/smbtar.1
index fc80eed9a6..4ef244dac4 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/smbtar.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/smbtar.1
@@ -1,179 +1,123 @@
-.TH SMBTAR 1 "09 Oct 1998" "smbtar 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-smbtar \- shell script for backing up SMB shares directly to UNIX tape drive
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B smbtar
-.B \-s
-.I server
-[
-.B \-p
-.I password
-] [
-.B \-x
-.I service
-] [
-.B \-X
-] [
-.B \-d
-.I directory
-] [
-.B \-u
-.I user
-] [
-.B \-t
-.I tape
-] [
-.B \-b
-.I blocksize
-] [
-.B \-N
-.I filename
-] [
-.B \-i
-] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-l
-.I log level
-] [
-.B \-v
-]
-.I filenames...
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is an extension to the Samba suite.
-
-.B smbtar
-is a very small shell script on top of
-.BR smbclient ,
-which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.B \-s
-.I server
-.RS 3
-The PC that the share resides upon.
-.RE
-
-.B \-x
-.I service
-.RS 3
-The share name on the PC to connect to. Default:
-.I backup.
-.RE
-
-.B \-X
-.RS 3
-Exclude mode. Exclude
-.I filenames...
-from tar create or restore.
-.RE
-
-.B \-d
-.I directory
-.RS 3
-Change to initial
-.I directory
-before restoring / backing up files.
-.RE
-
-.B \-v
-.RS 3
-Verbose mode.
-.RE
-
-.B \-p
-.I password
-
-.RS 3
-The password to use to access a share. Default: none
-.RE
-
-.B \-u
-.I user
-.RS 3
-The user id to connect as. Default: UNIX login name.
-.RE
-
-.B \-t
-.I tape
-.RS 3
-Tape device. May be regular file or tape device. Default: Tape environmental
-variable; if not set, a file called
-.IR tar.out .
-.RE
-
-.B \-b
-.I blocksize
-.RS 3
-Blocking factor. Defaults to 20. See
-.BR tar (1)
-for a fuller explanation.
-.RE
-
-.B \-N
-.I filename
-.RS 3
-Backup only files newer than filename. Could be used (for example) on a log
-file to implement incremental backups.
-.RE
-
-.B \-i
-.RS 3
-Incremental mode; tar files are only backed up if they have the
-archive bit set. The archive bit is reset after each file is read.
-.RE
-
-.B \-r
-.RS 3
-Restore. Files are restored to the share from the tar file.
-.RE
-
-.B \-l
-.I log level
-.RS 3
-Log (debug) level. Corresponds to
-.B \-d
-flag of
-.BR smbclient (1).
-.RE
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-The TAPE variable specifies the default tape device to write to. May
-be overridden with the
-.B \-t
-option.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.B smbtar
-script has different options from ordinary tar and tar
-called from
-.BR smbclient .
-.SH CAVEATS
-Sites that are more careful about security may not like the way
-the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work on entire shares,
-should work on file lists. smbtar works best with GNU tar and may
-not work well with other versions.
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is correct for version 1.9.15p8 of the Samba suite.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smbclient (8), 
-.BR smb.conf (8) 
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-See diagnostics for 
-.B smbclient
-command.
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
-Ricky Poulten (poultenr@logica.co.uk) wrote the tar extension and this
-man page. The
-.B smbtar
-script was heavily rewritten and improved by
-Martin Kraemer <Martin.Kraemer@mch.sni.de>. Many thanks to everyone
-who suggested extensions, improvements, bug fixes, etc.
-
-See
-.BR smb.conf (5)
-for a full list of contributors and details of how to submit bug reports,
-comments etc.
-
+.TH "smbtar" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+smbtar \- shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to UNIX tape drives
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbtar\fP -s server [-p password] [-x service] [-X] [-d directory] [-u user] [-t tape] [-b blocksize] [-N filename] [-i] [-r] [-l log level] [-v] filenames
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBsmbtar\fP is a very small shell script on top of
+\fBsmbclient\fP which dumps SMB shares directly
+to tape\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-s server\fP" 
+The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides upon\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-x service\fP" 
+The share name on the server to connect
+to\&. The default is \f(CWbackup\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-X\fP" 
+Exclude mode\&. Exclude filenames\&.\&.\&. from tar create or
+restore\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-d directory\fP" 
+Change to initial \fIdirectory\fP before restoring
+/ backing up files\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-v\fP" 
+Verbose mode\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-p password\fP" 
+The password to use to access a share\&. Default:
+none
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-u user\fP" 
+The user id to connect as\&. Default: UNIX login name\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-t tape\fP" 
+Tape device\&. May be regular file or tape
+device\&. Default: \fITAPE\fP environmental variable; if not set, a file
+called \f(CWtar\&.out\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-b blocksize\fP" 
+Blocking factor\&. Defaults to 20\&. See \fBtar (1)\fP
+for a fuller explanation\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-N filename\fP" 
+Backup only files newer than filename\&. Could be
+used (for example) on a log file to implement incremental backups\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-i\fP" 
+Incremental mode; tar files are only backed up if they
+have the archive bit set\&. The archive bit is reset after each file is
+read\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-r\fP" 
+Restore\&. Files are restored to the share from the tar
+file\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fB-l log level\fP" 
+Log (debug) level\&. Corresponds to the
+\fB-d\fP flag of \fBsmbclient
+(1)\fP\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" 
+.PP 
+The TAPE variable specifies the default tape device to write to\&. May
+be overridden with the \fB-t\fP option\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "BUGS" 
+.PP 
+The \fBsmbtar\fP script has different options from ordinary tar and tar
+called from \fBsmbclient\fP\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "CAVEATS" 
+.PP 
+Sites that are more careful about security may not like the way the
+script handles PC passwords\&. Backup and restore work on entire shares,
+should work on file lists\&. \fBsmbtar\fP works best with GNU tar and may
+not work well with other versions\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmbclient (1)\fP, \fBsmb\&.conf
+(5)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" 
+.PP 
+See the \fBDIAGNOSTICS\fP section for
+the \fBsmbclient\fP command\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+Ricky Poulten \fIpoultenr@logica\&.co\&.uk\fP wrote the tar extension and
+this man page\&. The \fBsmbtar\fP script was heavily rewritten and
+improved by Martin Kraemer \fIMartin\&.Kraemer@mch\&.sni\&.de\fP\&. Many
+thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug fixes,
+etc\&. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
+excellent piece of Open Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0
+release by Jeremy Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
+.PP 
diff --git a/docs/manpages/testparm.1 b/docs/manpages/testparm.1
index 8681d0328d..30d4449d94 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/testparm.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/testparm.1
@@ -1,109 +1,85 @@
-.TH TESTPARM 1 "09 Oct 1998" "testparm 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-testparm \- check an smbd configuration file for internal correctness
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B testparm
-[
-.I configfilename
-[
-.I hostname
-.I hostIP
-]
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B testparm
-is a very simple test program to check an
-.B smbd
-configuration
-file for internal correctness. If this program reports no problems, you can use
-the configuration file with confidence that
-.B smbd
-will successfully
-load the configuration file.
-
-Note that this is NOT a guarantee that the services specified in the
-configuration file will be available or will operate as expected.
-
+.TH "testparm" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+testparm \- check an smb\&.conf configuration file for internal correctness
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBtestparm\fP [configfilename [hostname hostIP] ]
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBtestparm\fP is a very simple test program to check an
+\fBsmbd\fP configuration file for internal
+correctness\&. If this program reports no problems, you can use the
+configuration file with confidence that \fBsmbd\fP
+will successfully load the configuration file\&.
+.PP 
+Note that this is \fINOT\fP a guarantee that the services specified in the
+configuration file will be available or will operate as expected\&.
+.PP 
 If the optional host name and host IP address are specified on the
 command line, this test program will run through the service entries
-reporting whether the specified host has access to each service.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.I configfilename
-
-.RS 3
-This is the name of the configuration file to check.
-.RE
-
-.I hostname
-
-.RS 3
-This is the name of the host to check access on.
-
-If this parameter is supplied, the
-.I hostIP
-parameter must also be supplied, or strange things may happen.
-.RE
-
-.I hostIP
-
-.RS 3
-This is the IP number of the host specified in the previous parameter.
-
-This number must be supplied if the
-.I hostname
-parameter is supplied, or strange things may happen.
-.RE
-.SH FILES
-.B smb.conf
-.RS 3
-This is usually the name of the configuration file used by
-.BR smbd .
-.RE
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-Not applicable.
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the
-.B testparm
-program be installed under the /usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable
-by all, writeable only by root. The program itself should be executable by all.
-The program should NOT be setuid or setgid!
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.00 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the program has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR smb.conf (5),
-.BR smbd (8)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-The program will issue a message saying whether the configuration file loaded
-OK or not. This message may be preceded by errors and warnings if the file
-did not load. If the file was loaded OK, the program then dumps all known
-service details to stdout.
-
-If a host name is specified but no host IP number, all bets are off.
-
-Other messages are self-explanatory.
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
-The
-.B testparm
-program and this man page were written by Karl Auer. Bug reports to
-samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au.
-
-See
-.BR samba (7)
-for a full list of contributors and details on how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+reporting whether the specified host has access to each service\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBconfigfilename\fP" 
+This is the name of the configuration file to
+check\&. If this parameter is not present then the default
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file will be checked\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhostname\fP" 
+If this parameter and the following are specified,
+then testparm will examine the \fB"hosts
+allow"\fP and \fB"hosts
+deny"\fP parameters in the
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP file to determine if the hostname
+with this IP address would be allowed acces to the
+\fBsmbd\fP server\&. If this parameter is supplied, the
+hostIP parameter must also be supplied\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBhostIP\fP" 
+This is the IP address of the host specified in the
+previous parameter\&. This address must be supplied if the hostname
+parameter is supplied\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "FILES" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmb\&.conf\fP\&. This is usually the name of the
+configuration file used by \fBsmbd\fP\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" 
+.PP 
+The program will issue a message saying whether the configuration file
+loaded OK or not\&. This message may be preceded by errors and warnings
+if the file did not load\&. If the file was loaded OK, the program then
+dumps all known service details to stdout\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "VERSION" 
+.PP 
+This man page is correct for version 2\&.0 of the Samba suite\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBsmb\&.conf (5)\fP, \fBsmbd (8)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.
diff --git a/docs/manpages/testprns.1 b/docs/manpages/testprns.1
index 7cabadd81e..0bea5a42f4 100644
--- a/docs/manpages/testprns.1
+++ b/docs/manpages/testprns.1
@@ -1,112 +1,85 @@
-.TH TESTPRNS 1 "09 Oct 1998" "testprns 2.0.0-alpha11"
-.SH NAME
-testprns \- check printer name for validity with smbd
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B testprns
-.I printername
-[
-.I printcapname
-]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This program is part of the Samba suite.
-
-.B testprns
-is a very simple test program to determine whether a given 
-printer name is valid for use in a service to be provided by
-.B smbd.
-
-"Valid" in this context means "can be found in the printcap specified". This
-program is very stupid - so stupid in fact that it would be wisest to always
-specify the printcap file to use.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.I printername
-
-.RS 3
-The printer name to validate.
-
-Printer names are taken from the first field in each record in the printcap
-file, single printer names and sets of aliases separated by vertical bars
-("|") are recognised. Note that no validation or checking of the printcap
-syntax is done beyond that required to extract the printer name. It may
-be that the print spooling system is more forgiving or less forgiving
-than 
-.BR testprns .
-However, if
-.B testprns
-finds the printer then
-.B smbd
-should do so as well.
-.RE
-
-.I printcapname
-
-.RS 3
-This is the name of the printcap file to search for the given printer name
-in.
-
-If no printcap name is specified,
-.B testprns
-will attempt to scan the printcap file specified at compile time 
-(PRINTCAP_NAME).
-.RE
-.SH FILES
-.B /etc/printcap
-.RS 3
-This is usually the default printcap file to scan. See
-.BR printcap (5)).
-.RE
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-Not applicable.
-.SH INSTALLATION
-The location of the server and its support files is a matter for individual
-system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only.
-
-It is recommended that the
-.B testprns
-program be installed under the /usr/local/samba hierarchy, in a directory readable
-by all, writeable only by root. The program should be executable by all.
-The program should NOT be setuid or setgid!
-.SH VERSION
-This man page is (mostly) correct for version 1.9.00 of the Samba suite, plus some
-of the recent patches to it. These notes will necessarily lag behind 
-development of the software, so it is possible that your version of 
-the program has extensions or parameter semantics that differ from or are not 
-covered by this man page. Please notify these to the address below for 
-rectification.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR printcap (5),
-.BR smbd (8), 
-.BR smbclient (1)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-If a printer is found to be valid, the message "Printer name <printername> is 
-valid" will be displayed.
-
-If a printer is found to be invalid, the message "Printer name <printername> 
-is not valid" will be displayed.
-
-All messages that would normally be logged during operation of
-.B smbd
-are
-logged by this program to the file
-.I test.log
-in the current directory. The program runs at debuglevel 3, so quite extensive
-logging information is written. The log should be checked carefully for errors
-and warnings.
-
-Other messages are self-explanatory.
-.SH BUGS
-None known.
-.SH CREDITS
-The original Samba software and related utilities were created by 
-Andrew Tridgell (samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au). Andrew is also the Keeper
-of the Source for this project.
-
-The
-.B testprns
-program and this man page were written by Karl Auer. Bug reports to 
-samba-bugs@samba.anu.edu.au.
-
-See
-.BR samba (7)
-for a full list of contributors and details of how to 
-submit bug reports, comments etc.
+.TH "testparm" "1" "23 Oct 1998" "Samba" "SAMBA" 
+.PP 
+.SH "NAME" 
+testparm \- check printer name for validity with smbd 
+.PP 
+.SH "SYNOPSIS" 
+.PP 
+\fBtestprns\fP printername [printcapname]
+.PP 
+.SH "DESCRIPTION" 
+.PP 
+This program is part of the \fBSamba\fP suite\&.
+.PP 
+\fBtestprns\fP is a very simple test program to determine whether a
+given printer name is valid for use in a service to be provided by
+\fBsmbd\fP\&.
+.PP 
+"Valid" in this context means "can be found in the printcap
+specified"\&. This program is very stupid - so stupid in fact that it
+would be wisest to always specify the printcap file to use\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "OPTIONS" 
+.PP 
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprintername\fP" 
+The printer name to validate\&.
+.IP 
+Printer names are taken from the first field in each record in the
+printcap file, single printer names and sets of aliases separated by
+vertical bars ("|") are recognised\&. Note that no validation or
+checking of the printcap syntax is done beyond that required to
+extract the printer name\&. It may be that the print spooling system is
+more forgiving or less forgiving than \fBtestprns\fP\&. However, if
+\fBtestprns\fP finds the printer then \fBsmbd\fP should
+do so as well\&.
+.IP 
+.IP "\fBprintcapname\fP" 
+This is the name of the printcap file within
+which to search for the given printer name\&.
+.IP 
+If no printcap name is specified \fBtestprns\fP will attempt to scan the
+printcap file name specified at compile time\&.
+.IP 
+.PP 
+.SH "FILES" 
+.PP 
+\fB/etc/printcap\fP This is usually the default printcap file to
+scan\&. See \fBprintcap (5)\fP\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" 
+.PP 
+If a printer is found to be valid, the message "Printer name
+<printername> is valid" will be displayed\&.
+.PP 
+If a printer is found to be invalid, the message "Printer name
+<printername> is not valid" will be displayed\&.
+.PP 
+All messages that would normally be logged during operation of the
+\fBSamba\fP daemons are logged by this program to the
+file \f(CWtest\&.log\fP in the current directory\&. The program runs at
+debuglevel 3, so quite extensive logging information is written\&. The
+log should be checked carefully for errors and warnings\&.
+.PP 
+Other messages are self-explanatory\&.
+.PP 
+.SH "SEE ALSO" 
+.PP 
+\fBprintcap (5)\fP, \fBsmbd (8)\fP, \fBsmbclient
+(1)\fP
+.PP 
+.SH "AUTHOR" 
+.PP 
+The original Samba software and related utilities were created by
+Andrew Tridgell \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&. Samba is now developed
+by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the
+Linux kernel is developed\&.
+.PP 
+The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer\&. The man page
+sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open
+Source software) and updated for the Samba2\&.0 release by Jeremy
+Allison, \fIsamba-bugs@samba\&.anu\&.edu\&.au\fP\&.
+.PP 
+See \fBsamba (7)\fP to find out how to get a full
+list of contributors and details on how to submit bug reports,
+comments etc\&.